Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Bothell City Zoning Code

Subarea Regulations

Prior legislation: Ords. 1957, 1948, 1946, 1909, 1876, 1853, 1815, 1779, 1697, 1685, 1629.

12.50 Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea Regulations

Code reviser’s note: Amendments to this chapter from Ordinance 2163 were invalidated by a Central Puget Sound Growth Management Hearings Board Final Decision and Order. Recognition of the regulations in effect prior to Ordinance 2163 were affirmed by the city council by Resolution 1332.

12.52 Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea Regulations

Code reviser’s note: Amendments to this chapter from Ordinance 2163 were invalidated by a Central Puget Sound Growth Management Hearings Board Final Decision and Order. Recognition of the regulations in effect prior to Ordinance 2163 were affirmed by the city council by Resolution 1332.

12.64.000 Orientation.

These Development Regulations govern all future private development actions in the Downtown Subarea, forming Chapter 12.64 of the Bothell Municipal Code, with some references to citywide regulations in BMC Title 12, Zoning, and other relevant parts of the Code. These design requirements and guidelines will be used to evaluate private development projects or improvement plans proposed for properties within the Plan Area. This section explains how the development regulations are applied and used. The subsequent six sections, 12.64.100 - 12.64.600, present the regulations themselves as follows: 12.64.100 District Requirements, 12.64.200 Site Development Regulations, 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations, 12.64.400 Parking Regulations, 12.64.500 Architectural Regulations, and 12.64.600 Signage Regulations.

12.64.001 Applicability.

The policies contained within this chapter shall apply as follows:

A. New Construction. All regulations in Chapter 12.64 BMC shall apply, except that within the Campus District (i) the regulations of Chapter 12.64 BMC shall apply only to the extent such regulations are identified in BMC 12.64.108 and (ii) the remaining regulations of this Chapter 12.64 BMC shall be used as guidance when the provisions of BMC 12.64.108 do not fully address an issue pertaining to a development proposal

B. Additions and Improvements.

1. These downtown subarea regulations shall apply to significant additions constituting greater than 10 percent of a building’s floor area OR exterior improvements costing more than 10 percent of a property’s assessed value.

2. Requirements for renovation or enlargements shall only apply to net new floor area.

3. Improvements and additions to existing buildings that increase nonconformities are not permitted.

4. If regulations to be applied to net new floor area are not specified in this chapter, then citywide regulations shall apply.

5. Outdoor dining space structures of 1,000 square feet in area or less associated with existing businesses are exempt from the provisions of this chapter and do not constitute an expansion of the existing business.

C. Use Changes.

1. Any use change to a non-conforming use is not permitted, except as provided for in BMC 12.64.105(A)(3).

2. Regulations that apply to use changes shall be determined by the Community Development Director/Designee.

D. New Signs.

1. The regulations contained in BMC 12.64.600 shall apply to all new signs.

2. Any permanent signs made non-conforming as a result of the adoption of these Downtown Subarea Regulations may be repaired, but not structurally altered or made more non-conforming in any way. See section BMC 12.22.140 for additional detailed requirements.

E. Continued Use. Nothing contained in this section shall require any change in any existing building or structure for which a building permit has been previously issued, or in any proposed building or structure for which a building permit application was deemed complete prior to the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter. Changes in the property’s ownership or tenants of existing uses shall require no change in any existing building or structure. See also BMC 12.26 for more detailed regulations regarding non-conforming uses, structures and other improvements.

F. Shoreline Master Program. All actions on parcels or parts of parcels under Shoreline Master Program jurisdiction (see Appendix A, Figure A.36) shall be consistent with the Goals, Policies, and Actions as laid out in the Shoreline Master Program Element of the Comprehensive Plan. Private development in these areas shall be regulated by the Downtown Subarea Regulations as well as by the Shoreline Master Program Provisions as set forth in Title 13 of the Bothell Municipal Code. Where there is a conflict between these Subarea Regulations and the Shoreline Regulations, the Shoreline Regulations shall apply.

G. Environmental Mitigation. Development may be subject to mitigating measures which were identified in the Downtown Subarea Plan and Regulations Planned Action Draft and Final Environmental Impact Statement and adopted via Ordinance 2027 (2009). (Ord. 2397 § 5, 2023; Ord. 2237 § 5, 2017; Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

12.64.002 How to Obtain Project Approval.

Title 11, Administration of Development Regulations, establishes procedures for processing development permit applications. Development permits are classified by type (e.g., building permit, tenant improvement permit, sign permit) in BMC 11.04.003(A): the type of permit determines the steps involved in review and approval of the permit application. BMC 11.04.003(B) summarizes the process steps applicable to each permit type, while BMC 11.04.004 through 11.19.008 describe the steps in detail.

12.64.003 Development Regulations: Terms.

Development regulations established in this Plan are of four types: District Requirements, Regulatory Definitions, General Requirements, and Guidelines.

A. District Requirements. Development specifications such as permitted land uses, building height dimensions, and setback dimensions that are specific to each District. Conformance with District Requirements is mandatory. Such provisions are indicated by use of the words “shall,” “must,” or “is / is not permitted.”

B. Regulatory Definitions. The rules and performance measures that define Regulations and establish how District Requirements apply to properties. Regulatory Definitions are common for all properties in the Plan Area. Conformance with Regulatory Definitions is mandatory. Such provisions are indicated by use of the words “shall,” “must,” or “is / is not permitted.”

C. General Requirements. General provisions & definitions that are common for all properties in the Subarea. Conformance with General Requirements is mandatory. Such provisions are indicated by use of the words “shall,” “must,” or “is / is not permitted.”

D. Guidelines. Provide guidance for new development in terms of aesthetics and other considerations such as district character or design details. They are intended to direct building and site design in a way that results in the continuity of the valued character of the city of Bothell. Whereas conformance with the Requirements is mandatory, conformance with the Guidelines is preferred and/or recommended. Provisions that fall into this category are indicated by the use of the words “should,” “may” or “are encouraged to.” In various cases, the Guidelines provide a choice of treatments that will achieve the desired effect. Although direct conformance with the Guidelines is strongly encouraged, developers are permitted to propose alternative design details if they are able to show that such details implement the overall Plan objectives as outlined throughout the document.

12.64.004 How to Use the Development Regulations.

The Development Regulations in this document are applied to those properties within the Downtown Subarea as indicated on the Plan Area map (see Figure 12.64.100 in the Introduction.).

A. The Development Regulations are divided into six sections:

12.64.100 District Requirements

This section establishes a series of Districts as the basic organizing principle for all development regulations and sets forth those requirements that are specific to each District.

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations

This section contains General Requirements and Regulatory Definitions of Site Development Regulations that govern use, height, building placement/disposition, and each development’s frontage conditions.

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations

This section sets forth General Requirements, Regulatory Definitions, and Guidelines for the provision, design, and configuration of new streets and publicly accessible spaces as well as General Requirements, Regulatory Definitions, and Guidelines governing landscaping of front, side, and rear yards and other on-site improvements to ensure that new development creates attractive and livable downtown environments with amenities for pedestrians.

12.64.400 Parking Regulations

This section sets forth General Requirements, Regulatory Definitions, and Guidelines for parking type, provision, and design to ensure that the parking provided for new development contributes to the character of each district.

12.64.500 Architectural Regulations

This section contains General Requirements, Regulatory Definitions, and Guidelines regulating building massing, composition, design, style, and historic character. They are provided to ensure that new development will reinforce the essential scale and makeup of each district within the Plan Area and will be sensitive to the history and character of downtown.

12.64.600 Signage Regulations

This section contains General Requirements, Regulatory Definitions, and Guidelines for sign types and their location, number, and configuration.

B. Determination of applicable regulations:

Following are instructions on how to locate and review the Development Regulations that apply to a specific property.

1. Identify the property’s District.

a. Locate the property in question on the Districts Map (Figure 12.64.100).

b. Note which District the property is in.

2. Review District Requirements (specific to each District).

a. Turn to the section for the property’s District (sections 12.64.101 – 12.64.109)

b. Review all District Requirements in the accompanying District Requirement Charts. The District Requirement Charts are intended as a summary and do not encompass all mandatory requirements presented throughout the Development Regulations.

c. For areas retaining city-wide zoning classifications, development will be governed by the relevant regulations in BMC Title 12.

d. Should conflicts arise between different regulations contained in the Chapter, the more specific regulations shall apply.

3. Reference Regulatory Definitions if necessary.

a. To understand the specific regulation corresponding to a District Requirement in the Charts, turn to the corresponding regulation number and name in the subsequent sections.

b. Review the Regulatory Definition.

4. Review General Requirements (common to all properties in the Plan Area). Regulations common to all properties in the Plan Area can be found in all sections of the Development Regulations following the District Charts. For example, use categories defined in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use can be applied to the District Requirements Charts to determine which specific uses are allowed on a given parcel.

5. Regulation compliance. Projects must comply with all requirements in order to achieve approval in the developmental review process. Projects are encouraged to adhere to the recommendations presented as guidelines within each section, and projects that conform to those recommendations will facilitate the project review process.

Fig. 12.64.004. How to Use the Downtown Subarea Regulations District Requirements

12.64.100 Districts Map.

This regulatory map and special height regulations inset represent the District configuration that will take effect following the completion of the Bothell Crossroads project. When uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any zoning district, the Community Development Director shall make a determination as to the location of the boundary in questions via application of BMC 12.04.140 and 12.64.100(C).

(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024; Ord. 2408 § 3 (Exh. B), 2023; Ord. 2270 § 4, 2018; Ord. 2056 § 2 (Exh. B)).

12.64.100 District Requirements.

This section organizes all properties into Districts and presents charts containing all District Requirements that apply to the properties in each District.

A. Districts Established. To ensure that individual private actions are consistent with the intended patterns of development in the Plan Area, nine Districts are established as the basic organizing principle for the regulations contained in this chapter. The eight Districts are established in the specific locations and with the specific names indicated in the Figure 12.64.100 District Map.

B. How To Review A District’s Requirements. To review the descriptions, requirements charts, and special requirements for each District in BMC 12.64.101 through 12.64.109, take the following steps:

1. Review District Charts.

a. The District Requirements Charts contain all of the primary requirements that apply to development in the indicated District.

b. Review all requirements in the Chart.

c. To understand the specific regulation corresponding to a particular requirement in the Charts, turn to the corresponding regulation number and name in the subsequent sections and review the regulatory definition.

2. Review Special Requirements. Review any special requirements that may apply for the given District.

3. Review General Requirements. Remember to review general requirements common to all properties within the Plan Area contained in sections 12.64.200 – 12.64.600.

C. How Districts Apply To Parcels. Every parcel in the Plan Area shall be regulated by one or more designated Districts as shown in the Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map. Where further clarification is necessary, boundaries shall be determined by consulting with the Community Development Director/Designee as specified in BMC 12.04.140 and as described below for split parcels.

1. Parcels with a single District Designation. All development on parcels, assembled parcels, or portions of a parcel with a single District designation is regulated by the designated District as indicated on the Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map.

2. Split Parcels Boundary A, B, & C. District Boundary A, B, and C shall be determined as follows (see Figure 12.64.100.C.2):

a. The Downtown Core District shall extend from the edge of SR 527 a minimum depth of 70 feet, including all development oriented toward SR 527, and shall not extend to the rear street of the block, except in the case of Anchors.

b. Where special Downtown Core Anchor Exceptions are established, these exemptions apply to the entire block.

c. The Downtown Neighborhood District shall extend from the edge of the rear street of the block a minimum depth of 60 feet, including all development oriented toward the back street of the block, and shall not extend to SR 527.

Fig. 12.64.100.C.2. Split Parcels Boundary A, B, & C

3. Split Parcels Boundary D. District Boundary D shall be determined as follows:

If the property on the west side of 98th Ave NE between the realigned SR 522 and NE 182nd Street (or the extension of Main Street) is developed as a single property, General Commercial development may extend into the Downtown Neighborhood District to the north, and Downtown Neighborhood development may extend into the General Commercial District to the south, provided a minimum 60 foot depth is maintained as Downtown Neighborhood development along NE 182nd Street (Main Street extension).

4. All other Split Parcels. On all other Split Parcels, the boundary shall be determined as follows:

a. Where District or Plan Area Boundaries appear to connect between lot or tract lines of adjacent properties as shown on the Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map, the boundary shall be determined by Community Development Director/Designee as measured on a scaled version of the District Map.

b. Each portion of the Split Parcel shall be regulated by the applicable District or Zoning Classification as indicated on the Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map or in Title 12 of the Bothell Municipal Code. (Ord. 2270 § 4, 2018; Ord. 2056 § 2 (Exh. B)).

12.64.101 Downtown Core District Requirements.

---: not permitted

n/a: not applicable as indicated

not required: these elements are not required as indicated

permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use

required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated.

: See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map

: See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map: Special Height Regulations inset

(M1): not permitted along Main Street

: corner entry required location, see 12.64.100 Districts Map

(M2): development along Main Street exempt

(E): partially submerged podiums shall not be exposed to the street where shopfronts are required.

(A): exceptions apply for retail anchors, see Special Downtown Core Requirements and Anchor Exceptions Chart

(B): see 12.64.505(B)(3)(b)(iii) for special setbacks on the north side of the 10100 block of Main Street.

*: See special Downtown Core requirements for parking

A. District Charts.

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.201 Building Use

A. Retail

1. Pedestrian Oriented Retail

permitted / required along

2. Neighborhood Center Retail

---

3. Business & Personal Services

permitted

4. Auto-Oriented Retail

---

5. Corner Store Retail

---

B. Civic & Cultural

permitted

C. Office

permitted

D. Lodging

permitted

E. Residential

1. Multi-Family w/ Common Entry

permitted

2. Multi-Family w/ Individual Entry

---

3. Detached Single Family Housing

permitted

4. Manufactured Homes

---

5. Home Occupation

permitted

12.64.202 Building Height

minimum height

2 floors & 20 feet; (A)

maximum height

6 floors & 76 feet

12.64.203 Special Height Regulations

Abutting Residential Only Zones

n/a

Across the Street from Residential Only Zones

n/a

Special Height Requirement

required along

12.64.204 Building Orientation

required or not required

required; (A)

12.64.205 Public Frontage

required or not required

required

12.64.206 Private Frontage

1) Shop-Front

required

2) Corner Entry

permitted (w/ shopfront);

3) Arcade

permitted (M1)

4) Grand Portico

permitted - civic

5) Forecourt

permitted (w/ shopfront)

6) Grand Entry

limited

7) Stoop

---

8) Porch

---

9) Front Door

---

10) Edge Treatment: Fenced

---

11) Edge Treatment: Terraced

---

12) Edge Treatment: Flush

permitted

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback

minimum / maximum

0 ft / 0 ft; (A) (B)

12.64.208 Side Yard Setback

min w/ living space windows (or adj to s.f. homes)

per Building Code

min w/out living space windows

12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.210 Special Setback Regulations

minimum setback

n/a

12.64.211 Alley Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage

minimum percentage covered

100%; (A)

12.64.213 Build-to-Corner

required or not required

required

12.64.214 Maximum Building Length

maximum

300 ft

12.64.215 Special Building Length Limit

Corner

n/a

Mid-Block

n/a

12.64.216 Space Between Buildings

n/a

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management, and Open Space Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.301 Street Regulations

A. Provision of New Streets

1. Maximum Parcel Perimeter

1500 ft; (A)

2. Pre-Located Streets

NE 185 St. extension required

B. Sammamish River Access

n/a

C. Street Configuration

required

D. Street Type

1. City Street

permitted

2. Neighborhood Avenue

---

3. Neighborhood Green Street

---

4. Neighborhood Street

---

5. NE 185th St. / 98th Ave. NE Connector

for pre-located streets

6. Alley

permitted

7. Passage

permitted

8. Pedestrian Walkway

for pre-located streets

12.64.302 Surface Water Management

Regulations

A. Hard Surface Coverage

100%

B. Drainage Plan

required

12.64.303 Setback Area Landscaping

A. Perimeter Block Setback Areas

1. Sidewalk Extension

required

2. Parkway Landscaping

---

3. Neighborhood Street Landscaping

---

B. Interior Block Setback Areas

1. Paving

permitted

2. Groundcover

permitted

3. Moderate Screening

permitted

4. Heavy Screening

permitted

12.64.304 Provision of Outdoor Space

12.64.201 Building Use

Public Space Requirements

Private Outdoor Space Requirements

A. Retail

N/A

N/A

B. Civic & Cultural

N/A

N/A

C. Office

N/A

N/A

D. Lodging

N/A

N/A

E. Residential:

N/A

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

12.64.400 Parking Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.401 Parking Types

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front

---; *

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side

---; (A); *

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear

permitted

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed

---; (A)

E. Parking Structure - Exposed

---; (A)

F. Parking Structure - Wrapped: Ground Level

---; (A)

G. Parking Structure - Wrapped: All Levels

permitted

H. Parking Structure - Partially Submerged Podium

permitted (E)

I. Parking Structure - Underground

permitted

12.64.402 Provision of Parking

12.64.201 Building Use

Permitted Maximum Parking in a Surface Lot

1 - Retail

a) Pedestrian Oriented Retail (Except Eating and Drinking Establishments)

1 vehicle space per 250 sf *

Pedestrian Oriented - eating and drinking establishments

1 vehicle space per 200 sf

b) Neighborhood Center Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

c) Auto-Oriented Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

d) Corner Store Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

2 - Civic & Cultural

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

3 - Office

1 vehicle space per 300 sf

4 - Lodging

1 vehicle space per bedroom

Two bedrooms or more:

1 vehicle space per bedroom

*If the formula results in a fraction, the minimum number of parking spaces shall be rounded to the nearest whole number, with fractions of 0.50 or greater rounded up and fractions below 0.50 rounding down.

12.64.500 Architectural Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations

Top

required

Base

required

12.64.502 Building Length Massing Regulations

Street & River Façade Increment

100 ft; (M2)

12.64.600 Signage Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.601 General Signage Regulations

see BMC 12.64.601

12.64.602 Sign Types Regulations

see BMC 12.64.602

B. Special Downtown Core Requirements. All Special Requirements on this page apply to development in the Downtown Core.

1. Building Height (See BMC 12.64.202). A Minimum Building height of 3 stories & 35 feet (except where Anchor Exception applies) is required for all parcels where Minimum Height provisions as indicated in the Figure 12.64.100 District Map - Special Height Regulations Inset.

2. Anderson Building. Adaptive reuse of the Anderson Building (see BMC 12.64.100 Districts Map and Appendix A, Figure A.17 and A.21) is strongly encouraged and adjacent development should respect its architectural integrity and presence as a community icon through one of the following means (see also BMC 12.64.505 Historic Resources Regulations):

a. Keeping the Anderson Building freestanding, with adjacent buildings located between 20 feet and 30 feet away.

b. Additions to the north, south or east sides that preserve the massing and architectural integrity of the original building.

3. Parking Exceptions.

a. No minimum parking requirements shall apply to existing and infill ground floor retail uses fronting Main Street. “Infill” is development that fills existing gaps in buildings along Main Street. Developments that demolish existing retail buildings to build new structures do not qualify for the exception.

b. Development increments fronting Main Street between Bothell Way NE and 102nd Ave NE may include New Surface Parking Lots exposed to and with curb cut access only from the street frontages indicated on the Districts Map (Figure 12.64.100).

c. All new surface parking lots shall be publicly shared.

4. Anchor Exceptions.

a. Regulations listed in the Anchor Exceptions chart below may be applied to anchor developments exceeding 30,000 square feet as exceptions to the regulations indicated with an (A) in the regulatory chart. Anchor buildings shall have at least one “Front Street” that shall establish how these exceptions apply.

b. Main Street and Bothell Way NE north of SR 522 shall always be Front Streets. Where these streets intersect, the Front Streets shall be determined by Community Development Director/Designee. For all other streets, Primary Streets may be determined by the property owner/developer. All streets that are not Front Streets are either Side Streets or Rear Streets as indicated in Figure 12.64.101 Anchor Buildings.

Fig. 12.64.101. Anchor Buildings

General Regulations

Anchor Exceptions to District Requirements

12.64.202 Building Height

minimum height

1 floor / 20 feet

12.64.301 Street Regulations

maximum parcel perimeter

2000 feet

12.64.302(A) Hard Surface Coverage

no maximum

Frontage Regulations

Front Street

Side Street

Rear Street

12.64.204 Building Orientation

required

not required

not required

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback

no exception

no maximum

no maximum

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage

minimum percentage covered

no exception

20%

0%

12.64.401 Parking Types

Surface Lot - Exposed

no exception

permitted

permitted

Structure - Wrapped on Ground Level

permitted

permitted

permitted

Structure - Exposed

no exception

permitted

permitted

12.64.503 Architectural Element Regulations

Façade Composition

no exception

No minimum glazing requirement along two selected street frontage

(Ord. 2461 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2360 § 4, 2021; Ord. 2337 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2323 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

12.64.102 Downtown Neighborhood District Requirements.

---: not permitted

n/a: not applicable as indicated

not required: these elements are not required as indicated

permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use

required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated.

(H): maximum 4 floor & 54 feet in 4 floor overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map

: See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map

(SR 522): exceptions apply along SR 522, see Special Downtown Neighborhood Requirements

(C1): 0 feet side setback only if side setback on abutting property is 0 feet or larger than 10 feet.

A. District Charts.

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.201 Building Use

A. Retail

1. Pedestrian Oriented Retail

permitted

2. Neighborhood Center Retail

---

3. Business & Personal Services

permitted

4. Auto-Oriented Retail

---

5. Corner Store Retail

permitted

B. Civic & Cultural

permitted

C. Office

permitted

D. Lodging

permitted

E. Residential

1. Multi-Family w/ Common Entry

permitted

2. Multi-Family w/ Individual Entry

permitted

3. Detached Single Family Housing

permitted

4. Manufactured Homes

---

5. Home Occupation

permitted

12.64.202 Building Height

minimum height

2 floors & 20 feet

maximum height

5 floors & 65 feet; (H)

12.64.203 Special Height Regulations

Abutting Residential Only Zones

required

Across the Street from Residential Only Zones

required

Special Height Requirement

required along

12.64.204 Building Orientation

required or not required

required; (SR 522)

12.64.205 Public Frontage

required or not required

required

12.64.206 Private Frontage

1) Shop-Front

permitted

2) Corner Entry

permitted

3) Arcade

permitted

4) Grand Portico

permitted - civic

5) Forecourt

permitted

6) Grand Entry

permitted

7) Stoop

permitted

8) Porch

---

9) Front Door

---

10) Edge Treatment: Fenced

permitted

11) Edge Treatment: Terraced

permitted

12) Edge Treatment: Flush

permitted

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback

minimum / maximum

0 ft / 10 ft; (SR 522)

12.64.208 Side Yard Setback

min w/ living space windows (or adj to s.f. homes)

10 ft

min w/out living space windows

0 ft (C1)

12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.210 Special Setback Regulations

minimum setback

n/a

12.64.211 Alley Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage

minimum percentage covered

80%

12.64.213 Build-to-Corner

required or not required

required

12.64.214 Maximum Building Length

maximum

240 ft

12.64.215 Special Building Length Limit

Corner

120

Mid-Block

80

12.64.216 Space Between Buildings

20 ft

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management, and Open Space Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.301 Street Regulations

A. Provision of New Streets

1. Maximum Parcel Perimeter

1500 ft

2. Pre-Located Streets

NE 185 St. extension required

B. Sammamish River Access

n/a

C. Street Configuration

required

D. Street Type

1. City Street

permitted

2. Neighborhood Avenue

---

3. Neighborhood Green Street

permitted

4. Neighborhood Street

---

5. NE 185th St. / 98th Ave. NE Connector

for pre-located street

6. Alley

permitted

7. Passage

permitted

8. Pedestrian Walkway

for pre-located street

12.64.302 Surface Water Management

Regulations

A. Hard Surface Coverage

95%

B. Drainage Plan

required

12.64.303 Setback Area Landscaping

A. Perimeter Block Setback Areas

1. Sidewalk Extension

permitted

2. Parkway Landscaping

---

3. Neighborhood Street Landscaping

permitted

B. Interior Block Setback Areas

1. Paving

permitted

2. Groundcover

permitted

3. Moderate Screening

permitted

4. Heavy Screening

permitted

12.64.304 Provision of Outdoor Space

12.64.201 Building Use

Public Space Requirements

Private Outdoor Space Requirements

A. Retail

N/A

N/A

B. Civic & Cultural

N/A

N/A

C. Office

6% net floor area

N/A

D. Lodging

6% net floor area

N/A

E. Residential: Townhomes

6% net floor area

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

E.5. Apartments

10% net floor area

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

12.64.400 Parking Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.401 Parking Types

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front

---

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side

---

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear

permitted

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed

---

E. Parking Structure - Exposed

---

F. Parking Structure - Wrapped: Ground Level

permitted

G. Parking Structure - Wrapped: All Levels

permitted

H. Parking Structure - Partially Submerged Podium

permitted

I. Parking Structure - Underground

permitted

12.64.402 Provision of Parking

12.64.201 Building Use

Permitted Maximum Parking in a Surface Lot

1 - Retail

a) Pedestrian Oriented Retail (Except Eating and Drinking Establishments)

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

Pedestrian Oriented - eating and drinking establishments

1 vehicle space per 200 sf

b) Neighborhood Center Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

c) Auto-Oriented Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

d) Corner Store Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

2 - Civic & Cultural

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

3 - Office

1 vehicle space per 300 sf

4 - Lodging

1 vehicle space per bedroom

Two bedrooms or more:

1 vehicle space per bedroom

12.64.500 Architectural Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations

Top

required

Base

required

12.64.502 Building Length Massing Regulations

Street & River Façade Increment

100 ft

12.64.600 Signage Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.601 General Signage Regulations

see BMC 12.64.601

12.64.602 Sign Types Regulations

see BMC 12.64.602

B. Special Downtown Neighborhood Requirements. All Special Requirements on this page apply to development in the Downtown Neighborhood.

1. Anchors in the Downtown Neighborhood District. Anchors larger than 30,000 square feet shall be permitted in the Downtown Neighborhood District on parcels with Bothell Way NE frontage. The Anchor Exceptions in BMC 12.64.101(B)(4) shall apply.

2. SR 522 Building Orientation Exception (See BMC 12.64.201). Building orientation is not required for buildings which have frontage along SR 522 and are entirely occupied by residential uses.

3. SR 522 Front yard setback distance (See BMC 12.64.207). The maximum front yard setback is 35 feet for buildings which have frontage along SR 522 and are entirely occupied by residential uses.

4. Civic Center Exceptions. The following exceptions apply to master-planned Civic Center developments, including those that extend into the Downtown Core District:

a. The Special Height Limit requiring a street façade offset, as provided in BMC 12.64.203(C), may be waived if the building frontage along that street is limited to less than 50% of the public frontage.

b. Frontage coverage requirements, as provided in BMC 12.64.212, may be reduced to 20% if the frontage is replaced by public open space.

c. The Build-to-Corner requirement, as provided in BMC 12.64.213, may be waived to provide public open space. (Ord. 2461 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2360 § 5, 2021; Ord. 2337 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2198 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014; Ord. 2072 § 2 (Exh. B)).

12.64.103 Downtown Transition District Requirements.

---: not permitted

n/a: not applicable as indicated

not required: these elements are not required as indicated

permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use

required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated.

(C1): 0 ft side yard setback is permitted only if the side yard setback on the abutting property is 0 ft or larger than 10ft

A. District Charts.

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.201 Building Use

A. Retail

1. Pedestrian Oriented Retail

---

2. Neighborhood Center Retail

---

3. Business & Personal Services

permitted

4. Auto-Oriented Retail

---

5. Corner Store Retail

---

B. Civic & Cultural

permitted

C. Office

permitted

D. Lodging

permitted

E. Residential

1. Multi-Family w/ Common Entry

permitted

2. Multi-Family w/ Individual Entry

permitted

3. Detached Single Family Housing

permitted

4. Manufactured Homes

---

5. Home Occupation

permitted

12.64.202 Building Height

minimum height

2 floors & 20 feet

maximum height

3 floors & 35 feet

12.64.203 Special Height Regulations

Abutting Residential Only Zones

not required

Across the Street from Residential Only Zones

not required

Special Height Requirement

required

12.64.204 Building Orientation

required or not required

required

12.64.205 Public Frontage

required or not required

required

12.64.206 Private Frontage

1) Shop-Front

permitted

2) Corner Entry

permitted

3) Arcade

---

4) Grand Portico

---

5) Forecourt

permitted

6) Grand Entry

permitted

7) Stoop

permitted

8) Porch

permitted

9) Front Door

---

10) Edge Treatment: Fenced

permitted

11) Edge Treatment: Terraced

permitted

12) Edge Treatment: Flush

permitted

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback

minimum / maximum

5 ft / 15 ft

12.64.208 Side Yard Setback

min w/ living space windows (or adj to s.f. homes)

10 ft

min w/out living space windows

5 ft (C1)

12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

minimum setback

10 ft

12.64.210 Special Setback Regulations

minimum setback

25 ft

12.64.211 Alley Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage

minimum percentage covered

70%

12.64.213 Build-to-Corner

required or not required

required

12.64.214 Maximum Building Length

maximum

120 ft

12.64.215 Special Building Length Limit

Corner

100

Mid-Block

80

12.64.216 Space Between Buildings

20 ft

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management, and Open Space Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.301 Street Regulations

A. Provision of New Streets

1. Maximum Parcel Perimeter

1500 ft

2. Pre-Located Streets

n/a

B. Sammamish River Access

n/a

C. Street Configuration

required

D. Street Type

1. City Street

---

2. Neighborhood Avenue

permitted

3. Neighborhood Green Street

permitted

4. Neighborhood Street

permitted

5. NE 185th St. / 98th Ave. NE Connector

for pre-located street

6. Alley

permitted

7. Passage

permitted

8. Pedestrian Walkway

n/a

12.64.302 Surface Water Management

Regulations

A. Hard Surface Coverage

90%

B. Drainage Plan

required

12.64.303 Setback Area Landscaping

A. Perimeter Block Setback Areas

1. Sidewalk Extension

permitted

2. Parkway Landscaping

---

3. Neighborhood Street Landscaping

permitted

B. Interior Block Setback Areas

1. Paving

permitted

2. Groundcover

permitted

3. Moderate Screening

permitted

4. Heavy Screening

n/a

12.64.304 Provision of Outdoor Space

12.64.201 Building Use

Public Space Requirements

Private Outdoor Space Requirements

A. Retail

N/A

N/A

B. Civic & Cultural

N/A

N/A

C. Office

10% net floor area

N/A

D. Lodging

10% net floor area

N/A

E. Residential: Townhomes

9% net floor area

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

E.5. Apartments

15% net floor area

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

12.64.400 Parking Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.401 Parking Types

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front

---

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side

---

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear

permitted

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed

---

E. Parking Structure - Exposed

---

F. Parking Structure - Wrapped: Ground Level

---

G. Parking Structure - Wrapped: All Levels

permitted

H. Parking Structure - Partially Submerged Podium

permitted

I. Parking Structure - Underground

permitted

12.64.402 Provision of Parking

12.64.201 Building Use

Permitted Maximum Parking in a Surface Lot

1 - Retail

a) Pedestrian Oriented Retail (Except Eating and Drinking Establishments)

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

Pedestrian Oriented - eating and drinking establishments

1 vehicle space per 200 sf

b) Neighborhood Center Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

c) Auto-Oriented Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

d) Corner Store Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

2 - Civic & Cultural

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

3 - Office

1 vehicle space per 300 sf

4 - Lodging

1 vehicle space per bedroom

Two bedrooms or more:

1 vehicle space per bedroom

12.64.500 Architectural Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations

Top

required

Base

required

12.64.502 Building Length Massing Regulations

Street & River Façade Increment

60 ft

12.64.600 Signage Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.601 General Signage Regulations

see BMC 12.64.601

12.64.602 Sign Types Regulations

see BMC 12.64.602

B. Special Downtown Transition District Requirements. All Special Requirements in this section apply to development in the Downtown Transition District, or parts thereof as specified in the subsections below.

1. Special Residential Density Requirement.

a. In the Downtown Transition Density Overlay, 20 dwelling units shall be allowed per acre, except as otherwise may be permitted under an approved conditional use permit for specialized senior housing, in accordance with Chapter 12.10 BMC. Unit yield shall be calculated to the nearest whole number, rounding up from even half units.

b. Land area in roads and other rights-of-way, surface storm water retention/detention/water quality facilities, critical areas, critical area buffers, or land dedicated to the city shall not be counted in the calculation of number of units allowed, unless so stated in the conditions of an approved planned unit development, in accordance with Chapter 12.30 BMC.

c. Land in an access easement, utility easement, or other form of easement which is not set aside as a separate tract shall be counted as part of the area of a parcel for the purpose of calculating number of units allowed.

2. Only Residential Uses Allowed Adjacent to Residential-Only Zones. On parcels adjacent to the residential-only zoning just outside the west Subarea boundary, only residential uses are permitted.

3. Downtown Transition District Affordable Housing Overlay (DTAHO).

a. DTAHO Mandatory Requirements.

i. Applicability. All developments within the Downtown Transition District Affordable Housing Overlay creating 10 or more new dwelling units shall provide for affordable housing units within the development as described below.

ii. The provisions of Chapter 12.07 BMC apply to the affordable housing required by this section, except as expressly provided within this section. As used in this subsection, the terms “moderate income,” “mid-moderate income,” “low income” and “very low income” shall have the same meanings as defined in BMC 12.07.015.

(A) For micro-apartments, at least 10 percent of the number of new micro-apartments created within a development shall be affordable to very-low-income households.

(B) For other dwelling units, at least 10 percent of the number of new dwelling units created within a development, if owner-occupied housing, shall be affordable to mid-moderate-income households, and if renter-occupied housing, shall be affordable to low-income households.

(C) Multifamily properties providing affordable housing may qualify for a multifamily tax exemption (MFTE) per Chapter 3.90 BMC.

b. DTAHO Voluntary Incentive. A development that satisfies all of the following conditions may build up to five floors and 54 feet in height per subsection (B)(3)(b)(iii) of this section:

i. Applicability. The development shall be within the Downtown Transition Affordable Housing Overlay.

ii. The development shall provide affordable housing in accordance with the following:

(A) At least half of all dwelling units created within the development are affordable to low-income households, as defined in BMC 12.07.015.

(B) The provisions of Chapter 12.07 BMC apply to the affordable housing units created under this section, except as expressly provided within this section.

(C) A mix of affordability levels including housing for very low- and extremely low-income households, as defined in BMC 12.07.015 is encouraged.

iii. To limit the impact of additional height adjacent to residential-only zoning, additional height is allowed only to the extent that the grade of the new development is lower than the grade of the nearest existing residential building on the adjacent parcel. The amount of additional height shall be equivalent to the amount the grade level at the minimum adjacent setback is above the average grade plane of the development using the voluntary incentive, as shown in Figure 12.64.103.B.3.b, to a maximum of 19 feet or a total of 54 feet and five floors in height.

Fig. 12.64.103.B.3.b. 

iv. Where average grade plane is at least 19 feet below the average grade plane of an adjacent residential structure, the special setback (BMC 12.64.210) may be reduced to 20 feet; provided, that the 10-foot landscape buffer of BMC 12.18.100 remains. (Ord. 2461 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2416 § 3 (Exh. B), 2024; Ord. 2360 § 6, 2021; Ord. 2337 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2270 § 5, 2018; Ord. 2156 § 2 (Exh. B); Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

12.64.104 SR 522 Corridor District Requirements.

---: not permitted

n/a: not applicable as indicated

not required: these elements are not required as indicated

permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use

required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated.

(C1): City-wide conditions for manufactured homes apply

(R): exceptions apply for development in the special riverfront overlay, see Special SR 522 Requirements

(S): 5 floors and 54 feet for qualifying affordable housing projects (see BMC 12.64.104(B)(5))

D & CS & S: Design & Constructions Standards & Specifications

A. District Charts.

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.201 Building Use

A. Retail

1. Pedestrian Oriented Retail

---

2. Neighborhood Center Retail

---

3. Business & Personal Services

permitted

4. Auto-Oriented Retail

permitted

5. Corner Store Retail

permitted

B. Civic & Cultural

permitted

C. Office

permitted

D. Lodging

permitted

E. Residential

1. Multi-Family w/ Common Entry

permitted

2. Multi-Family w/ Individual Entry

permitted

3. Detached Single Family Housing

permitted

4. Manufactured Homes

conditional; (C1)

5. Home Occupation

permitted

12.64.202 Building Height

minimum height

1 floor & 20 feet

maximum height

4 floors & 45 feet; (R) (S)

12.64.203 Special Height Regulations

Abutting Residential Only Zones

n/a

Across the Street from Residential Only Zones

n/a

Special Height Requirement

not required

12.64.204 Building Orientation

required or not required

not required

12.64.205 Public Frontage

required or not required

required

12.64.206 Private Frontage

1) Shop-Front

permitted

2) Corner Entry

permitted

3) Arcade

permitted

4) Grand Portico

permitted

5) Forecourt

permitted

6) Grand Entry

permitted

7) Stoop

permitted

8) Porch

---

9) Front Door

---

10) Edge Treatment: Fenced

permitted

11) Edge Treatment: Terraced

permitted

12) Edge Treatment: Flush

permitted

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback

minimum / maximum

15 ft / no max

12.64.208 Side Yard Setback

min w/ living space windows (or adj to s.f. homes)

10 ft

min w/out living space windows

5 ft

12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

minimum setback

10 ft

12.64.210 Special Setback Regulations

minimum setback

25 ft

12.64.211 Alley Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage

minimum percentage covered

60%

12.64.213 Build-to-Corner

required or not required

not required

12.64.214 Maximum Building Length

maximum

180 ft

12.64.215 Special Building Length Limit

Corner

n/a

Mid-Block

n/a

12.64.216 Space Between Buildings

30 ft

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management, and Open Space Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.301 Street Regulations

A. Provision of New Streets

1. Maximum Parcel Perimeter

1500 ft

2. Pre-Located Streets

n/a

B. Sammamish River Access

required

C. Street Configuration

required

D. Street Type

1. City Street

---

2. Neighborhood Avenue

permitted

3. Neighborhood Green Street

permitted

4. Neighborhood Street

permitted

5. NE 185th St. / 98th Ave. NE Connector

n/a

6. Alley

permitted

7. Passage

permitted

8. Pedestrian Walkway

n/a

12.64.302 Surface Water Management

Regulations

A. Hard Surface Coverage

80%; (R)

B. Drainage Plan

required

12.64.303 Setback Area Landscaping

A. Perimeter Block Setback Areas

1. Sidewalk Extension

per D & CS & S

2. Parkway Landscaping

required (522)

3. Neighborhood Street Landscaping

permitted

B. Interior Block Setback Areas

1. Paving

---

2. Groundcover

required

3. Moderate Screening

required

4. Heavy Screening

required

12.64.304 Provision of Outdoor Space

12.64.201 Building Use

Public Space Requirements

Private Outdoor Space Requirements

A. Retail

N/A

N/A

B. Civic & Cultural

N/A

N/A

C. Office

10% net floor area

N/A

D. Lodging

10% net floor area

N/A

E. Residential: Townhomes

9% net floor area

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

E.5. Apartments

15% net floor area

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

12.64.400 Parking Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.401 Parking Types

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front

---

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side

permitted

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear

permitted

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed

permitted

E. Parking Structure - Exposed

permitted

F. Parking Structure - Wrapped: Ground Level

permitted

G. Parking Structure - Wrapped: All Levels

permitted

H. Parking Structure - Partially Submerged Podium

permitted

I. Parking Structure - Underground

permitted

12.64.402 Provision of Parking

12.64.201 Building Use

Permitted Maximum Parking in a Surface Lot

1 - Retail

a) Pedestrian Oriented Retail (Except Eating and Drinking Establishments)

1 vehicle space per 250 sf *

Pedestrian Oriented - eating and drinking establishments

1 vehicle space per 200 sf

b) Neighborhood Center Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

c) Auto-Oriented Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

d) Corner Store Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

2 - Civic & Cultural

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

3 - Office

1 vehicle space per 300 sf

4 - Lodging

1 vehicle space per bedroom

5 - Residential

Other than micro-apartments:

1 vehicle space per bedroom

Micro-apartments:

0.75 vehicle spaces per bedroom

*If the formula results in a fraction, the minimum number of parking spaces shall be rounded to the nearest whole number, with fractions of 0.50 or greater rounded up and fractions below 0.50 rounding down.

12.64.500 Architectural Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations

Top

required

Base

required

12.64.502 Building Length Massing Regulations

Street & River Façade Increment

120 ft

12.64.600 Signage Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.601 General Signage Regulations

see BMC 12.64.601

12.64.602 Sign Types Regulations

see BMC 12.64.602

B. Special SR 522 Corridor Requirements. All Special Requirements in this section apply to development in the SR 522 Corridor.

1. Driveway Access.

a. Driveways shall be spaced a minimum of 250 feet apart from intersections with public streets or other driveways.

b. Where a parcel or assembled parcel has less than 250 feet of street frontage, driveways shall be located at opposite ends of the available street frontage where the side property lines intersect the right-of-way, so that each drive may serve the adjacent properties.

c. To have driveways spaced less than 250 feet apart on one property, they must be one way and located at opposite ends of a property.

d. Where parcel configuration, topography or other site limitations make these regulations impractical, the city traffic engineer shall determine driveway location.

2. Special Riverfront Overlay.

a. Building Height: maximum three floors / 35 feet within the Shoreline Master Program (SMP) jurisdiction and four floors / 45 feet outside the SMP jurisdiction.

b. View Corridor Provision: A minimum of one-fourth of the property width shall be maintained as a View Corridor free of structures for the entire depth of the property from the street toward the river.

i. “Property width” is defined as the widest part of a parcel, or in the case of triangular lots, the point midway between the front and rear property lines as measured parallel to the course of the Sammamish River nearest the property. Where these regulations do not clearly define the property width, the Community Development Director/Designee shall determine property width.

ii. Surface parking can be in the required View Corridor.

iii. The total View Corridor area may be provided in two separate View Corridors.

c. Hard Surface Coverage shall not exceed the following limits:

i. Properties with frontage on the Sammamish River: 60 percent;

ii. Properties without river frontage: 70 percent.

3. Manufactured Home Park Zoning.

a. Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional manufactured homes or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC.

b. Mobile/manufactured homes shall be developed in accordance with Chapter 12.08 BMC.

c. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan and SR 522 Corridor district regulations shall apply.

4. SR 522 Corridor Affordable Housing Overlay.

a. Applicability. All developments within the SR 522 Corridor District Affordable Housing Overlay creating five (5) or more new dwelling units; or 2,100 or more gross square feet of climate-controlled nonresidential floor area shall provide for affordable housing units within the development.

b. The provisions of Chapter 12.07 BMC apply to the affordable housing units required by this section, except as expressly provided within this section.

c. Minimum Requirements:

i. At least five percent of the number of new dwelling units created within a development, if owner-occupied housing, shall be affordable to moderate-income households, and if renter-occupied housing, shall be affordable to low-income households, as defined in BMC 12.07.015.

ii. Provision of owner-occupied affordable housing for moderate-income households, or renter-occupied affordable housing for low-income households, as defined in BMC 12.07.015, with an area not less than five percent of the gross climate-controlled nonresidential floor area of the project, or payment of $11.20 per gross square foot of climate-controlled nonresidential floor area of the project. The city council may revise this payment rate from time to time to reflect changes in relevant conditions, such as land values and housing costs.

5. SR 522 Corridor Affordable Housing Voluntary Incentive. A development that satisfies all of the following conditions may build up to five floors and 54 feet:

a. Applicability: Any development within the SR 522 Corridor District outside of the Affordable Housing Overlay.

b. Affordable Housing:

i. All of the dwelling units created within a development are affordable to low-income households, as defined in BMC 12.07.015.

ii. The provisions of Chapter 12.07 BMC apply to the affordable housing units created under this section, except as expressly provided within this section.

iii. A mix of affordability levels including housing for very low- and extremely low-income households, as defined in BMC 12.07.015 is encouraged. (Ord. 2461 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024; Ord. 2360 § 7, 2021; Ord. 2337 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2325 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2270 §§ 6,7, 2018; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

12.64.105 General Downtown Corridor District Requirements.

---: not permitted

n/a: not applicable as indicated

not required: these elements are not required as indicated

permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use

required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated.

(H): maximum 3 floor & 35 feet in 3 floor overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map

(C1): the required setback area must include a 24 ft wide, Type I landscape buffer where proposed development is not similar in character and density to the adjacent residential-only zoning.

(NCO): Neighborhood Center Overlay, See Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map

D & CS & S: Design & Constructions Standards & Specifications

(FS): May be reduced to a minimum of 5' provisionally, with Director approval, where it would create a wider buffer and comparatively lower building heights adjacent to single-family development or where it would improve transitions to adjacent zoning with different setbacks.

(S): Allowed outside NCO only if screened from view from the street by a minimum 10' Type III landscape buffer.

A. District Charts.

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.201 Building Use

A. Retail

1. Pedestrian Oriented Retail

---

2. Neighborhood Center Retail

permitted in (NCO)

3. Business & Personal Services

permitted

4. Auto-Oriented Retail

---

5. Corner Store Retail

---

B. Civic & Cultural

permitted

C. Office

permitted

D. Lodging

permitted

E. Residential

1. Multi-Family w/ Common Entry

permitted

2. Multi-Family w/ Individual Entry

permitted

3. Detached Single Family Housing

permitted

4. Manufactured Homes

---

5. Home Occupation

permitted

12.64.202 Building Height

minimum height

1 floor & 20 feet

maximum height

4 floors & 45 feet; (H)

12.64.203 Special Height Regulations

Abutting Residential Only Zones

required

Across the Street from Residential Only Zones

required

Special Height Requirement

required

12.64.204 Building Orientation

required or not required

not required

12.64.205 Public Frontage

required or not required

required

12.64.206 Private Frontage

1) Shop-Front

permitted

2) Corner Entry

permitted

3) Arcade

---

4) Grand Portico

---

5) Forecourt

permitted

6) Grand Entry

permitted

7) Stoop

permitted

8) Porch

permitted

9) Front Door

---

10) Edge Treatment: Fenced

permitted

11) Edge Treatment: Terraced

permitted

12) Edge Treatment: Flush

permitted

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback

minimum / maximum

20 ft / no max (FS)

12.64.208 Side Yard Setback

min w/ living space windows (or adj to s.f. homes)

10 ft

min w/out living space windows

5 ft

12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

minimum setback

10 ft

12.64.210 Special Setback Regulations

minimum setback

29 ft (C1)

12.64.211 Alley Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage

minimum percentage covered

60%

12.64.213 Build-to-Corner

required or not required

not required

12.64.214 Maximum Building Length

maximum

150 ft

12.64.215 Special Building Length Limit

Corner

100

Mid-Block

80

12.64.216 Space Between Buildings

30 ft

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management, and Open Space Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.301 Street Regulations

A. Provision of New Streets

1. Maximum Parcel Perimeter

1500 ft

2. Pre-Located Streets

n/a

B. Sammamish River Access

n/a

C. Street Configuration

required

D. Street Type

1. City Street

permitted in (NCO) only

2. Neighborhood Avenue

permitted

3. Neighborhood Green Street

permitted

4. Neighborhood Street

permitted

5. NE 185th St. / 98th Ave. NE Connector

n/a

6. Alley

permitted

7. Passage

permitted

8. Pedestrian Walkway

n/a

12.64.302 Surface Water Management

Regulations

A. Hard Surface Coverage

80%

B. Drainage Plan

required

12.64.303 Setback Area Landscaping

A. Perimeter Block Setback Areas

1. Sidewalk Extension

per D & CS & S

2. Parkway Landscaping

required (527, Beardslee)

3. Neighborhood Street Landscaping

permitted

B. Interior Block Setback Areas

1. Paving

---

2. Groundcover

required

3. Moderate Screening

required

4. Heavy Screening

required

12.64.304 Provision of Outdoor Space

12.64.201 Building Use

Public Space Requirements

Private Outdoor Space Requirements

A. Retail

N/A

N/A

B. Civic & Cultural

N/A

N/A

C. Office

10% net floor area

N/A

D. Lodging

10% net floor area

N/A

E. Residential: Townhomes

9% net floor area

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

E.5. Apartments

15% net floor area

60 sqft/DU minimum on average

12.64.400 Parking Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.401 Parking Types

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front

---

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side

permitted (S)

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear

permitted

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed

---

E. Parking Structure - Exposed

---

F. Parking Structure - Wrapped: Ground Level

permitted (S)

G. Parking Structure - Wrapped: All Levels

permitted

H. Parking Structure - Partially Submerged Podium

permitted

I. Parking Structure - Underground

permitted

12.64.402 Provision of Parking

12.64.201 Building Use

Permitted Maximum Parking in a Surface Lot

1 - Retail

a) Pedestrian Oriented Retail (Except Eating and Drinking Establishments)

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

Pedestrian Oriented - eating and drinking establishments

1 vehicle space per 200 sf

b) Neighborhood Center Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

c) Auto-Oriented Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

d) Corner Store Retail

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

2 - Civic & Cultural

1 vehicle space per 250 sf

3 - Office

1 vehicle space per 300 sf

4 - Lodging

1 vehicle space per bedroom

5 - Residential

Other than micro-apartments:

1 vehicle space per bedroom

Micro-apartments:

0.75 vehicle spaces per bedroom

12.64.500 Architectural Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations

Top

required

Base

required

12.64.502 Building Length Massing Regulations

Street & River Façade Increment

80 ft

12.64.600 Signage Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.601 General Signage Regulations

see BMC 12.64.601

12.64.602 Sign Types Regulations

see BMC 12.64.602

B. Special General Downtown Corridor Requirements.

1. Special Front Yard Setback Area requirements.

a. Front yard setback areas shall be planted with grass or groundcover across the entire property frontage. Native species shall be used for plantings wherever feasible.

b. Type V landscaping per BMC 12.80.040 with the following provisions, landscaping shall consist of at least 50% conifers and shall be planted in an irregular/informal pattern.

2. Only Residential Uses Allowed Adjacent to Single Family Zones. On parcels adjacent to the single family zoning just outside the Subarea boundary, only residential uses will be allowed to face those zones within 90 feet of the zone boundary.

3. Special Neighborhood Center Overlay Use Regulations. To recognize entitlements existing when the Downtown Subarea Plan and Regulations were originally adopted, uses allowed within the Neighborhood Center Overlays shall comprise the following:

a. Within the Neighborhood Center Overlay in the northwest corner of the Downtown Subarea, all uses permitted in accordance with BMC 12.64.105 and 12.64.201, plus all uses permitted in the Office Professional and Community Business zones; provided, that if and when a property redevelops so as to exceed the thresholds established in BMC 12.64.001.B, only uses permitted in accordance with BMC 12.64.105 and 12.64.201 shall be allowed thereafter; and

b. Within the Neighborhood Center Overlay in the northeast corner of the Downtown Subarea, all uses permitted in accordance with BMC 12.64.105 and 12.64.201, plus all uses permitted under the Office Professional and Neighborhood Business zones, pursuant to the requirements of the prior Campus Corridor zoning replicated in the paragraph below; provided, that if and when a property redevelops so as to exceed the thresholds established in BMC 12.64.001.B, only uses permitted in accordance with BMC 12.64.105 and 12.64.201 shall be allowed thereafter.

From BMC 12.56.140 of the previous Campus Corridor regulations for this area: “Developments in this area which include a residential component shall devote a minimum of 50 percent of the combined gross floor areas of the average story in each building to externally oriented at-grade space for retail uses, eating and drinking establishments, recreation, culture and entertainment uses, personal services and/or other similar businesses which are characterized by regular and frequent patronage during the course of the normal business day. ‘Externally oriented’ for the purposes of this regulation shall mean having a door opening directly to the outside.”

4. Special General Downtown Corridor Affordable Housing Overlay.

a. Development creating five or more new dwelling units, or 2,100 or more gross square feet of climate-controlled nonresidential floor area, may build up to four floors and 45 feet and shall provide for affordable housing units within the development as described below.

b. The provisions of Chapter 12.07 BMC apply to the affordable housing units required by this subsection, except as expressly provided within this subsection. As used in this subsection, the terms “moderate income,” “mid-moderate income,” “low income” and “very low income” shall have the same meanings as defined in BMC 12.07.015.

1. For micro-apartments at least 10 percent of the number of new micro-apartments created within a development shall be affordable to very-low-income households.

2. For other dwelling units at least 10 percent of the number of new dwelling units created within a development, if owner-occupied housing, shall be affordable to mid-moderate-income households, and if renter-occupied housing, shall be affordable to low-income households.

3. Projects containing nonresidential uses shall provide for owner-occupied affordable housing for mid-moderate-income households, or renter-occupied affordable housing for low-income households with an area not less than five percent of the gross climate-controlled nonresidential floor area of the project, or payment of a fee, set by the city council by resolution, per gross square foot of climate-controlled nonresidential floor area of the project. The city council may, via resolution, revise this payment rate from time to time to reflect changes in relevant conditions, such as land values and housing costs.

4. Multifamily properties providing affordable housing may qualify for a multifamily tax exemption (MFTE) per Chapter 3.90 BMC.

C. Special North Creek Valley Requirements. In addition to other General Downtown Corridor requirements and Downtown Subarea Development Regulations, the areas formerly within the North Creek subarea, including all the areas east of 108th Ave NE that are not in the Sunrise / Valley View or Park & Public Open Space districts, shall be subject to the following regulations:

1. Pedestrian and bicycle access. All development within the North Creek Valley shall include provisions for pedestrian and bicycle access in accordance with the adopted pedestrian and bicycle facilities plan within the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. Special consideration shall be given to developing a complete nonmotor vehicle traffic network, including connections to a trail system along North Creek and access to such system.

2. Requirements relating to freeways.

a. The negative visual impact resulting from buildings with their rear elevation facing I-405 or SR-522 shall be avoided or substantially minimized through building orientation and design and/or effective screening.

b. Commercial development in the North Creek Valley shall not include businesses which are dependent upon attracting freeway motorists for a substantial portion of their business. Retail and service businesses located within the North Creek Valley are prohibited from orienting signs toward I-405 and SR-522. Signage shall be oriented to the street serving the business.

c. All development constructed in the vicinity of I-405 or SR-522 shall be designed and/or positioned so as to buffer freeway noise.

3. Architectural Requirements. In order to further the purposes set forth in BMC 12.56.010, protect property values, minimize discordant and unsightly surroundings and visual blight, avoid inappropriate and poor quality design and to promote aesthetic quality for the community as a whole, in addition to the design standards contained in Chapter 12.14 BMC, the following architectural requirements shall be complied with:

a. Glare.

i. Mirror glass is permitted only when it can be demonstrated to produce no detrimental visual effect upon adjacent areas.

ii. Lighting shall be directed toward the interior of the project and away from residential areas.

b. The major portions of the exterior building and fence materials shall be of natural and earth tones. Accent colors will be permitted on the minor portions of such materials.

c. Buildings should be designed to encourage overall compatibility. Modular units, tilt-up construction, and other cost-effective techniques are allowed and the final visual effect should be one of quality and permanence.

d. All vents, air conditioning units, mechanical, electrical and other equipment located on the roof of any structure shall be screened as needed to avoid an unsightly appearance as viewed from surrounding property, including hillside locations. The building roof design and covering/screening materials shall be described in detail, and it shall be demonstrated how these items will mitigate the visual impact of the equipment. These items shall be incorporated as an integral part of the overall building design. Projections of the view to the proposed site development, of roofs, and of rooftop equipment screening from adjacent hillsides, elevated roadways and residential areas shall be submitted.

4. Landscaping Requirements.

a. Planting of shade trees native to the area shall be required along public access routes to the North Creek shoreline.

b. Service, loading, storage and other areas which tend to be unsightly shall be oriented away from dedicated streets and private roadways and screened from view with landscaping or fencing of an attractive material.

c. The perimeter of parking areas shall be landscaped with solid screen evergreen plant material four feet high or fencing in combination with planting. Landscaped earth berms at least three feet high may substitute for the solid screen planting.

d. Mechanical equipment shall be screened with landscaping or attractive architectural features integrated into the structure itself.

e. To lessen the visual impact of outdoor parking lots, not less than seven percent of the interior of a parking lot with at least 15 parking stalls shall be landscaped. Landscaped strips between parking bays with appropriate ground cover and the planting of deciduous trees to achieve a canopy-like screening shall be required. Berms are also encouraged in the interior planted areas. Planting which is required for screening along the perimeter of any parking lot shall not be considered as fulfillment of the interior landscaping requirement. Planted areas within a parking lot shall be considered as part of the open space requirement.

f. All plant material used for parking lot landscaping shall be of sufficient size and development to have a significant impact on the screening of the lot immediately though the full effect will not be realized for several years.

g. Native species shall be used for plantings wherever feasible. The use of vegetation-based low impact development best management practices such as bioretention facilities is encouraged within required landscaping.

5. Regulations applicable to the corridor east of 108th Avenue NE, north and west of Beardslee Boulevard and south of R-L1 zoning.

a. Any development within the corridor shall manage storm water so as to minimize impacts on fisheries and wildlife resources which would receive surface or groundwater from the development. Achievement of this objective may require preparation of special downstream analyses and other studies as well as application of storm water management measures in addition to or in lieu of standard measures required by BMC Title 18, Infrastructure, and the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications.

b. Development within the corridor shall derive access solely from Beardslee Boulevard or the proposed extension of 112th Avenue NE through the corridor properties, except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.170. Where practical, internal access from development to development shall be provided to minimize the number of driveways on Beardslee Boulevard.

c. Outdoor lighting on buildings in this area shall be directed away from single-family residences and kept as low in elevation as is consistent with providing adequate light levels for safety and security while minimizing the impact on single-family residences.

d. Sports courts and other communal recreation facilities shall be oriented away from single-family residential development.

e. The city has identified the need for transportation improvements in this area. The improvements would entail dead-ending Ross Road near the existing intersection of Ross Road, Beardslee Boulevard, 112th Avenue NE and NE 195th Street; extending the collector arterial 112th south and east through this area to intersect with Beardslee at a point approximately equidistant between I-405 and the signalized entrance to the UWB/CCC; and possibly eliminating the intersection of Ross, Beardslee, 112th and 195th or reducing its function to a right-in, right-out operation. The final design of these improvements, including but not limited to alignment, number of lanes, pedestrian facilities, driveway locations and signalization, shall be approved by the city council. Any proposed development in this area shall accommodate these planned improvements. These improvements may be entirely funded, designed and constructed by the city, or they may involve a partnership between the city, prospective developers and owners of developed or undeveloped property in the vicinity who would benefit from the improvements in terms of access, travel time and/or safety.

f. Development shall incorporate a gateway plaza at the north end of Beardslee Boulevard, providing an attractive entry to the downtown area. (Ord. 2461 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024; Ord. 2360 §§ 8, 9, 2021; Ord. 2337 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014; Ord. 2144 § 2 (Exh. B)).

12.64.106 Sunrise/Valley View Neighborhood District Requirements.

---: not permitted

n/a: not applicable as indicated

not required: these elements are not required as indicated

permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201, Building Use

required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated

(S/VV): special regulations apply; see subsection (B)(2) of this section, Hard Surface Coverage, and subsection (B)(3) of this section

(G): for residential units, garages, carports, and driveways are permitted. For off-street parking location and design, see BMC 12.16.080.

A. District Charts.

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.201 Building Use

A. Retail

1. Pedestrian Oriented Retail

---

2. Neighborhood Center Retail

---

3. Business and Personal Services

---

4. Auto-Oriented Retail

---

5. Corner Store Retail

---

B. Civic and Cultural

---

C. Office

---

D. Lodging

---

E. Residential

1. Multifamily w/Common Entry

---

2. Multifamily w/Individual Entry

---

3. Detached Single-Family Housing

permitted

4. Middle Housing

(S/VV)

5. Manufactured Homes

permitted

6. Home Occupation

permitted

7. Accessory Dwelling Units

permitted

12.64.202 Building Height

minimum height

n/a

maximum height

30 feet

12.64.203 Special Height Regulations

Abutting Residential Only Zones

n/a

Across the Street from Residential Only Zones

n/a

Special Height Requirement

n/a

12.64.204 Building Orientation

required or not required

required

12.64.205 Public Frontage

required or not required

required

12.64.206 Private Frontage

1) Shop-Front

---

2) Corner Entry

---

3) Arcade

---

4) Grand Portico

---

5) Forecourt

---

6) Grand Entry

---

7) Stoop

---

8) Porch

permitted

9) Front Door

permitted

10) Edge Treatment: Fenced

permitted

11) Edge Treatment: Terraced

permitted

12) Edge Treatment: Flush

permitted

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback

minimum / maximum

20 ft

12.64.208 Side Yard Setback

min

5 ft

min combined side yard setbacks

15 ft

12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

minimum setback

15 ft

12.64.210 Special Setback Regulations

minimum setback

n/a

12.64.211 Alley Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage

minimum percentage covered

n/a

12.64.213 Build-to-Corner

required or not required

not required

12.64.214 Maximum Building Length

maximum

70 ft

12.64.215 Special Building Length Limit

Corner

n/a

Mid-Block

n/a

12.64.216 Space Between Buildings

n/a

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management, and Open Space Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.301 Street Regulations

A. Provision of New Streets

1. Maximum Parcel Perimeter

1500 ft

2. Pre-Located Streets

n/a

B. Sammamish River Access

n/a

C. Street Configuration

required

D. Street Type

1. City Street

---

2. Neighborhood Avenue

permitted

3. Neighborhood Green Street

permitted

4. Neighborhood Street

permitted

5. NE 185th St. / 98th Ave. NE Connector

n/a

6. Alley

permitted

7. Passage

permitted

8. Pedestrian Walkway

n/a

12.64.302 Surface Water Management

Regulations

A. Hard Surface Coverage

(S/VV)

B. Drainage Plan

required

12.64.303 Setback Area Landscaping

A. Perimeter Block Setback Areas

1. Sidewalk Extension

---

2. Parkway Landscaping

---

3. Neighborhood Street Landscaping

permitted

B. Interior Block Setback Areas

1. Paving

---

2. Groundcover

required

3. Moderate Screening

permitted

4. Heavy Screening

n/a

12.64.304 Provision of Outdoor Space

12.64.201 Building Use

Public Space Requirements

Private Outdoor Space Requirements

A. Retail

N/A

N/A

B. Civic & Cultural

N/A

N/A

C. Office

N/A

N/A

D. Lodging

N/A

N/A

E. Residential:

N/A

N/A

12.64.400 Parking Regulations

12.64.401 Parking Types

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front

--- (G)

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side

--- (G)

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear

--- (G)

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed

--- (G)

E. Parking Structure - Exposed

--- (G)

F. Parking Structure - Wrapped: Ground Level

--- (G)

G. Parking Structure - Wrapped: All Levels

--- (G)

H. Parking Structure - Partially Submerged Podium

--- (G)

I. Parking Structure - Underground

--- (G)

12.64.402 Provision of Parking

12.64.201 Building Use

Minimum Parking Requirements

Permitted Maximum Parking in a Surface Lot

Shared Parking Reduction

Special Condition Requirements

1 - Retail

Subject to Chapter 12.16 BMC and specifically but not limited to BMC 12.16.040, Shared parking requirements, BMC 12.16.080, Off-street parking location and design, and BMC 12.16.110, Transit and rideshare provisions.

a) Pedestrian Oriented Retail (Except Eating and Drinking Establishments)

Pedestrian Oriented - eating and drinking establishments

b) Neighborhood Center Retail

c) Auto-Oriented Retail

d) Corner Store Retail

2 - Civic & Cultural

 

3 - Office

 

4 - Lodging

 

5 - Residential (All)

 

12.64.500 Architectural Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations

Top

required

Base

not required

12.64.502 Building Length Massing Regulations

Street & River Façade Increment

60 ft

12.64.600 Signage Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.601 General Signage Regulations

see BMC 12.64.601

12.64.602 Sign Types Regulations

see BMC 12.64.602

B. Special Sunrise/Valley View Neighborhood Requirements. All Special Requirements on this page apply to development in the Sunrise Valley View Neighborhood.

1. Minimum Lot Size.

a. Minimum lot size requirements for properties within the R-M1 Overlay (see Figure 12.64.106, Lot Size Overlays) shall be as follows:

i. The minimum lot size shall be 4,000 square feet on average.

ii. Subdivisions shall achieve an average of no less than 4,000 square feet per lot, except as may be otherwise permitted under an approved planned unit development, in accordance with Chapter 12.30 BMC. That is, the total area of all lots within a proposed subdivision divided by the number of lots shall amount to an average lot area of at least 4,000 square feet. Twenty percent of the lots in a subdivision may be smaller than 4,000 square feet, but no lot shall be smaller than 3,650 square feet, nor larger than 6,000 square feet.

b. See BMC 12.14.030(B)(2) for lot reduction and averaging provisions.

c. Land area in roads and other rights-of-way, surface storm water retention/detention/water quality facilities, critical areas, critical area buffers, or land dedicated to the city, shall not be included in any proposed single-family lot, unless so stated in the conditions of an approved planned unit development, in accordance with Chapter 12.30 BMC.

d. Land in an access easement, utility easement, or other form of easement which is not set aside as a separate tract shall be counted as part of the area of a parcel for the purpose of calculating minimum lot area.

2. Hard Surface Coverage. Front Yard Setback Areas shall not contain any hard surface except for driveways, walkways, and structures allowed to encroach or project into the setback area. Hard surface requirements do not apply to the remainder of the parcel.

Fig. 12.64.106. Lot Size Overlays

R8400 and R9600 overlays are combined under residential medium designation, with both applying the R-M1 Zoning standards

3. Middle housing is allowed on all lots in the Sunrise/Valley View neighborhood, subject to provisions found in BMC 12.06.140(B)(14) and 12.14.134. (Ord. 2461 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024; Ord. 2437 § 2 (Exh. B), 2024; Ord. 2415 § 7 (Exh. F), 2024; Ord. 2348 § 9, 2021; Ord. 2337 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016).

12.64.107 Park and Public Open Space District Requirements.

---: not permitted

n/a: not applicable as indicated

not required: these elements are not required as indicated

permitted: these elements are allowed by right unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.201 Building Use

required: these are required elements of all new development as indicated.

provisional: permitted subject to satisfaction of special criteria

(C1): permitted only in Park at Bothell Landing Overlay and Pop Keeney Stadium Overlay as provided in 12.64.107(B)(2)(d) and (3)(h)

(C2): except as allowed under 12.64.107(B)(2)(e) and (3)(i)

(C3): see Special Park and Open Space District Requirements (12.64.107(B)(1)(b))

(C4): see Special Park and Open Space District Requirements (12.64.107(B)(1)(c))

A. District Charts.

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.201 Building Use

A. Retail

1. Pedestrian Oriented Retail

permitted; (C1)

2. Neighborhood Center Retail

---

3. Business & Personal Services

---

4. Auto-Oriented Retail

---

5. Corner Store Retail

---

B. Civic & Cultural

permitted

C. Office

permitted; (C1)

D. Lodging

---

E. Residential

---

1. Multi-Family w/ Common Entry

---

2. Multi-Family w/ Individual Entry

---

3. Detached Single Family Housing

---

4. Manufactured Homes

---

5. Home Occupation

---

12.64.202 Building Height

minimum height

n/a

maximum height

35 ft; (C2)

12.64.203 Special Height Regulations

Abutting Residential Only Zones

required

Across the Street from Residential Only Zones

required

Special Height Requirement

n/a

12.64.204 Building Orientation

required or not required

not required

12.64.205 Public Frontage

required or not required

required

12.64.206 Private Frontage

1) Shop-Front

permitted

2) Corner Entry

permitted

3) Arcade

permitted

4) Grand Portico

permitted

5) Forecourt

permitted

6) Grand Entry

permitted

7) Stoop

permitted

8) Porch

permitted

9) Front Door

permitted

10) Edge Treatment: Fenced

permitted

11) Edge Treatment: Terraced

permitted

12) Edge Treatment: Flush

permitted

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback

minimum / maximum

0 ft / no max

12.64.208 Side Yard Setback

min w/ living space windows (or adj to s.f. homes)

10 ft

min w/out living space windows

10 ft

12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

minimum setback

10 ft

12.64.210 Special Setback Regulations

minimum setback

30 ft

12.64.211 Alley Setback

minimum setback

5 ft

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage

minimum percentage covered

n/a

12.64.213 Build-to-Corner

required or not required

not required

12.64.214 Maximum Building Length

maximum

n/a

12.64.215 Special Building Length Limit

Corner

n/a

Mid-Block

n/a

12.64.216 Space Between Buildings

n/a

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management, and Open Space Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.301 Street Regulations

A. Provision of New Streets

1. Maximum Parcel Perimeter

n/a

2. Pre-Located Streets

n/a

B. Sammamish River Access

required

C. Street Configuration

n/a

D. Street Type

1. City Street

permitted

2. Neighborhood Avenue

permitted

3. Neighborhood Green Street

permitted

4. Neighborhood Street

permitted

5. NE 185th St. / 98th Ave. NE Connector

n/a

6. Alley

permitted

7. Passage

permitted

8. Pedestrian Walkway

permitted

12.64.302 Surface Water Management

Regulations

A. Hard Surface Coverage

see 12.64.108(B)(1)(a)

B. Drainage Plan

required

12.64.303 Setback Area Landscaping

A. Perimeter Block Setback Areas

1. Sidewalk Extension

permitted

2. Parkway Landscaping

permitted

3. Neighborhood Street Landscaping

permitted

B. Interior Block Setback Areas

1. Paving

permitted

2. Groundcover

permitted

3. Moderate Screening

permitted

4. Heavy Screening

permitted

12.64.304 Provision of Outdoor Space

12.64.201 Building Use

Public Space Requirements

Private Outdoor Space Requirements

A. Retail

N/A

N/A

B. Civic & Cultural

N/A

N/A

C. Office

N/A

N/A

D. Lodging

N/A

N/A

E. Residential:

N/A

N/A

12.64.400 Parking Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.401 Parking Types

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front

provisional (C3)

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side

permitted

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear

permitted

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed

permitted

E. Parking Structure - Exposed

provisional (C3)

F. Parking Structure - Wrapped: Ground Level

provisional (C3)

G. Parking Structure - Wrapped: All Levels

permitted

H. Parking Structure - Partially Submerged Podium

permitted

I. Parking Structure - Underground

permitted

12.64.402 Provision of Parking

12.64.201 Building Use

Minimum Parking Requirements

Permitted Maximum Parking in a Surface Lot

Shared Parking Reduction

Special Condition Requirements

1 - Retail

Subject to Chapter 12.16 BMC and specifically but not limited to BMC 12.16.040, Shared parking requirements, BMC 12.16.080, Offstreet parking location and design, and BMC 12.16.110, Transit and rideshare provisions; except that other parking requirements specific to a proposed development may be applied if a study of the particular parking demand for the proposed development is prepared by a qualified professional and determined by the city to be accurate.

a) Pedestrian Oriented Retail (Except Eating and Drinking Establishments)

Pedestrian Oriented - eating and drinking establishments

b) Neighborhood Center Retail

c) Auto-Oriented Retail

d) Corner Store Retail

2 - Civic & Cultural

 

3 - Office

 

4 - Lodging

 

5 - Residential (All)

 

12.64.500 Architectural Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations

Top

required (C4)

Base

required (C4)

12.64.502 Building Length Massing

Regulations

Street & River Façade Increment

n/a

12.64.600 Signage Regulations

District Requirements

12.64.601 General Signage Regulations

see BMC 12.64.601

12.64.602 Sign Types Regulations

see BMC 12.64.602

B. Special Park and Public Open Space District Requirements. The Special Requirements in this section apply to development in the Park and Public Open Space District.

All land having this classification is owned by public entities (City of Bothell, Northshore School District, King County or Washington Department of Transportation) and is intended for uses conducted or supported by these entities including but not limited to; passive enjoyment of natural open space; participation in or observation of athletic, musical, theatrical or other individual or group activities; picnicking, socializing, game-playing, walking, pet exercising and other low-intensity pursuits; preservation, continuation and celebration of community resources which contribute to the Downtown character and identity by virtue of their history, visual appeal and/or function; vegetative buffering adjacent to highways; and compatible uses which enhance the aforementioned activities.

Given the public ownership of properties classified Park and Public Open Space, and the public review requirements to which these entities are subject for any significant capital project, these regulations are intentionally broadly written to promote flexibility in achievement of the purpose of this District.

1. Special Requirements Applicable to the Entire District.

a. Hard Surface Coverage. Park design shall incorporate low impact development (LID) surface water management techniques to the greatest extent possible. Percentage of hard surface coverage may vary from property to property, depending on the purpose of the park or open space, suitability of the soil for LID, and other factors.

b. Parking Types. The surface parking lot – front, parking structure – exposed, and parking structure – wrapped: ground level parking types are allowed subject to mitigation of visual impacts.

c. Architectural Regulations. Development on property zoned Park and Public Open Space District shall comply with the top and base building height massing regulations in 12.64.501 and the building length massing regulations in 12.64.502 unless the purpose of the development dictates otherwise, for example, to preserve and/or replicate historic buildings.

2. Park at Bothell Landing Overlay.

a. The Park at Bothell Landing is the focal gathering space for Downtown and for the City of Bothell as a whole. The realignment of SR 522 resulting from the Crossroads project enables the northward expansion of the Park and by so doing provides opportunities to further enhance its pivotal place in the community fabric.

b. The adoption of the Downtown Subarea Plan and Regulations is to be followed immediately by a master planning effort for the expanded Park at Bothell Landing. Such an effort will provide opportunities for public participation and will include review and recommendation by the Parks and Recreation Board, followed by deliberation and approval by the City Council.

c. The Park at Bothell Landing Overlay regulations are intended to provide flexibility to accommodate the Park at Bothell Landing master plan. Accordingly, these Overlay regulations establish only those requirements separate from or in addition to the Park and Public Open Space District Requirements Charts and 12.64.107(B)(1) which are deemed warranted to recognize the unique attributes and opportunities inherent in the Park at Bothell Landing.

d. Uses. In addition to the Civic and Cultural uses permitted in the Park and Public Open Space District Requirements Charts, other uses as described in the Use Category Charts in 12.64.201 are permitted subject to approval through the Park at Bothell Landing master planning process.

e. Maximum Building Height. Recognizing that building height can play a role in visually establishing the Park at Bothell Landing as an anchor attraction Downtown, for example, by placing a vertical feature at the terminus of the multiway boulevard, the maximum permitted building height shall be determined through the master planning process, taking into account property location; purpose of the building; height relationship of the building to other buildings on the property, particularly the existing historical buildings; allowed building heights on adjacent properties; views to and from the property; and other relevant factors.

3. Pop Keeney Stadium Overlay.

a. Pop Keeney Stadium is a rare remaining example of a high school stadium located in a community’s town center. As it has since its opening in 1920, this facility activates and enlivens Downtown before, during and after football games and other athletic and non-athletic events. The Northshore School District has indicated its intent to continue operation of Pop Keeney Stadium, and to update and enhance the facility for the enjoyment of future generations of student athletes and their fans. The property has also been identified as a potential site for an aquatics center, as a companion use to the Stadium.

b. Any renovation or redevelopment of Pop Keeney Stadium and the surrounding grounds will provide opportunities for public participation and will require deliberation and approval by the Northshore School Board.

c. The Pop Keeney Stadium Overlay regulations are intended to provide flexibility to accommodate any future renovation, enhancement and redevelopment of this facility by the Northshore School District, and to memorialize certain non-conforming rights and other characteristics related to the stadium’s historic use.

d. Accordingly, these Overlay regulations establish only those requirements separate from or in addition to the Park and Public Open Space District Requirements Charts and 12.64.107(B)(1) which are deemed warranted to recognize the unique attributes and opportunities inherent in the Pop Keeney Stadium property.

e. For purposes of application of BMC 8.64.030, Exterior lighting, which establishes limits on the amount of light allowed to cross a property line in a “residential zone”, the Pop Keeney Stadium District and the mixed-use zoning districts immediately to the north, east and south of the Pop Keeney Stadium District shall not be considered “residential zones”. The single family residential zoning classifications immediately to the west of Pop Keeney Stadium, outside the Downtown Subarea, shall be considered “residential zones.” Continuation of stadium light generation at historic levels is allowed: however, future upgrades of the lighting system shall employ the latest technology to limit light spillage to the maximum extent feasible.

f. Noise generated by events at Pop Keeney Stadium which are officially sanctioned by the Northshore School District are exempt from BMC 8.26.060, Public nuisance and disturbance noises, in accordance with BMC 8.26.060(K), which reads in relevant part, “The foregoing provisions shall not apply to regularly scheduled events at parks of stadiums…”; and BMC 8.26.050, Exemptions, which adopts by reference exemptions to the maximum permissible environmental noise levels set forth in WAC 173-60-050, among which exemptions are “sounds originating from officially sanctioned parades and other public events.”

g. Provided that the seating capacity at Pop Keeney Stadium does not exceed 4,500, the Northshore School District shall accommodate on the property comprising the Pop Keeney Stadium District at least 500 parking spaces, or no fewer than 450 spaces if a transportation management plan which reduces on-site parking demand is submitted to and approved by the city. Timing of compliance with this requirement shall be subject to negotiation between the School District and the city, as it may relate to the timing of redevelopment of surplus School District property purchased by the city. If proposed improvements at Pop Keeney Stadium would result in a seating capacity of more than 4,500, the amount of parking required for the added seating capacity would be based on a study to be submitted to and approved by the city.

h. Uses. In addition to the Civic and Cultural uses permitted in the Park and Public Open Space District Requirements Charts, the following uses are allowed on the Pop Keeney Stadium property, provided such uses are part of a coordinated overall site design and support and are ancillary to the Stadium and such other Civic and Cultural uses as may be developed on the property:

i. Eating and drinking establishments, specifically including restaurants, take-out order only; restaurants, fast food; restaurants, on-site dining; and vendor carts, spaces or stands;

ii. Convenience uses, specifically including convenience stores; delicatessens / cafes; and florists; and

iii. Daycare facilities.

i. Maximum building height. The maximum permitted building height in the Pop Keeney Stadium Overlay shall be 45 feet, subject to the special relational height limits in 12.64.203 which apply next to residential-only zoning. (Ord. 2461 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2337 § 1, 2020; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016).

12.64.108 Campus District Requirements.

A. Applicability.

1. These Campus District Requirements are the development regulations for University and College development within the Campus District boundary. In these regulations the University and/or College are referred to collectively and individually as the “Institution” while the physical site is referred to as the “campus.” The development regulations in this section are tailored to the campus and its local setting, and are intended to allow development flexibility and improve compatibility with surrounding uses.

2. The size, use, and purpose of the campus present unique circumstances that are not addressed in the generally applicable provisions of the Downtown Subarea Regulations. The provisions of other sections of chapter 12.64 BMC apply to the campus (i) only to the extent such regulations are identified in this BMC 12.64.108 and (ii) the remaining regulations of chapter 12.64 BMC shall be used as guidance if the provisions of BMC 12.64.108 do not address an issue.

3. This BMC 12.64.108 does not apply to development within the Campus District that is not for Academic use and not on property owned by the Institution. All such development shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 12.64 BMC that apply within the General Downtown Corridor District.

4. Development of the campus by the Institution will comply with other applicable city regulations, not in chapter 12.64 BMC, and all applicable State and federal regulations.

B. Allowed Uses. The use of the campus is Academic as defined in BMC 12.64.201(F)

C. Development.

1. The Campus Master Plan approved by the Board of Regents of the University of Washington on January 11th, 2018, by the Board of Trustees of Cascadia College on January 17th, 2018, and by the Bothell City Council by Ordinance No. 2237-2017 on November 14, 2017 (“2017 Campus Master Plan”) shall control and guide development on the campus. As used throughout the 2017 Campus Master Plan, the word “development” means any Institutional decision to undertake any action of a project nature within the campus boundaries, which will directly modify the physical environment and which is not exempt from SEPA. Such development requires a consistency determination pursuant to BMC 11.10.004 in addition to any permits required by other provisions of the Bothell Municipal Code.

2. Potential Development. The 2017 Campus Master Plan identified a total Institution need of 1.8 million gross square feet to serve 10,000 student full-time equivalents (FTEs). The campus at the time of approval of the 2017 Campus Master Plan comprises approximately 0.76 million gross square feet of development, and the total amount of additional development authorized is approximately 1.04 million gross square feet. The Campus District is divided into six Development Areas, plus the wetlands area, as shown in Figure 12.64.108.C.2. The potential net new amount allowed within each Development Area under the 2017 Campus Master Plan is shown in Table 12.64.108; however, this potential net new gross square footage cannot be achieved within each Development Area because the total campus development cannot exceed 1.8 million gross square feet under the 2017 Campus Master Plan. Parking structures are not included within or subject to this limit on total campus development.

Fig. 12.64.108.C.2. Development Areas and Existing Buildings at Time of Adoption of the Campus Master Plan

3. 

Table 12.64.108. The Campus District Development Regulations Matrix, arranged by Development Area.

Development Area

A

B

C

D

E

F

Allowed Uses:

Academic

permitted

permitted

permitted (except as provided in BMC 12.64.108(C)(4))

permitted

permitted

permitted

Development Regulations:

Maximum height

65'

65'

65'

65'

100'

65'

30' landscaped buffer at campus boundary adjacent to single-family zoning

required

N/A

required

N/A

N/A

N/A

Minimum building setback at campus boundary

25' unless adjacent to single-family. If building height adjacent to single- family exceeds 35' a setback increase of 3' for each 1' of height.

25'

25' unless adjacent to single-family. If building height adjacent to single- family exceeds 35' a setback increase of 3' for each 1' of height.

0'

N/A

N/A

Maximum net new gross square footage allowed

293,100

407,200

144,800

295,900

425,800

10,000

Notes: N/A = not applicable and not required

4. Development Area C Limitations. Academic uses are permitted as allowed uses in Development Area C except that:

a. student housing is not permitted; and

b. a parking structure adjacent to property with single-family residential zoning is permitted only with the following:

i. special façade treatments to screen parking and to mitigate visual and noise impacts to adjacent single-family residential properties; and

ii. a minimum building setback at campus boundary of 50 feet. For purposes of determining additional setbacks in relation to structure height as described in Table 12.64.108 and subsection M.1, the “mandatory setback” shall still be calculated from a 25-foot setback with a 35-foot height.

5. Size Limitations on Retail Use. Retail uses that could serve the general public shall be limited to a maximum size of 10,000 square feet per individual use and 25,000 square feet in total unless the Institution demonstrates that a bigger space is needed.

6. Beardslee Boulevard Frontage. Development fronting on Beardslee Boulevard shall comply with BMC 12.64.500 through 12.64.504, as they apply to development in the General Downtown Corridor (GDC) District, and shall be limited to 4 floors and 45 feet in height for a depth of 50 feet along the Beardslee Boulevard frontage.

7. General Architectural Regulations. Except for the Beardslee Boulevard Frontage described above, Campus District development shall refer to BMC 12.64.500 through 12.64.505 for guidance, as those sections apply to the Downtown Core (DC) District, with campus- owned streets, promenades, and the North Creek Trail treated as though they were Street & River Façades.

D. Gross Square Footage. Net new gross square footage for any development proposal is calculated by subtracting the amount of existing gross square feet and any gross square feet anticipated to be demolished in a Development Area from the total gross square feet of development identified for a particular Development Area in Table 12.64.108. Gross Square footage is calculated according to the FICM (Facilities Inventory and Classification Manual) calculations provided below.

1. FICM-Gross Square Footage GSF Calculation. All development within the district shall include provisions for pedestrian and bicycle access in accordance with the adopted pedestrian and bicycle facilities plan within the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. Special consideration shall be given to developing a complete nonmotor vehicle traffic network, including connections to a trail system along North Creek and access to such system.

a. A building is defined as a roofed structure for permanent or temporary shelter of persons, animals, plants, materials, or equipment, and exhibits the following characteristics: it is attached to a foundation and has a roof, is serviced by a utility, exclusive of lighting, and is the source of significant maintenance and repair activities. Temporary tent structures are not considered buildings.

b. FICM-GSF is the sum of all areas on all floors of a building included within the outside faces of its exterior walls, including floor penetration areas, however insignificant, for circulation and shaft areas that connect one floor to another. It includes additional space generally not included in calculating square footage using other methods, such as mechanical penthouses and mezzanines, attics, enclosed porches, inner and outer balconies and top, subject to the exceptions and adjustments referenced below. Consistent with other methods of calculating square footage, it does not include open areas such as parking lots, playing fields, courts, and light-wells or portions of upper floors eliminated by rooms or lobbies that rise above single- floor height.

c. Gross area is computed by measuring from the outside faces of exterior walls, disregarding cornices, pilasters, buttresses, etc., which extend beyond the wall faces. Areas having less than a six-foot, six-inch clear ceiling height are excluded.

d. In addition to all the internal floored spaces covered in subsection (D)(1)(b) of this section, gross area includes the following: mezzanines, penthouses, attics, enclosed porches, inner or outer balconies whether walled or not if they are utilized for operational functions, and corridors whether walled or not, provided they are within the outside face lines of the building to the extent of the roof drip line. The footprints of stairways, elevator shafts, and ducts (examples of building infrastructure) are counted as gross area on each floor through which they pass.

2. Adjustments and Exceptions to the FICM-GSF for 2017 Campus Master Plan Purposes.

a. If a project includes demolition, the gross square feet demolished will be a deduction from the total project gross square feet to calculate net new gross square feet. Only the net new gross square feet will be deducted from the 2017 Campus Master Plan development allocation.

b. Consistent with other methods of calculating building square footage, the 2017 Campus Master Plan gross square feet will not include open areas such as parking lots, playing fields, courts, and light wells, or portions of upper floors eliminated by rooms or lobbies that rise above single-floor ceiling height.

c. Net new gross square footage of a new building is counted towards the growth allowable when the building is occupied.

d. All parking areas and structures, loading areas, and interstitial space required for mechanical and electrical systems to support the building are excluded from the 2017 Campus Master Plan gross square feet. Interstitial space is the space between floors for mechanical, electrical, and HVAC systems.

E. Landscape Buffers And Vegetation.

1. Required Landscape. A 30-foot Type II landscaped buffer will be maintained along the western campus boundary.

2. Street Right-of-Way Landscaping. Development adjacent to Beardslee Boulevard is subject to BMC 12.18.050.

3. North Creek. Indigenous plant material with emphasis on trees and shade cover shall be included in landscaping along North Creek. Planting of shade trees native to the area is required along public access routes to the North Creek shoreline.

F. Light and Glare.

1. Exterior lighting within fifty feet of Beardslee Boulevard in Development Area D, and within the building setback area along the western campus boundary in Development Areas A and C, shall comply with BMC 12.14.240 and be shielded or directed away from adjacent areas and arterials.

2. For the remainder of the campus, the Institution will use BMC 12.14.240 for guidance in lighting design but may vary from its provisions in order to provide lighting capable of providing adequate illumination that the Institution deems appropriate for security and safety. Lighting standards shall be in scale with the height and use of the associated structure. Pedestrian walkways and sidewalks may be lighted with three- to four-foot-high lighting bollards. Any illumination, including security lighting, shall be directed away from adjoining properties and public rights-of-way.

3. The sports field complex field lights may be operated between the hours of 8:00 AM and 11:00 PM.

4. Mirror glass is not permitted.

G. North Creek Restoration Area.

1. The North Creek relocation and wetland restoration area was incorporated as a Native Growth Protection Area. No clearing, grading, construction or tree removal except for dead, diseased or hazardous trees will occur, except for construction specifically authorized as part of stream relocation and restoration plans, the regional trail and overlooks and drainage and utility extensions.

2. To highlight the successful restoration of the wetlands and enhance educational opportunities for students of the campus, the previously disturbed area associated with the Sarah Simonds Green Conservatory is excluded from the buffer requirements. Maintenance and building improvements are allowed. Creation and maintenance of a trail for educational access of the wetland is allowed.

H. Odors. Ventilation devices and other sources of odors will be directed away from residential zoned property.

I. Parking.

1. Motor vehicle parking will be limited to a maximum of 4,200 spaces within the campus boundary, including spaces associated with campus housing but not including service and load zones, bicycle spaces, and accessory off-campus leased spaces. Parking spaces may be located in any Development Area to accommodate need. The Institution shall develop additional parking spaces consistently with a Transportation Management Plan prepared by the Institution, filed with the city, and updated on a yearly basis. When the Institution applies for a consistency determination for new development, the application will include an explanation of how parking for the new development will be consistent with the Traffic Management Plan.

2. The campus parking, regardless of location, is intended to serve the entire campus. The campus and associated parking facilities may be considered a unified site (area) for ADA accessible parking spaces, and the Institution shall distribute and assign ADA compliant parking around campus to accommodate need.

3. Temporary construction-related parking provided for construction workers is exempt from the parking maximum.

4. Screening of parking areas at the western campus boundary will be provided by the required 30-foot landscaped buffer (as described elsewhere in this section), except that parking areas located across a city-owned street from property not owned by the Institution will be screened according to BMC 12.64.403(C).

5. Retail uses that front on Beardslee Boulevard shall provide parking for off-campus users at a rate determined appropriate by means of a parking study and approved by the Director. ADA accessible parking shall be provided as required by the IBC.

J. Setbacks.

1. Setbacks are required as set forth in Table 12.64.108. Setbacks will only be required for new structures located on the campus boundary (see Figure 12.64.108.J) and along city-owned streets when the property located across from the structure is not owned by the Institution. Institution structures across a city street from commercial or campus zones have no required setbacks.

2. Retaining walls, raised plazas, sculpture and other site elements shall have no setback requirements in any Development Area.

3. Underground structures may be located within setback areas. Covered and uncovered pedestrian walkways and similar facilities are permitted within setbacks.

4. In areas where both setbacks and landscape buffers are required, these features are overlaid upon each other and are not considered additive. For example, a structure may be located 30 feet from a property line in a location requiring both a 30-foot landscaped buffer and a 30- foot setback as long as the requirements for both buffers and setbacks are satisfied. Surface parking may be located within portions of setback areas that are not also considered portions of a required landscape buffer.

Fig. 12.64.108.J. Setback Diagrams

K. Signs and Banners.

1. Signs that adjoin Beardslee Boulevard or that are intended to be visible from Beardslee Boulevard or the western campus boundary shall comply with the provisions of BMC 12.64.602 for the General Downtown Corridor District.

2. Signs located internally on the campus not subject to subsection K.1 shall be managed on a campus-wide basis by the Institution, provided BMC 12.64.602 shall be used by the Institution as guidance, and provided further that the city may enforce removal or other control of signs in or adjacent to campus roads, streets and sidewalks that create or cause public safety issues.

L. Stormwater. The Institution is a secondary permittee under the Western Washington Phase II Municipal Stormwater Permit and complies with its Stormwater Operations and Maintenance Plan filed with the Department of Ecology. New development will comply with the City of Bothell Surface Water Design Manual in effect at the time application is made for a determination of consistency.

M. Structure Height. In Development Areas A, B, C, D, and F, 65 feet is the allowed height and in Development Area E, 100 feet is the allowed height, as set forth in Table 12.64.108. The exceptions to building height limits in BMC 12.14.120 shall apply. All vents, air conditioning units, mechanical, electrical and other equipment located on the roof of any structure shall be screened as needed to avoid an unsightly appearance as viewed from surrounding property, including hillside locations. The building roof design and covering/screening materials shall be described in detail in an application for a consistency determination, and it shall be demonstrated how these items will mitigate the visual impact of the equipment.

1. Structure Height Setbacks. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with Table 12.64.108, the mandatory setbacks from any abutting single-family zone (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows: The mandatory setbacks shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet. These increased setbacks shall apply to the entire building, rather than only to those portions of the building which may be higher than 35 feet. Where a property is along a city-owned street, the increased setbacks from any abutting single-family zone shall be measured from the street property line of the single-family property. See Figure 12.64.108.J.

2. General Height Measurement Method. Building height shall be measured in accordance with the IBC.

N. Wireless Communication Facilities.

1. Wireless communication facilities proposed by the Institution to serve the campus are permitted without compliance with Chapter 12.11 BMC and do not require a determination of consistency. Wireless communication facilities proposed by entities other than the Institution are permitted and shall comply with the provisions of Chapter 12.11 BMC for the General Downtown Corridor District, but do not require a determination of consistency.

2. Wireless communication facilities will be located outside of any buffer, and facilities that exceed the maximum height of the development area will be located a minimum of 100 feet within the campus boundary. No such facility shall exceed 100 feet in height unless approved by minor amendment pursuant to BMC 11.10.004(E). (Ord. 2237 § 6, 2017; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B2), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016).

12.64.200 Site Development Regulations.

This section contains General Requirements and definitions of the District Requirements controlling Use, Height, Frontage, and Building Placement.

Figure 12.64.200 Site Development Regulations provides an overview of the regulations contained in these sections as well as other primary regulations. Refer to the sections noted for definitions and specifications for each of these regulations.

Fig. 12.64.200. Site Development Regulations

12.64.201 Building Use.

For the purposes of this Plan, all permitted and conditionally permitted uses have been classified into Use Categories. Descriptions and special requirements for each category, including aspects of their development such as size and location, are established in the text below. Use Category Charts include permitted and provisional uses for each category. Uses listed as permitted are defined as those uses permitted by right. Uses listed as provisional are defined as those uses which require special consideration either of their impacts on the neighborhood/land uses in the vicinity and/or of their physical organization and design. A provisional use shall be considered for approval if the proposed use conforms with the vision, goals and regulations of the Plan and any relevant requirement of the Bothell Municipal Code. All permitted uses for a single District are allowed either alone or in combination with any other permitted uses within a parcel. Any proposed use not listed in the Use Category Charts shall be classified by the community development director as permitted, provisional, or not permitted, based on the listed use to which the proposed use is most similar. If the community development director determines that the proposed use is not similar to any use in the table, the proposed use shall not be permitted. The determination of the community development director shall be appealable to the hearing body.

A. Retail. Description: Shopping including retail anchors, eating & drinking establishments, specialty goods/foods, entertainment & recreation, convenience uses, services, and commercial goods.

Definition-Anchor: A large commercial development that generates significant pedestrian traffic and that increases the traffic of shoppers at or near its location. Consumers, attracted by the anchor store, are likely to visit the location, and thus nearby stores’ sales and profits are increased by the presence of the anchor.

Definition-Cluster: A cluster is made up of two or more abutting retail establishments.

Special Conditions: Minimum interior height for ground level retail of all types is 14 feet from floor to ceiling. Use conversions in an existing building are not required to meet this requirement.

1. Pedestrian Oriented Retail. Description: Pedestrian oriented and activity-generating retail uses that are appropriate and desirable in a downtown core environment environment and that are open to the street providing visual interest to the streetscape. Chairs and tables for outdoor dining and carts for merchant display may be permitted in the public right-of-way (i.e. in sidewalk areas) provided that:

a. The use maintains a minimum five-foot wide unobstructed portion of sidewalk corridor which is clear and unimpeded for pedestrian traffic;

b. The use keeps the full width of the building entrance clear and unimpeded for building access.

2. Neighborhood Center Retail. Description: Convenience uses, small-scale shopping and personal services to serve nearby residential neighborhoods in Neighborhood Center Overlay.

a. A maximum size of 5,000 square feet per nonanchor use.

b. A maximum size of 2,500 square feet per eating and drinking establishments.

c. A maximum size of 25,000 square feet total per unanchored center.

d. A maximum size of 65,000 square feet per medium to large-scale grocery store or similar community-oriented anchors.

e. Provisional: Neighborhood serving retail & services exceeding 5,000 square feet per use.

f. Provisional: Unanchored Neighborhood Centers exceeding 25,000 square feet.

g. Provisional: Community oriented anchor exceeding 65,000 square feet.

h. May be free-standing buildings or incorporated into mixed use building.

3. Business & Personal Services. Description: Small to medium sized businesses providing services to local businesses and households.

There are no special conditions for Business & Personal Services.

4. Auto-Oriented Retail. Description: Medium to large scale shopping, entertainment and service uses that are best suited to an auto-oriented environment.

Provisional: Uses featuring outdoor sales or outdoor storage not clearly ancillary to use.

5. Corner Store Retail. Description: Small scale, convenience shopping and personal service uses to serve the immediate community.

a. A maximum size of 2,500 square feet per use.

b. A maximum size of 5,000 square feet total per cluster.

c. Corner store shall be integrated into a larger building on the corner of a block.

d. Corner Store Retail must be located on the corner of a block, and the entrance must face a public street, square, or plaza space.

e. Provisional: Individual uses larger than 2,500 square feet provided that the use is unique and not already provided within one mile trade area.

B. Civic & Cultural. Description: Services (including education and utilities), cultural institutions and recreational facilities made available to the general public for free or at a reasonable cost.

Provisional: Public and private utilities, including pipelines, utility lines, water and wastewater facilities, substations, and telephone.

C. Office. Description: Workplace uses including professional, administrative, medical, research and development, financial and educational activities for businesses, individuals and nonprofit organizations.

D. Lodging. Description: Short-term commercial lodging facilities including all hospitality uses, such as hotels, bed and breakfasts, and motels.

E. Residential. Description: All owner- and renter-occupied dwelling units, including multifamily with common entry, multifamily with individual entry, detached single-family, manufactured homes, and home occupation.

1. Multifamily with Common Lobby Entry. Description: Buildings designed as residence for multiple households where some dwelling units are accessed through a common lobby, shared hallway, or shared stairwell.

2. Multifamily with Individual Entry. Description: Individual or attached buildings designed as a residence for multiple households where all dwelling units have a dedicated entrance accessed directly from the sidewalk or publicly accessible open space.

3. Detached Single-family Homes. Description: A detached building designed as a residence for one household.

4. Manufactured Homes. Description: A dwelling unit, manufactured whole and designed to be transported to a site and installed on a relatively permanent basis (see BMC 11.02.050 “M”).

5. Home Occupation. Description: A dwelling unit in which the occupant conducts a home-based business or enterprise.

a. Provisional: Work activities that require hazardous assembly, including fabrication, manufacturing, repair or processing operations such as welding and woodworking.

b. The maximum number of employees not including the owner/occupant is limited to two per unit.

c. Once established, Live-Work may not be converted to a solely commercial or business use. However, Live-Work units may revert to solely residential use.

F. Academic. Description: All principal and accessory uses that relate to and support instruction and research and the needs of students and faculty, including, but not limited to, classrooms, labs, faculty and administrative offices, lecture halls, museums, theatres, libraries, faculty/staff/student services, student housing (including dormitories and married student/family housing); transportation (including parking); open space; support facilities such as bookstores, food services, faculty club; athletic/recreation facilities; and facilities supporting maintenance of the campus.

Use Category Charts.

A. Retail.

Legend:

--- : Not Permitted

●: Permitted Use, these elements are allowed, by right, as indicated.

✚: Provisional Use, these elements are allowed if they are deemed by the Community Development Director / Designee to meet the purpose and intent of the plan

1 : Personal care services and health & exercise clubs where ground floor pedestrian oriented retail is required shall be open to the street, with transparent windows conforming to the shopfront regulations in BMC 12.64.206(F)(1) providing views into and out of storefront spaces. Health & exercise clubs and personal care services with private rooms or booths must have a full-width, functional retail space in the storefront area, with room for product displays, sales area, and dedicated sales staff.

* : refer to BMC 12.06.130 of the BMC for further regulations

A.1. Pedestrian-Oriented

A.2. Neighborhood Center

A.3. Business & Personal Services

A.4. Auto-Oriented

A.5. Corner Store

Retail Anchors

Drug stores Anchor

---

---

---

Department & variety stores Anchor

---

---

---

---

Grocery store Anchor

---

---

---

Eating & Drinking Establishments

Restaurants, auto-oriented

---

---

---

---

Restaurants, take-out order

---

---

Restaurants, Fast Food

---

---

Restaurants, on-site dining

---

---

---

Bars & Nightclubs

---

---

---

---

Vendor carts, spaces, stands or trucks

---

---

---

Specialty Goods / Foods

Bakeries

---

---

Apparel & accessory stores

---

---

---

---

Appliance & electronic stores

---

---

Book stores

---

---

---

---

Art galleries

---

---

---

---

Open air markets

---

---

Second hand / antique stores

---

---

Discount Stores

---

---

---

Sporting goods stores

---

---

---

Furniture & home furnishings stores

---

---

---

Video rentals

---

---

Businesses whose primary activity is the sale of specialty foods or small scale/quality goods

---

---

---

---

Entertainment & Recreation

Movie theaters

---

---

---

---

Bowling centers and billiard parlors

---

---

---

Health & exercise clubs1

---

Adult entertainment facilities (see BMC 12.06.130)

---

---

---

*

---

Amusement arcades

---

---

---

Cinema complex Anchor

---

---

---

---

Convenience Uses

Small Scale Drug Store

---

---

Small Scale Grocery or Food Sales, including food banks

---

---

Convenience stores

---

---

Delicatessens / cafés

---

---

Florists

---

---

Hardware stores

---

---

Office supply stores

---

---

Convenience Uses that primarily serve nearby residential neighborhoods

---

---

Services

Banking & financial services

---

---

---

Mail / shipping services

---

---

Insurance services

---

---

---

---

Legal services (no larger than 2,500 sqft)

---

---

---

---

Travel services

---

---

---

Real estate services

---

---

---

---

Clerical services

---

---

---

---

Bail Bonds

---

---

---

---

Photo processing, photo copying, and printing services

---

Personal care services (e.g., barbershops, hair salons, massage and tanning booths)1

---

Dry cleaning establishments

---

---

Self-service laundromats

---

---

Any other personal or professional service use

---

---

---

---

Plumbing Services

---

---

---

---

Vacuum, Cleaning, Sewing Repair

---

---

---

---

Equipment Rental

---

---

---

---

Any other commercial service use

---

---

---

---

Gas Stations

---

---

---

Commercial Goods

Furniture Stores

---

---

---

Warehouse Retail

---

---

---

---

Construction Supply

---

---

---

---

Restaurant Supply

---

---

---

---

Auto supply stores

---

---

---

Motor Vehicle Sales

---

---

---

---

Businesses whose primary activity is the sale of large scale / commercial goods

---

---

---

---

Warehousing, storage and distribution uses, including self-storage warehouses, are not allowed in the Downtown Subarea.

B. Civic & Cultural.

Civic & Cultural

Churches & Places of Worship

Baseball, football, soccer, tennis and other sports fields and courts

Community centers

Educational Facilities

Indoor recreation facilities

Libraries

Museums

City Hall and Other Public Facilities

Performing arts facilities

Stadiums, not including stadiums for professional sports teams

Swimming pools

Post Offices

Transit Facilities, Terminals and Stations

Fire & Police Stations

C. Office.

Office

Research and development offices

Medical & Dental Offices or facilities

Educational and institutional offices

Daycare facilities

Human service facilities or offices

Exhibition, convention, or conference centers

Print and electronic media offices (newspaper, magazine, radio, television)

Data or telecommunications offices

Indoor veterinary clinics

Mortuary services

Any other business, professional, executive or administrative office use

Warehousing, storage and distribution uses, including self-storage warehouses, are not allowed in the Downtown Subarea.

D. Lodging.

Lodging

Hotel / convention center Anchor

Hotels and motels

Hostels

Bed and breakfast guest houses

Campgrounds

---

Recreational vehicle parks

---

Warehousing, storage and distribution uses, including self-storage warehouses, are not allowed in the Downtown Subarea.

E. Residential.

E.1. Multi-Family
w/ Common Entry

E.2. Multi-Family
w/ Individual Entry

E.3. Detached
Single-Family

E.4. Manufactured Homes

E.5. Home Occupation

Residential Uses

Dwelling units, accessory

---

---

Dwelling units, primary, two or more households per structure

---

---

---

Dwelling units, primary, one household per structure

---

---

---

---

Rooms for Roomers of Boarders

---

---

Dormitories

---

---

Adult Family Homes

---

---

Residential Care Facilities

---

---

Nursing Homes

---

---

---

Specialized Senior Housing

---

---

---

Manufactured home parks

---

---

---

---

Mobile and/or manufactured homes, in manufactured home parks

---

---

---

---

Live-work uses are allowed in all districts that allow commercial uses; provided, that ground-level units in DC conform with ground-level retail requirements and are designed to be convertible to pedestrian-oriented retail, and in DN to business and personal uses. Home occupation uses as defined in BMC 12.06.140(B)(8) are allowed in all districts that allow residential uses.

Warehousing, storage and distribution uses, including self-storage warehouses, are not allowed in the Downtown Subarea.

If the requirements of BMC 12.06.190(B)(4) are satisfied, then hobby beekeeping is allowed within the Downtown Subarea as an accessory use to any permissible detached single-family use.

(Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024; Ord. 2378 § 6, 2022; Ord. 2323 § 2, 2020; Ord. 2270 § 8, 2018; Ord. 2237 § 7, 2017; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

12.64.202 Building Height (Downtown-Specific Definition).

A. Building height is defined, for the purposes of this Plan, as the vertical extent of a building. Height for buildings is regulated by both the number of floors permitted and by total feet permitted. New structures must meet the minimum and maximum for both floor and dimension requirements. Permitted minimum and maximum heights shall be as determined in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

B. The number of floors shall include all floors located above the finished grade. Portions of the building such as basements or podiums that are substantially or partly submerged shall not be counted as a floor as long as they do not extend more than five feet above grade. Floors that extend more than five feet above grade shall be counted as a floor except where necessary to provide access to an underground parking garage.

C. Building height shall be as defined by the International Building Code (IBC): the vertical distance from the average grade plane of the exterior walls to the average height of the highest roof surface.

D. Habitable attics, inhabited spaces located above a roof’s eave line, are only permitted for detached single-family homes.

E. Portions of a building that are not part of the primary building mass, such as entrance porticos, bays and stoops, are not required to meet minimum height requirements. Parking podiums are not required to meet minimum height requirements. Portions of the building that extend above the primary building mass, such as dormers, roof-top cupolas, elevator and mechanical equipment enclosures, roof deck trellises, gazebos, and other special features, shall not exceed the maximum height requirement by more than 15 feet.

F. Accessory buildings, including non-dwelling units such as freestanding garages for individual residential units, service structures and tool sheds, shall not exceed one and one-half stories or 14 feet.

G. Corner Entry Private Frontages (see BMC 12.64.206) shall not exceed the permitted maximum height by more than 20 feet.

Fig. 12.64.202. Building Height - Sloped Site

(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

12.64.203 Special Height Regulations.

Special Height Regulations are established to create an appropriate height relationship between new development within the Plan Area and existing buildings in adjacent residential-only zones. They shall be required for parcels located in Districts as indicated in BMC 12.64.101 through 12.64.109 District Requirements Site Development Regulation Charts. Where required, the following regulations apply:

A. Adjacent to Residential-only Zones. Where new development is on a parcel adjacent to a parcel with residential-only zoning: As shown in Figure 12.64.203 Special Height Regulations – A. Adjacent to Residential-only Zones, the height of new development shall not exceed a height of 3 floors above finished grade within a 65 foot buffer from the minimum required Special Setback line Adjacent to Residential-only Zones (see BMC 12.64.210). The first 10 feet of the upper-level setback shall not be used as a roof terrace to protect privacy of residents on abutting properties or across an alley.

Fig. 12.64.203.A. Special Height Regulations - adjacent to residential-only zones

B. Across the Street from Residential-only Zones. Where new development is on a parcel across the street from a parcel with residential-only zoning: As shown in Figure 12.64.203 Special Height Regulations – B. Across the street from Residential-only Zones, the height of new development shall not exceed a height of 3 floors above finished grade within a 65 foot buffer from the minimum required Front Yard Setback line (see BMC 12.64.207).

Fig. 12.64.203.B. Special Height Regulations - across the street from residential-only zones

C. Special Height Limit. A street façade offset (see BMC 12.64.501(C)(4)) is required at the top of the second floor along the streets indicated by the Special Height Regulations Inset Map in Figure 12.64.100, Districts Map. The façade offset shall satisfy the following requirements:

1. The offset shall be a minimum of 20 feet deep (see BMC 12.64.505(B)(3)(b)(iii) for exception).

2. For a maximum of 50% of the third floor setback volume, building masses up to 3 stories and 35 feet tall may encroach up to 20 feet into the façade offset area.

3. A top element (see BMC 12.64.501) is required at the top of the second floor, along the recess line of the offset, except where encroaching masses are flush with the recess line.

4. A top element is required at the top of any masses that encroach into the offset area.

Fig. 12.64.203.C. Special Height Regulations - special height limit

(Ord. 2323 § 3, 2020; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

12.64.204 Building Orientation.

A. Except where noted in the District Regulations pages in BMC 12.64.101 through 12.64.109, all buildings in the Plan Area shall be located along and oriented towards new or existing street(s), excluding alleys and passages. A building is oriented towards a street if it has a building entrance that opens directly on to that street.

B. Parking structures, garages, carriage houses and accessory buildings are permitted and encouraged to be located along alleys in lieu of streets or public open spaces.

C. Buildings on Corner Parcels in Districts where Building Orientation is required shall have an entrance(s) oriented towards at least one street to be determined by the developer.

12.64.205 Public Frontage.

A. Definition. Public Frontage is the area between the thoroughfare centerline and the back of sidewalk line, including the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas as shown in Figure 12.64.205 Public Frontage - A Definition.

Fig. 12.64.205. Public Frontage - Definition

B. Regulatory Specifications.

1. The installation of new Public Frontage Improvements per the City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications is required as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements along all parcel frontages, except where the public frontage area already contains the features required. In instances where existing public frontage areas already contain features that are sufficiently similar to those required, all or part of the Public Frontage Improvements may be waived by the Public Works Director/Designee.

2. In instances where new streets must be constructed – that is, in instances where there are no existing public frontage conditions – the public frontage will be installed as part of the applicable street types defined BMC 12.64.301 Street Regulations.

3. Locating Back-of-Sidewalk. The location of the back of the newly installed sidewalk (the back of the sidewalk is furthest from the curb) is determined by adding up the cross-section dimensions of the required Public Frontage Improvements in-board of the future face-of-curb. The exact location of the new back-of-sidewalk may or may not coincide with the front property line. As a result, newly installed required Public Frontage improvements may be partially located on private property.

4. In instances where installation of required public frontage improvements as part of on-site construction are found to be impractical - for example in instances where curb relocation is required or the private frontage is particularly narrow or fragmented, the property owner may pay an in-lieu fee covering the construction cost to install the required improvements when they can be combined with those on adjacent properties or as part of a city-sponsored street improvement program.

5. In instances where the City of Bothell has preceded the proposed new development with the installation of the required public frontage improvements, the property owner shall reimburse the city for the costs of that portion of the installation along the length of the private property. The amount of an in-lieu fee, when approved, shall be determined by the Community Development Director/Designee.

12.64.206 Private Frontage.

A. Definition. Private frontage includes both:

1. Portions of a property between the back of sidewalk line and the primary building façade along any Street.

2. Portions of all primary building façades up to the top of the first or second floor, including building entrances, located along and oriented toward streets as shown in Figure 12.64.206 Private Frontage – A Definition.

Fig. 12.64.206.A. Private Frontage - Definition

B. Private Frontage Types.

1. A property’s permitted and/or required Private Frontage Types shall be as specified within each District’s regulations charts. All permitted frontage types for a single District are allowed either alone or in combination with any other permitted frontage type within a single building as specified by the District Regulations.

2. Private Frontage requirements regulate a building’s primary entrance treatments, encroachments, setback areas and property edges as shown in the Figure 12.64.206.B Private Frontage Types. The minimum and maximum setback dimension illustrated shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements. Private frontage regulations apply along the full length of the property frontage, even where there is no building façade.

C. Building orientation. Where building orientation is not required, buildings must still satisfy Private Frontage and Edge Treatment requirements but are not required to locate an entrance that opens directly on to that street.

D. Corner Parcels. On corner parcels, frontage treatment shall extend along the entire length of the back of sidewalk line for both street frontages as shown in Figure 12.64.206 Private Frontage – D Corner Parcels.

Fig. 12.64.206.D. Private Frontage - Corner Parcels

E. Edge Treatments. Fenced Edge, Terraced Edge, and Flush Edge are edge treatments that are combined with other Private Frontage Types and establish a desirable relationship between front setback areas and the public sidewalk. When landscaping Grand Portico, Forecourt, Grand Entry, Common Lobby Entry, Stoop, Porch, and Front Door setback areas, an edge treatment must be selected from those permitted for the given District and applied to the setback area in accordance with the specified edge treatment’s regulations.

F. Accessibility. Private Frontage Types with stairs must also refer to and satisfy access and visitability requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act by providing alternate ADA-compliant entrance(s) or by incorporating an ADA-compliant ramp additively to the design of the required Private Frontage Type.

1. Shopfront. The shopfront frontage type defines the primary treatment for ground-level commercial uses oriented to display and access directly from public sidewalks. Each shopfront must contain at least one welcoming building entrance. It shall have clear-glass display windows framed within storefront pilasters and base. A minimum 3 foot zone behind the window glazing must provide an unobstructed view of the establishment’s goods & services. Entrances are constructed at sidewalk grade. Shopfront composition should include projecting signs, as well as window signs and awning signs. Close proximity to high volumes of pedestrian traffic make attention to craft and visual interest within the storefront façade important. Shopfront and awning design should vary from shopfront to shopfront. Shopfronts are built up to the back of the public sidewalk, and any setback areas must be treated as extensions of the sidewalk space. Recessed entrances are permitted with a maximum width of 15 feet. Restaurant shopfronts may set back a portion of the shopfront façade to create a colonnaded outdoor dining alcove that is a maximum of 12 feet deep. The set back portion of façade that is oriented towards the street must have display windows. The alcove must also have columns along the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of 15 feet on center. The alcove may not rely on adjacent buildings for enclosure. The shopfront frontage type is specifically intended to provide block frontages with a multiplicity of doors and display windows - so shopfront width must generally be kept to a minimum and shall not exceed the lengths shown in the BMC 12.64.206(B)(1) Shopfront Regulations chart.

Fig. 12.64.206.B. Private Frontage Types

A- Shopfront Length is the length of each Shopfront Frontage Type segment as measured from centerline to centerline of the articulation elements at either edge of the Shopfront segment.

B- Tenant Length is the length of each Tenant Frontage that faces directly onto a Street.

C- Articulation Increment is the length between each Articulation Element in a Shopfront segment as measured from centerline to centerline of permitted Shopfront Length Articulation Elements (see BMC 12.64.502. Building Length Massing Regulations)

Table 12.64.206.B.1. Shopfront Regulations

12.64.100 Districts

Downtown Core

All Other Districts

Along Main St.

Other Streets

A - Shopfront Length

50' max.

(longer than 50' is provisional for Anchor Retail only)

N/A

B - Tenant Length

75' max.

(longer than 75' is provisional for Anchor Retail only)

N/A

C - Articulation Increment

25' max.

50' max.

50' max.

Plan

Section

Figure 12.64.206.B Private Frontage Types

2. Corner Entry. A Corner Entry is a distinctive building entry element to emphasize the corner of a building. This frontage differentiates the corner of the building primarily through vertical massing and articulation with elements such as a corner tower, which is created by articulating a separate, relatively slender mass of the building, continuing that mass beyond the height of the primary building mass, and providing the top of the mass with a recognizable silhouette. A corner entry mass may encroach into the required setback areas but may not encroach into the public right-of-way. Corner entry features may also exceed the permitted height limit by 20 feet. Other elements can be used to create a Corner Entry but must place a similarly significant emphasis on the corner. Such elements include façade projections/recessions, balconies, roof articulation, and changing repetitive façade elements such as window type.

Plan

Section

3. Arcade. An arcade is a colonnaded space at the base of a building running along the sidewalk resulting in a covered sidewalk space. This frontage type requires the ground floor to be constructed at or close to sidewalk grade, and so is not appropriate for buildings with ground-level residential use. Due to lack of visibility from the street, the arcade shall not be combined with shopfronts. Minimum arcade width is 12 feet, and maximum column spacing along the street is 15 feet. Ceiling beams and light fixtures that are located within the column spacing geometry greatly enhance the quality of the space and are recommended. Setback areas must be treated as an extension of the sidewalk space.

Plan

Section

4. Grand Portico. A portico is a roofed entrance supported by columns appended to the primary plane of the building’s front façade. The portico may encroach into the front setback area. A “Grand Portico” is a portico expressed at a civic scale, meant to project the image of an important community building. A Grand Portico is an appropriate frontage for civic buildings such as city halls, libraries, post offices, as well as for quasi-civic buildings such as hotels with ground level convention facilities, or movie theaters. This frontage type is not typically appropriate for residential buildings. A “grand stair” makes an excellent appendage to a grand portico frontage. Setback areas must be landscaped for non-commercial buildings and may be paved for commercial buildings.

Plan

Section

5. Forecourt. A forecourt is a courtyard forming an entrance and lingering space for a single building or several buildings in a group, and opening onto the public sidewalk. The forecourt is the result of setting back a portion of the primary building wall. It must be enclosed on three sides by building masses on the same property, and therefore cannot be built on corners, or adjacent to a building already set back from the sidewalk. The forecourt opening shall be a maximum of 30 feet wide. It may feature a decorative wall or fence on the sidewalk side that creates a gateway into the forecourt. A forecourt can be appropriate for ground floor or upper floor residential uses when combined with stoops or flush single entries, or can be combined with shopfront frontage types for retail and office developments. When combined with stoops, the courtyard may be slightly raised from sidewalk grade and landscaped or paved, with a decorative wall along the sidewalk edge. When combined with retail, restaurant and service uses, all three sides of the courtyard must feature shopfront entrances and display windows and the forecourt must be treated as an extension of the sidewalk space. Any setback area treatment is determined by the development’s primary frontage type.

Plan

Section

6. Grand Entry. A grand entrance is an entrance with a grand architectural expression that typically provides access to building lobbies. A grand entrance should be prominent and easy to identify. Entrances may be inset up to 5 feet from the primary building wall and are typically raised above the sidewalk. This frontage type is appropriate for office and multi-family residential uses accessed from a shared lobby. Setback areas may be landscaped, paved, or be a combination of landscaping and paving.

Where use of a grand entrance is limited it is intended to provide access to upper level residential, office or hotel uses within Commercial and Mixed Use Buildings featuring ground level shopfronts. When used in this way, the setback area treatment is determined by the shopfronts’ requirements.

Plan

Section

7. Stoop. A stoop is an entrance stairway to a residence typically constructed close to the sidewalk. Stoops may feature a portico entrance at the top of the stair, and may encroach into the front setback area. Multiple stoops may be combined to increase the scale of the entrance. This frontage type is suitable only for residential use. Setback areas must be landscaped.

Plan

Section

8. Porch. A porch is a roofed space, open along two or more sides and adjunct to a building, commonly serving to shelter an entrance and provide a private outdoor space appended to a residence. Porches may serve multiple entrances. When expressed as a separate mass appended to the primary front building plane, the porch may encroach into the front setback zone. This frontage type is appropriate for residential use only. Setback areas must be landscaped.

Plan

Section

9. Front Door. A front door features a residence’s main entrance with a deep setback, creating a gracious open space along the property frontage. This frontage type is appropriate for residential use only. Setback areas must be landscaped.

Plan

Section

10. Edge Treatment: Fenced. A fenced edge is an edge treatment characterized by a low decorative fence constructed at or very close to the edge of the public sidewalk. A low masonry base makes an excellent addition to the decorative fence. The fence may be located along the public sidewalk or setback as shown.

Plan

Section

11. Edge Treatment: Terraced. A terraced edge is an edge treatment characterized by a raised planted front yard and decorative low retaining wall at or very close to the edge of the public sidewalk. The retaining wall may be located along the public sidewalk or setback as shown.

Plan

Section

12. Edge Treatment: Flush. A flush edge is an edge treatment characterized by a landscaped front yard which is built at sidewalk grade and extends to the edge of the public sidewalk.

Plan

Section

(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

12.64.207 Front Yard Setback.

A. Front Yard Setback is defined as the required distance from the back of sidewalk line to the primary building façade as shown in Figure 12.64.207 Front Yard Setback.

Front Yard Setback regulations assume the implementation of street improvements as specified in city actions. Along streets with approved street reconfiguration plans, Front Yard Setback distances shall be measured based on either 1) the back of sidewalk location following street reconfiguration, or 2) approved city plans for street reconfiguration that re-locate the back of sidewalk.

B. Front Yard setback areas must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations except where exceptions are noted within the Private Frontage Requirements for a particular Frontage Type or in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements. Entrance porticos, porches, stoops, and stairs are permitted to encroach within the required front yard setback as shown in the frontage type illustrations. Encroachments may extend up to a maximum of six feet into the private frontage.

C. At zero-setback areas, building overhangs such as trellises, canopies and awnings may extend horizontally into the public frontage up to a maximum of six feet and balconies and bay windows may extend up to a maximum of two feet. These overhangs must provide a minimum of eight feet clear height above sidewalk grade.

Fig. 12.64.207. Front Yard Setback

12.64.208 Side Yard Setback.

A. Side Yard Setback is defined as the required minimum distance from the side property line to any building as shown in Figure 12.64.208 Side Yard Setback.

B. The dimension of the Side Yard Setback shall depend upon whether or not the side façade has windows into active living spaces. The side yard setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension to structures with windows and structures without windows shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements. Note: Where permitted, an easement is required for buildings with 0 foot setback.

12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback.

Rear Yard Setback is defined as the required minimum distance from the rear property line to any building as shown in Figure 12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback. The required rear yard setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Figure 12.64.208 Side Yard Setback and Figure 12.64.209 Rear Yard Setback

12.64.210 Special Setback Regulations.

A. Special Setback Regulations are established to create an appropriate setback relationship between new development within the Plan Area and existing buildings in adjacent single family zones. They shall be required for parcels located in Districts as specified in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements.

B. As shown in Figure 12.64.210, Setback Adjacent to Single Family Zones, any structures containing commercial uses and/or two or more attached primary dwelling units shall set back from any property line abutting R-L1 through R-M3 zones, unless the adjacent property is already occupied by structures containing two or more primary dwelling units. Where required, the following regulations apply:

1. The minimum required setback dimension shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements.

2. The required setback area must include 10 foot wide Type II landscaping unless otherwise specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

3. The required setback area shall be landscaped according to principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300, Street Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations.

4. Decks and balconies overlooking the adjacent residences are prohibited along the setback line.

5. The size and quantity of windows facing the adjacent residences shall be limited and located to maximize privacy.

Fig. 12.64.210. Setback Adjacent to Single Family Zones

(Ord. 2445 § 18 (Exh. R), 2024).

12.64.211 Alley Setback.

Alley setback is defined as the required minimum distance from an alley right-of-way to any building as shown in Figure 12.64.211 Alley Setback. The alley setback area must be landscaped according to the principles set forth in BMC 12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations. The minimum required setback dimension shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Fig. 12.64.211. Alley Setback

12.64.212 Frontage Coverage.

If providing public open space in the interior or rear of a parcel is not viable, required public open space may count toward the frontage coverage requirement.

A. Frontage coverage is defined as the percentage of the length of the frontage coverage zone that shall be occupied by a primary building façade(s). The frontage coverage zone is defined as the space between the minimum and maximum front yard setback lines and the minimum side yard or front yard setback lines as shown in Figure 12.64.212 Frontage Coverage. Minimum or maximum Frontage Coverage percentages shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

B. In Districts where there is no maximum front yard setback, the frontage coverage zone shall extend from the minimum front yard setback lines to the furthest side or rear property line.

C. In order to connect the public sidewalk with active open spaces, courtyards, parking lots, and alleys in the interior or at the rear of a parcel, development may incorporate a passage that counts towards the frontage coverage requirements. A passage is a paved pedestrian walkway penetrating the building to access interior parking, courtyards, or other public spaces. In this case, the width of a passage may not exceed 15 feet.

Fig. 12.64.212. Frontage Coverage

(Ord. 2072 § 2 (Exh. B)).

12.64.213 Build-to-Corner.

A. The Build-To-Corner requirement specifies that buildings must “hold the corner” of the parcel at the intersection of two streets. The build-to-corner location is defined by the required front yard setback lines as shown in Figure 12.64.213 Build-To-Corner. This requirement shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

B. Where the Build-To-Corner Building Placement is required, all corner parcels must meet this requirement by siting a building at its street corner.

Fig. 12.64.213. Build-to-Corner

12.64.214 Maximum Building Length.

Maximum building length is defined as the total length of a primary building mass fronting a street or open space as shown in Figure 12.64.214 Maximum Building Length. Maximum building length shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100. Districts. Buildings shall not exceed this maximum length. A developer may build multiple buildings, each with an individual length that does not exceed the maximum building length.

The primary building mass is the most prominent mass of the building from its street frontage. Breaks in the primary building mass may be achieved through recessed sections where the recessed façade is clearly articulated as a different mass through materials, lower roof line or other means.

Fig. 12.64.214. Maximum Building Length

(Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

12.64.215 Special Building Length Limit.

A. Definition. Special Building Length Limits apply to new development along any block face (excluding SR 522, or Beardslee Blvd.) where there are existing or proposed residential buildings with front façades shorter than sixty feet as shown in Figure 12.64.215 Special Building Length.

B. Limited Corner Building. The maximum length of buildings that extend to the corner of the block shall be as specified for each District in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

C. Limited Mid-Block Buildings. The maximum length of Limited Mid-Block Buildings that do not extend to the corner of the block shall be as specified for each District in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

A – Residential Building with a Front Facade less than 60' long

B – Limited Corner Building

C – Limited Mid-Block Building

D – Public Open Space

X – Special Building Length Limits Do Not Apply

Fig. 12.64.215. Special Building Length

12.64.216 Space Between Buildings.

If a developer is building multiple buildings on a single property, the required minimum space between buildings is applied. Space between buildings is defined as the distance measured between the primary building mass of two adjacent buildings on a single property as shown in Figure 12.64.216 Space Between Buildings. The minimum dimension for required for space between buildings shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

Fig. 12.64.216. Space Between Buildings

12.64.300 Street, Surface Water Management and Open Space Regulations.

This section contains general requirements and guidelines designed to ensure that new streets, blocks, open spaces, and landscaping throughout the Plan Area are provided and built with the quality and care necessary to enhance the transportation network, provide proper accessibility, and ensure the development of a wide range of public places within downtown as it intensifies.

In addition to regulatory policies for the provision, configuration, and design of streets and open spaces, this section provides requirements and guidelines for on-site improvements such as the design and landscaping of all spaces including front, side, and rear yards; screening for utility and service areas; as well as policies governing the treatment of furnishings plant materials, and lighting.

Additional detail and requirements for improvements to existing streets are provided by the City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications, which will be updated to coordinate with the new street requirements included in this section.

12.64.301 Street Regulations.

The Street is defined as the area between the back of sidewalk lines. It includes the moving lanes, parking lanes and medians as well as the sidewalk and any sidewalk landscape areas. (see Figure 12.64.301 Corridor Definition of Terms).

Street Requirements determine the configuration and design of new streets. They are established to enhance the connectivity of streets, to create safe and attractive streetscape environments, and to encourage walking throughout the Plan Area.

All new streets within the Plan Area shall be designed and configured according to the following regulations.

Fig. 12.64.301. Corridor Definition of Terms

A. Provision of New Streets. New Street regulations are established to ensure the creation of an appropriate, medium sized network of blocks, streets, and open spaces that will support the envisioned development within the Subarea. If a New Street(s) is required on a property, review the requirements for the Configuration, and Design of New Streets in the sections that follow. Required New Streets shall be built by developers as development occurs. New alleys and passages do not satisfy street provision requirements. New Streets are required:

As determined by Maximum Parcel Perimeter regulations.

In order to satisfy Pre-located streets requirements.

In order to satisfy Building Orientation Requirements (see BMC 12.64.204).

1. Maximum Parcel Perimeter.

a. Parcel perimeter is a measure of the total perimeter, in feet, of all property lines defining a parcel or assembled parcel.

b. Maximum parcel perimeter regulations are determined by the parcel configuration shown in the Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map adopted as part of this Plan.

c. The maximum parcel perimeter in a given District shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

d. Any development proposed on a single parcel or assembled parcel larger than the maximum parcel perimeter must provide at least one new street(s) and/or open space(s):

i. Resulting parcels shall not exceed the maximum parcel perimeter.

ii. Resulting blocks created within the new development shall not exceed the maximum parcel perimeter.

(A) Alleys and passages are considered part of a block when calculating resulting block size.

(B) All other street rights-of-way and public open spaces, including linear open spaces that average at least 25 feet in width over their entire length, are not considered part of a block when calculating resulting block size.

e. The following maximum parcel perimeter exceptions apply:

i. Maximum parcel perimeter regulations do not apply to parcels abutting the Sammamish River.

ii. The block containing Pop Keeney Stadium shall not extend north of NE 188th Street, south of NE 185th Street, or east of 98th Avenue NE.

2. Pre-located Street.

a. NE 185th Street / 98th Avenue NE Connector: As shown in Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map a 185th Street extension shall be provided by the developers when development occurs with the following configuration requirements:

i. The connector street shall create a new collector road connection by extending the existing 185th Street west of SR 527 and curving south to connect with the existing 98th Avenue right-of-way.

ii. The connector street shall have a tangent or straight section of at least 100 feet west of the new west right-of-way of SR 527 as widened for the Boulevard.

iii. The connection from 185th Street to 98th Avenue shall have a centerline radius of not less than 250 feet.

iv. Intersections with other public roads along the 185th Street – 98th Avenue Connector shall be spaced at least 250 feet apart, unless otherwise approved by the city.

b. Pedestrian walkway connecting SR 522 and the park at Bothell Landing: As shown in Figure 12.64.100 Districts Map, a pedestrian walkway shall be provided by developers when development occurs.

c. The pre-located street and pedestrian walkway are shown in their preferred locations and configurations. The street/pedestrian walkway may be relocated if the developer can show that the proposed new configuration satisfies the same traffic requirements and establishes an equivalent interconnected street network.

B. Sammamish River Pedestrian Walkway. Where a parcel or assembled parcel is bounded on one or more faces by the Sammamish River, it shall satisfy the following special requirements:

1. No block face along SR 522 shall exceed 500 feet in length.

2. Alleys, passages, or open spaces may be used in lieu of New Streets to define block faces as long as they provide public access to the Sammamish Riverfront.

C. Street Configuration.

1. Access.

a. Streets and Alleys shall be publicly accessible.

b. Passages may be private.

2. Connectivity.

a. All new Streets shall connect with existing streets and be configured to allow for future extension whenever possible.

b. Where new streets are built as the extension of an existing street or connect to an existing intersection, the new street type shall match the existing street design as closely as possible. Exception: to mitigate against the potential generation of Westhill neighborhood cut-through traffic, consistent with Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan policies UD-P10 and UD-P11, no new public street within the Downtown Subarea shall connect to NE 188th Street, nor shall the drive aisle of any parking lot connecting to NE 188th Street be configured so as to facilitate or encourage such cut-through traffic.

c. Permanent dead end streets and new private, internal streets shall not be permitted.

3. Abandonment. In order to maintain the accessibility provided by the block structure of the corridor, existing public streets or alleys may not be closed permanently unless the closure is part of the provision of a network of new streets that satisfy all street regulations.

D. Street Design (Street Types). New Street Types shall be designed as illustrated in the following Street Design Sections. The Street types permitted in a given District shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements. An applicant may propose modifications to the accompanying Street Designs provided that it can be shown that the modified street design satisfies or enhances the streetscape environment regarding each of the following stated goals. The street sections with a note are only permitted with the approval of the Fire Department.

Designing all landscaped areas within the street right-of-way to be functional stormwater treatment and infiltration or conveyance facilities is encouraged. In situations where space is limited, recommended configurations for these facilities are shown in BMC 12.64.305 Street and Open Space Guidelines.

New streets within the Plan Area are encouraged to be designed as bicycle friendly. Some streets may be designated for formal bike-lanes, some streets may be designated as preferred bike routes, while other streets may be designated for shared bike/auto use by using pavement markings such as “sharrows”. Because the 185th Street – 98th Avenue Connector is proposed as a primary transit route, bicycles should not be encouraged to use this street. The recommended bicycle network for the Plan Area is included in the Transportation Plan in Appendix “C”.

1. City Street.

a. Purpose: Organize the primary public realm to create an environment suitable for shopping and strolling along active retail, eating, and entertainment uses. City Street sidewalks should be wide and unobstructed to provide ample room for pedestrians to walk, and to encourage activities including outdoor dining, locations for kiosks, food carts, and flower stalls.

b. Components.

i. On-street parking oriented parallel or at a 45 degree angle to the curb.

ii. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees with a maximum spacing of 40 feet on-center.

(A) Trees should be located in tree grates that are flush mounted at the back of curb, or in continuous planting strips a minimum of six feet wide located along the back of curb.

(B) Trees should be maintained in a way that provides unobstructed views to showroom windows and building signage.

(C) Trees shall be spaced to allow Fire Department access to roof structures with aerial ladders.

(D) Vegetation-based low impact development best management practices such as bioretention facilities are encouraged to be placed within right-of-way landscape areas. Where bioretention facilities are proposed in conjunction with trees, removable tree grates shall be installed to facilitate access and maintenance.

iii. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting in the sidewalk with a maximum spacing of 80 feet on-center.

(A) The light source should be located 12-14 feet above finished grade.

(B) Street lights should be centered between street trees and otherwise located to avoid conflicts with tree canopies.

iv. Permeable pavement should be used for right-of-way elements such as sidewalks, bicycle lanes, and parking where feasible, as determined by City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications.

2. Neighborhood Avenue.

a. Purpose. Provide an attractive street to serve as a primary travel corridor within and between neighborhood districts. The Neighborhood Avenue is intended first and foremost to serve residential development and should provide a desirable setting for homes.

b. Components.

i. On-street parking oriented parallel to the curb.

ii. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees with maximum spacing of 40 feet on-center.

(A) Trees should be located in continuous planting strips a minimum of five feet wide located along the back of curb.

(B) Trees shall be spaced to allow Fire Department access to roof structures with aerial ladders.

iii. Trees may be located in curbed planting wells or flush tree grates centered in parking lanes.

(A) Where trees are located in parking lanes, trees within the planting strips are encouraged to be staggered between the trees in parking lanes. (Allowed with an approved maintenance plan).

(B) Trees in parking lanes shall be located a maximum of every two parking spaces or 48 feet on-center.

iv. Low lying ground covers and shrubs may be located within the planting strips and planted medians.

v. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting shall be provided within the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of 80 feet on-center.

(A) The light source should be located 12-14 feet above finished grade.

(B) Street lights should be centered between street trees and otherwise located to avoid conflicts with tree canopies.

vi. Vegetation-based low impact development best management practices such as bioretention facilities are encouraged to be placed within right-of-way landscape areas. Where bioretention facilities are proposed in conjunction with trees, removable tree grates shall be installed to facilitate access and maintenance.

vii. Permeable pavement should be used for right-of-way elements such as sidewalks, bicycle lanes, and parking where feasible, as determined by City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications.

Note: Construction of this section requires Fire Department approval.

3. Neighborhood Green Street.

a. Purpose: Provide a centrally-located o­pen space for public gatherings, surrounded by a streetscape environment that enhances the value of its surroundings.

b. Components.

i. On-street parking oriented parallel to the curb.

ii. Large, open-habit deciduous trees in planting strips with trees planted with a maximum spacing of 40 feet on-center.

(A) Trees should be located in continuous planting strips a minimum of five feet wide located along the back of curb.

(B) Trees shall be spaced to allow Fire Department access to roof structures with aerial ladders.

iii. Low lying ground covers and shrubs may be located within the planting strips.

iv. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting within the sidewalk and neighborhood green with a maximum spacing of 80 feet on-center.

(A) Light source should be located 12-14 feet above finished grade.

(B) Street lights should be centered between street trees and otherwise located to avoid conflicts with tree canopies.

v. A Neighborhood Green open space composed primarily of grassy open space and including public seating. See BMC 12.64.303 for Open Space Provision regulations.

vi. Vegetation-based low impact development best management practices such as bioretention facilities are encouraged to be placed within right-of-way landscape areas. Where bioretention facilities are proposed in conjunction with trees, removable tree grates shall be installed to facilitate access and maintenance.

vii. Permeable pavement should be used for right-of-way elements such as sidewalks, bicycle lanes, and parking where feasible, as determined by City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications.

Note: Construction of this section requires Fire Department approval.

4. Neighborhood Street.

a. Purpose: Provide an intimate street for internal circulation within a residential neighborhood. The Neighborhood Street is intended as a narrow street to ensure slow moving vehicular traffic and create a livable environment.

b. Components.

i. On-street parking oriented parallel to the curb.

ii. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees with maximum spacing of 30 feet on-center.

(A) Trees should be located in continuous planting strips a minimum of six feet wide located along the back of curb.

(B) Trees shall be spaced to allow Fire Department access to roof structures with aerial ladders.

iii. Trees may be located in curbed planting wells or flush grates centered in parking lanes.

(A) Where trees are located in parking lanes, trees within the planting strips are encouraged to be staggered between the trees in parking lanes (allowed with an approved maintenance plan).

(B) Trees in parking lanes shall be located a maximum of every two parking spaces or 48 feet on-center.

iv. Low lying ground covers and shrubs may be located within the planting strips.

v. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting shall be provided within the sidewalk at a maximum spacing of 90 feet on-center.

(A) Light source should be located 12-14 feet above finished grade.

(B) Street lights should be centered between street trees and otherwise located to avoid conflicts with tree canopies.

vi. Vegetation-based low impact development best management practices such as bioretention facilities are encouraged to be placed within right-of-way landscape areas. Where bioretention facilities are proposed in conjunction with trees, removable tree grates shall be installed to facilitate access and maintenance.

vii. Permeable pavement should be used for right-of-way elements such as sidewalks, bicycle lanes, and parking where feasible, as determined by City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications.

Note: Construction of this section requires Fire Department approval.

5. NE 185th Street/98th Avenue NE Connector.

a. Purpose: Provide an attractive, urban street to serve as a primary transit corridor. This extension and re-alignment is intended to serve mixed-use development and should provide a desirable setting for development.

b. Components.

i. On-street parking oriented parallel to the curb.

ii. Each block shall have a single species of large, open-habit deciduous trees with a maximum spacing of 40 feet on-center.

(A) Trees should be located in tree grates that are flush mounted at the back of curb.

(B) Trees shall be spaced to allow Fire Department access to roof structures with aerial ladders.

iii. Pedestrian-scale decorative street lighting in sidewalk with a maximum spacing of 80 feet on-center.

(A) Light source should be located 12-14 feet above finished grade.

(B) Street lights should be centered between street trees and otherwise located to avoid conflicts with tree canopies.

iv. An optional minimum 10-foot wide planted center median may be provided. This median can be narrowed approaching major intersections to accommodate left turn lanes.

v. Transit amenities, including stop locations with shelters and electronic on-time schedule devices should be designed into the street.

Note: Construction of this section requires Fire Department approval.

6. Alley.

a. Purpose: New Alleys may be constructed to provide vehicular and pedestrian access to rear yard garages, carriage homes and service areas.

b. Components.

i. Alley right-of-way shall be a minimum of 20 feet.

ii. The Alley must be entirely paved.

iii. Street lights compatible with those required on Neighborhood Streets shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 100 feet. Lighting fixtures may be freestanding if placed outside alley right-of-way, or may be attached to garage or other structures.

7. Passage.

a. Purpose: New Passages may be constructed to provide a pedestrian connection between frontage area and rear residential garages, carriage homes, service areas and trails.

b. Components.

i. Passage right-of-ways shall be a minimum of 20 feet. The right-of-way must consist of a pedestrian walkway a maximum of six-feet wide and continuous planting areas on both sides of the walkway.

ii. Street lights compatible with those required on Neighborhood Streets shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 100 feet.

iii. Fenced Edge, Terraced Edge, or Flush Edge shall be constructed at the edge of a Passage.

iv. Passage setback is defined as the required distance from the passage right-of-way to the primary building. The minimum required setback shall be five feet.

8. Pedestrian Walkway.

a. Purpose: New Pedestrian Walkways shall be constructed to provide a pedestrian connection between SR 522 and the Park at Bothell Landing.

b. Components.

i. Pedestrian walkway rights-of-way shall be a minimum of 15 feet. The right-of-way must consist of a paved pedestrian walkway. A linear green may be incorporated in the middle of the pedestrian walkway, in such a case a paved pedestrian walkway shall be provided on each side of the linear green and each walkway shall have a minimum width of 7.5 feet.

ii. Street lights compatible with those required on City Streets shall be provided at a maximum spacing of 60 feet. Lighting fixtures may be freestanding or may be attached to buildings.

iii. Pedestrian Walkway setback is defined as the required distance for the pedestrian walkway right of way to the primary building.

(Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

12.64.302 Surface Water Management Regulations.

A. Impervious Surface Coverage.

1. Definition.

a. Hard Surfaces are non-vegetated surface areas which either prevent or retard the entry of water into the soil mantle as under natural conditions prior to development, and/or cause water to run off the surface in greater quantities or at an increased rate of flow from the flow present under natural conditions prior to development.

i. Common hard surfaces include, but are not limited to, roof tops, walkways, patios, driveways, parking lots, or storage areas, concrete or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earth materials, and other surfaces which similarly impede the natural infiltration of stormwater.

ii. Open, uncovered retention/detention facilities, engineered infiltration systems such as green roofs and porous paving, turf, landscaping and natural vegetation that infiltrate, reuse, or evapotranspirate rainwater shall not be considered as hard surfaces for the purposes of determining whether the thresholds for application of minimum requirements are exceeded, but shall be considered hard surfaces for the purposes of runoff modeling.

b. Hard Surface Coverage is the percentage of the total area, including setback areas, of a parcel that is covered by any hard surface.

2. Regulation.

a. The maximum hard surface coverage permitted shall be as determined in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements.

b. All paved and landscaped areas shall incorporate best management practices to control stormwater as outlined in the City of Bothell Storm Water Design Manual and all development shall limit the amount of hard surface coverage to the minimum coverage necessary to accommodate the development.

B. Drainage Plan. A drainage plan shall be required for all development as required by title 18 of the BMC.

C. Horse Creek Daylighting Special Regulations. These regulations apply north of SR 522 within the Downtown Subarea to any proposed conversion of currently piped portions of Horse Creek to an open channel, a process known as “daylighting”; to the existing open channel of Horse Creek in this area, north of NE 188th Street; and to any proposed development adjacent to such open channels. The creek itself, the creek bed, associated riparian vegetation, in-stream features such as woody debris and rocks, any graded earth, retaining walls, rockeries or other structures containing the aforementioned elements, and any protective railings or other barriers shall together comprise the “daylighted creek corridor,” Figure 12.64.302.C illustrates a typical section through the envisioned daylighted creek corridor. These regulations apply in lieu of any conflicting critical areas regulations. Any portion of Horse Creek south of SR 522 shall be subject to the critical area regulations or the Shoreline Master Program regulations, whichever apply.

1. Daylighted Creek Corridor Width and Depth. The width and depth of the daylighted creek corridor in combination shall provide sufficient capacity to satisfy fish passage requirements and to accommodate historic and/or projected peak flows at maximum velocities and depths as determined by the public works director, while generally maintaining a width-to-depth ratio of approximately 3:1 or greater to avoid an unattractive canyon-like aspect and, subject to the limitations set forth in BMC 12.64.302(C)(2), to ensure adequate area within the corridor to sustain riparian vegetation on one or both sides of a low-flow channel which would run year-round.

2. Buffer Vegetation. No buffer vegetation shall be required outside the limits of the daylighted creek corridor; provided, that within the corridor, vegetation rendering shade, habitat and water quality functions including retention and biodegradation of pollutants shall be installed on one or both sides of the low-flow channel, which vegetation shall be selected, planted and maintained so as to survive inundation of roots, branches and/or foliage during high flow periods. Where, by virtue of limited available corridor width or other factors, these vegetation regulations conflict with fish passage requirements, vegetation shall be reduced to ensure adequate fish passage.

3. Roads, Driveways, Pedestrian Facilities, and Utilities. Roads, driveways, pedestrian facilities and utilities may cross and/or run directly alongside the daylighted creek corridor provided such facilities do not impede creek flows.

4. Public Open Space Credit. If the daylighted creek corridor includes any property which is not public right-of-way and which has development or redevelopment potential, the land area within the limits of the daylighted creek corridor on such property shall count towards satisfaction of the public open space requirements, as established in BMC 12.64.304, of a development on that property.

Fig. 12.64.302.C. Envisioned Daylighted Horse Creek Corridor, Typical Section

(Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2102 § 2 (Exh. B), 2012).

12.64.303 Setback Area Landscaping.

Setback areas shall be landscaped in accordance with the following regulations.

A. Perimeter Block Setback Areas. The following setback area treatments are permitted or required as specified for each District in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements for front and side yard setback areas located between buildings and public streets other than alleys. The disposition of the front setback zone is further illustrated and addressed in BMC 12.64.206(B). Private Frontage Types.

1. Sidewalk Extension.

a. Sidewalk extensions are required where minimum sidewalk widths established in the City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications result in the extension of the sidewalk width on to private property and in front of all Shopfront and Arcade Private Frontage Types that are built within 5 feet of the back of sidewalk.

b. Sidewalk Extensions must consist of new sidewalk built at the same grade as the adjacent existing sidewalk and provide no obstructions, edges, or barriers to access between portions of the public and private property. A Public Access Easement shall be provided for the sidewalk extension and must be granted to the city.

c. Construction staging should be organized to allow the construction of the entire sidewalk (within and outside of the public right-of-way) at the same time.

d. Paving material and design should be the same as or sufficiently similar to the portion within the public right-of-way to create the effect of a single pedestrian walkway.

e. No trees are required in the setback zone (other than those back-of-curb, as specified in Design and Construction Standards and Specifications).

2. Parkway Landscaping.

a. Coordinated Frontage. The treatment of the public frontage and private frontage should be coordinated to provide a cohesive and unified landscape treatment. That is, the sidewalk should run between any parkway strip landscaping (a portion of the Public Frontage), and setback area landscaping (all or primarily within the Private Frontage area) that are easily identifiable as a single, cohesive design (Public easements may be required).

b. Screening. Type V landscaping per BMC 12.80.040 is required to provide substantial screening of buildings and interior spaces from view from (and of) the main thoroughfare.

c. Green Landscape. Living groundcover, trees, and shrubs must cover all setback areas other than those covered by the public sidewalk, pedestrian walkways connecting to building entrances, or permitted access ways (pedestrian and/or vehicular) to parking facilities.

d. Multiple Species in Naturalistic Pattern. Trees consisting of at least 50% conifers and shrubs of varied species and heights should be planted in an irregular/informal pattern. Where existing trees are located within the frontage, they shall be retained and count towards the landscaping requirements.

e. Vegetation-based low impact development best management practices such as bioretention facilities are encouraged to be placed within parkway landscaping.

3. Neighborhood Street Landscaping.

a. Visual Continuity along Block-front. Setback areas along a development should provide a visually coherent and continuous green landscape design. Adjacent developments should strive to create strong visual relationships for an entire block frontage.

b. Green Setback Area. Living groundcover accented by trees and shrubs must cover all setback areas other than those covered by the public sidewalk, walkways connecting to building entrances, or permitted access ways (pedestrian or vehicular) to parking facilities.

c. Vegetation-based low impact development best management practices such as bioretention facilities are encouraged to be placed within setback area landscaping.

B. Interior Block Setback Areas. Setback Areas located between properties, i.e. all rear setback areas, for side setback areas not located between buildings and public streets, as well as for setback areas along mid-block alleys and that are not covered by parking lots (see BMC 12.64.403 for parking lot landscaping) shall be landscaped as specified for each District in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements, in accordance with the following requirements.

1. Paving. Cover side and rear yard areas 5 feet wide or narrower with paving or pervious paving.

2. Groundcover. Cover side and rear yard areas with landscaping or pervious surfaces consisting of living groundcover or other pervious surfaces such as decomposed granite, mulch, rocks, and boulders accented by shrubs.

3. Moderate Screening. Provide light visual separation along property lines consisting of:

a. Type III Landscaping per BMC 12.18.040 that screens parking/service areas and blank side and rear building façades but maintains views to building entrances and signage.

b. One (1) shrub per five (5) linear feet of property line (excluding curb cuts)

c. Living groundcover or other pervious surfaces such as decomposed granite, mulch, rocks, and boulders accented by shrubs.

4. Heavy Screening. Provide heavy visual separation along property lines of Retail Anchor, Entertainment / Recreation, Auto-oriented Services, and Commercial Goods uses consisting of:

a. Type II Landscaping per BMC 12.18.040 that screens parking/service areas and blank side and rear building façades.

b. Solid screening at least six (6) feet high utilizing: hedges, screening walls or fences.

c. Living groundcover or other pervious surfaces such as decomposed granite, mulch, rocks, and boulders accented by shrubs. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016).

12.64.304 Provision of Designated Outdoor Space.

A. Definition.

1. Designated Outdoor Space regulations set forth requirements for the provision and design of outdoor spaces and landscaping elements in the Plan Area.

2. These regulations are established to ensure a wide range of outdoor spaces that complement the primary public streets and designated public spaces in each district.

3. All new outdoor spaces within the Plan Area, whether or not they are required by Designated Outdoor Space Provision regulations, shall be designed and configured according to the following regulations.

B. Public Space.

1. Public space is required as specified in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements. Public space shall be provided as a percentage of net floor area, as defined by the International Building Code (IBC), excluding service, circulation, and enclosed parking areas.

2. Public space shall be built on the site of the development as development occurs, except for projects requiring less than 1,000 square feet of public space, or may be satisfied through payment of in-lieu fees as shown below:

Required Public Space

Applicability and Use of In-Lieu Fee

Minimum Size1

Less than 1,000 sf

Exempt, but public space may be provided through a transfer per subsection (B)(4) of this section.

500 sf, if any provided

1,000 to 3,000 sf

In-lieu fee may be provided for up to 50% of required open space

500 sf

More than 3,000 sf

In-lieu fee may be provided for up to 50% of the first 3,000 sf of required public space and up to 10% of the required public space above 3,000 sf

1,000 sf1

1See also BMC 12.64.305(A)(1).

3. Any public space improvements and/or any in-lieu fee paid under this provision must be separate from and cannot be utilized as a credit for or otherwise offset park open space impact fees.

4. A developer may transfer required public space to a development within the Downtown Subarea and within one-half mile. Transfers to be completed at a later time shall be accompanied by an agreement, in a form approved by the director, to pay an in-lieu fee should the future development not transpire.

5. Public space in-lieu fees may be used to create, enhance, and/or activate public space, including street rights-of-way, in the Downtown Subarea, as determined by the director in coordination with other departments.

6. Fee in-lieu payments shall be calculated at time of site plan review permit approval.

7. Fee in-lieu payments are intended to approximate the cost of providing public space on site and shall be based on the assessed value at the time of application for the land use permit plus a unit cost for developing public space that may be adjusted over time, based on actual construction costs.

8. Full payment of all in-lieu fees will be required prior to issuance of the grading permit or, if no grading permit is involved, prior to issuance of the building permit.

C. Private Outdoor Space.

1. Private Outdoor Space is required as specified in the BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

2. Private Outdoor Space shall be built by developers as development occurs. Required setback areas shall not be counted towards Private Outdoor Space Provision requirements.

D. Special Open Space Requirements. The following special requirements apply to development within the area shown in Figure 12.64.304.D Northshore School District (NSD) Site Map and shall be satisfied by developers as development occurs:

1. Primary Open Space. Development shall include at least one Primary Public Open Space larger than one half acre, provided the open space:

a. Shall be centrally located within the NSD site.

b. Shall be provided as publicly accessible greens, squares, or plazas.

c. Shall abut public streets on at least two sides.

2. Pop Keeney Stadium. Streets and/or open spaces shall be provided that create a clear pedestrian connection between Pop Keeney Stadium and Main Street as development occurs.

Fig. 12.64.304.D. Northshore School District Site Map

(Ord. 2373 § 12, 2022; Ord. 2337 § 2, 2020; Ord. 2270 § 9, 2018).

12.64.305 General Outdoor Space Requirements.

A. Outdoor Space Design.

1. Public Space.

a. The minimum width of public space shall be 20 feet.

b. Where the total required public space is 3,000 square feet or less, after subtracting area for new streets, the public space shall be one continuous parcel of land (public open space may be bisected by other open areas, such as a driveway or planting strip, as long as the combined area can be experienced as a contiguous space and meet other dimensional requirements when combined). Where the required public space totals more than 3,000 square feet, the area may be divided into several usable parcels on the site; provided, that at least one parcel is a minimum of 2,000 square feet in size and all the other parcels are at least 1,000 square feet in size with a minimum width of 15 feet.

c. All public spaces shall be publicly accessible and connected to public sidewalks. They shall abut public rights-of-way on at least one side and shall be open to the public daily from at least 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.

d. Public spaces need not be publicly owned and maintained. Privately owned designated public spaces shall be maintained in good condition by the property owner and protected by a public access easement, in a form approved by the director, that must be recorded to run with the property prior to certificate of occupancy.

e. All public spaces shall be visible and easily accessible from surrounding streets and avoid masses of shrubs around edges.

f. All designated public spaces shall be signed as such, using a template provided by the city or an alternate method approved by the director, with preference given to creative signage that also explains the history of the site or special features of the public space. Signage for passages shall include wayfinding information as appropriate.

g. For purposes of meeting frontage coverage, build-to-corner and wrapping of parking structures and lots, designated public space may substitute for building area.

h. Off-site pedestrian connections to public sidewalks, trails, and parks may be credited toward a project’s public space requirement, even when they do not meet the dimensional requirements for on-site public space.

2. Private Outdoor Space.

a. Private Outdoor Space shall be provided in the form of yards, balconies, or patios whose primary access is from the dwelling served, or roof decks and terraces accessible to the residents.

b. The minimum dimensions for private outdoor space in any single direction shall be four feet if provided as part of a porch or balcony, and eight feet if provided as a deck, yard, terrace, or patio.

c. On sites significantly constrained by critical areas and their buffers, or unusual parcel configurations, Private Outdoor Space may be substituted by Public Space, or by in-lieu fees if approved by the director.

B. Landscaping.

1. All development shall adhere to BMC 12.18.030 existing vegetation retention regulations.

2. Designated public spaces shall employ trees and living groundcover where possible and a mix of hardscape and container plantings where over built areas, as appropriate to the use.

C. Walls and Fences. Any blank walls facing designated public spaces shall be treated architecturally, with artistic treatments or with plantings.

1. Frontage Walls and Fences.

a. Overall height of fences and walls located in the front yard shall not exceed three feet.

b. Chain link fencing, barbed-wire, razor-wire, and corrugated metal fencing shall not be permitted.

2. Screening Fences and Walls. Screening fences and walls shall not exceed a height of five feet.

D. Utility and Service Area Screening.

1. Utility, Solid Waste, Recycling, Food Waste and Service Equipment, including satellite receiving dishes, transformers, and backflow devices, shall be located away from streets and enclosed or screened from view by landscaping, fencing or other architectural means.

2. Solid waste and recycling facilities and containers must always be within structural enclosures. Containers cannot be stored even temporarily outside enclosures.

3. Rooftop equipment must be set back a minimum of 10 feet from building walls, screened on all sides, and integrated into the overall building design. (Ord. 2337 § 3, 2020).

12.64.306 Street and Outdoor Space Guidelines.

A. Streets. New Streets are encouraged to be located alongside property lines. These new streets may require coordination with neighboring property owners in order to maximize the continuity of the new street network.

B. Public Spaces.

1. Public spaces should provide a variety of seating options, areas of sun and shade for year-round climatic comfort, shelter, and night lighting to encourage public activity and ensure safety.

2. Public spaces at or near the sidewalk level are preferred. Public spaces that are not at sidewalk level or that extend into the site should include wayfinding signage, avoid dead-end spaces, have passive visual connections (i.e., overlooking windows, decks, terraces, and/or balconies), and, if deemed desirable, active (i.e., video) surveillance.

3. Projects with grouped outdoor mailbox areas are encouraged to incorporate those areas in or adjacent to their public space, including, where appropriate, widened passage areas.

C. Walls and Fences.

1. Frontage Fences and Walls.

a. Front yard fences should employ a combination of thick and thin structural elements with thicker elements for supports and/or panel divisions. Fence posts and/or support columns should be defined using additional trim, caps, finials, and/or moldings.

b. All walls should have a cap and base treatment.

c. Frontage walls may occur as garden walls, planter walls, seat walls, or low retaining walls.

d. Entrances and pedestrian “gateways” should be announced by posts or pilasters, and may be combined with trellises, special landscaping, decorative lighting, public art, or other special features.

2. Screening Fences and Walls.

a. Side yards and rear yards may contain landscape features that protect the privacy of the property’s occupants such as landscaping, trees and screening walls.

b. Screening fences and walls should be constructed of materials that are compatible with the architecture and character of the site. Natural colors, a cap or top articulation, and related dimensional post spacing increments should be used in screening fences to enhance compatibility.

c. Design elements should be used to break up long expanses of uninterrupted walls, both horizontally and vertically. Walls should include design elements such as textured concrete block, interlocking “diamond” blocks, formed concrete with reveals, or similar materials. Landscape materials should also be used to provide surface relief.

3. Security Fences.

a. Use of security fences should be minimized, and limited to special locations where additional security is necessary. Such security fences should not exceed 6 feet in height.

b. Security fences should be designed to maintain a visually open character to the extent possible. This may be accomplished by using metal picket or open grille fencing or by mounting metal picket or open grille fencing on top of a low masonry wall.

4. Piers.

a. Piers are architectural elements of fences or walls that can add interest to and break up long expanses.

b. Piers are recommended to have a base, shaft, and cap composition. Larger piers may be specially designed for gateway or other special locations, and these may incorporate ornamental plaques or signs identifying the building or business; public art such as panels or sculptural elements; and /or light fixtures. Piers may be topped by ornamental finials, light fixtures, or roof caps.

c. Recommended dimensions for masonry piers are approximately 18 inches per side or diameter, and the maximum spacing between piers should be 20 feet.

5. Materials and Colors.

a. All fences and walls should be built with attractive, durable materials that are compatible with the character of Bothell (see BMC 12.64.500).

b. Appropriate fence materials include wood, masonry, and metal.

i. Wood picket fences are only recommended along residential streets. For wood picket fences, a paint finish or vinyl coating should be applied.

ii. For iron or metal fences, recommended materials include wrought iron, cast iron, welded steel, tubular steel, or aluminum. Metal fences should be mounted on a low masonry wall, and/or between masonry piers.

c. Appropriate wall materials include stone, brick, precast concrete, textured concrete block, or formed concrete with reveals and/or an architectural finish. A stucco finish may be used over a masonry core, except in the Downtown Special Review Area.

i. Exposed block walls should be constructed with a combination of varied height block courses and/or varied block face colors and textures (e.g. a combination of split-face and precision-face blocks). Plain gray precision-face concrete block walls are discouraged. Design treatments and finishes previously described should be applied to these walls for improved visual compatibility with building architecture.

ii. An anti-graffiti coating is recommended for exposed masonry wall surfaces and should be clean, colorless, and without sheen.

d. Support post or pier materials may differ from fence materials; e.g. metal fence panels combined with masonry piers. Recommended materials include brick, terra cotta, and stone, colored or decoratively treated cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete or concrete block, or stucco-faced concrete or concrete block. (Note: Stucco-faced concrete or concrete block are not permitted in the Downtown Special Review Area).

e. Bollards are recommended to be cast iron, cast aluminum, or precast concrete. An anti-graffiti protective coating is recommended for precast concrete.

f. Colors and finishes of mechanical enclosures and equipment should be coordinated with colors and finishes of streetlights, fencing, and other painted metal surfaces to be used on site, or with the associated building’s material and color scheme.

g. Street and building-mounted metal furnishings should be powdercoated or painted with Waterborne Acrylic Polyurethane, such as Tnemec Series 1080 or similar product. For powdercoated finishes, a chemically compatible UV-protectant clear coat is recommended for prevention of color fading.

D. Site Furnishings.

1. Public gathering places and other publicly accessible areas should be detailed with decorative, pedestrian-scaled site furnishings and equipment.

2. Seating, freestanding planters, ornamental solid waste and recycling receptacles, bike racks, drinking fountains, pergolas, trellises, heaters, umbrellas, wind screening, and decorative bollards are recommended.

3. When designing seat walls with straight edges of more than six feet in length, consider detailing that will prevent skateboard damage.

4. Landscape structures and sculptural objects should reference the human scale in their overall massing and detailing.

5. Components should be made of durable high quality materials such as painted fabricated steel, painted cast iron, painted cast aluminum, and integrally colored precast concrete. Recycled materials should be used so long as the finish or look of the material is consistent with or similar to the finishes prescribed above. Metal surfaces should be coated with highly durable finishes such as aliphatic polyurethane enamel.

E. Plant Materials.

1. Plant materials should always be incorporated into new development site design to provide “softening” of hard paving and building surfaces.

2. Mature, existing trees should be preserved whenever possible.

3. Tree sizes should be suitable to lot size, the scale of adjacent structures, and the proximity to utility lines.

4. For street trees and plaza trees to be installed within paved areas, the use of structural soil planting beds, continuous soil trenches, or root path trenches is strongly recommended in order to maximize the ability of the tree to thrive and perform well in the urban environment.

5. Both seasonal and year-round flowering shrubs and trees should be used where they can be most appreciated – adjacent to walks and recreational areas, or as a frame for building entrances and stairs.

6. In general, deciduous trees with open branching structures are recommended to ensure visibility to retail establishments. More substantial shade trees are recommended in front of private residences.

7. Evergreen shrubs and trees should be used for screening along rear property lines, around solid waste/recycling areas and mechanical equipment, and to obscure grillwork and fencing associated with subsurface parking garages.

F. Lighting.

1. Design.

a. Lighting fixtures should generally be directed downward from the horizontal plane of the light source to preserve a dark sky and prevent unnecessary light pollution. Exceptions may be made for uplit trees and exterior architectural lighting. Reference citywide lighting regulations in BMC 12.14.240 for additional detailed regulations.

b. Pedestrian-oriented areas, including walkways and paths, plazas, parking lots, and parking structures shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear views both to and within the site.

c. All on-site and building-mounted lighting fixture design should be architecturally compatible with building design and with the character of the corridor.

d. Unnecessary glare from unshielded or undiffused light sources should be avoided. Commercial buildings and landscaping can be illuminated indirectly by concealing light features within buildings and landscaping to highlight attractive features and avoid intrusion into neighboring properties.

2. Material and Color.

a. Color and finish of lighting metalwork should match that of other site furnishings, and/or of the building’s metalwork or trim work.

b. A chemically compatible UV-protectant clear coat over paint or powdercoat on metalwork is recommended for prevention of fading of dark or fugitive colors.

c. Color of lighting source types: in pedestrian-intensive areas, warm white, energy efficient source types (with color temperatures specified as 2700 degrees Kelvin to 3200 degrees Kelvin) such as metal halide, induction lighting, compact fluorescent, and light-emitting diode (LED) are strongly encouraged.

3. Luminaire Types.

a. New area lighting fixtures should be of the cutoff type to prevent light from being emitted above a horizontal line relative to the point of light source.

b. New fixtures should use a reflector and/or a refractor system for efficient distribution of light and reduction of glare.

c. New fixtures should not cause glare or transmit it to upper stories of buildings. House-side shields and internal reflector caps should be used to block light from illuminating residential windows.

d. Small decorative “glow” elements within a luminaire are permitted to emit a low amount of light above the horizontal.

4. Height.

a. For building-mounted lights, maximum mounting height should be approximately 12 feet above finished grade.

b. For pole-mounted lighting at pedestrian plazas, walkways, and entry areas, a pedestrian-height fixture 12 to 14 feet in height from city-approved finished grade to light source should be used.

c. Bollard mounted lighting and stair lighting are also recommended for low-level illumination of walkways and landscaped areas.

d. Bollard illumination should be shielded or kept at a sufficiently low level to prevent glare impacts for passing motorists.

e. In general, height of light sources should be kept low to maintain pedestrian scale and prevent spill light from impacting adjacent properties.

5. Uplighting.

a. Building façade uplighting, roof “wash” lighting, and landscape uplighting should be operated on timers that turn off illumination entirely after midnight nightly.

b. Shielding and careful placement should be used to prevent spill light from being visible to pedestrians, motorists, and nearby residential dwelling windows.

c. Adjacent to single-family homes, a combination of lower mounting height and luminaire shields should be used to protect residences from spill-light and glare.

d. Illumination levels of façade uplighting, roof wash lighting and landscape uplighting should use lower brightness levels where the illuminated façades, roofs or landscaping face residential buildings, except across wider streets or boulevards with landscaped medians and street trees.

G. Sustainability. See also related sustainability guidelines under BMC 12.64.404(C) (Parking Guidelines - Sustainability) and 12.64.503(D) (Architectural Elements – Sustainability Guidelines). In addition to the guidelines below, further requirements and guidelines are anticipated to be developed as part of the city’s sustainability initiative.

1. Landscaping.

a. Shade trees should be planted to shade buildings’ east and west-facing windows to provide a balance between summer cooling and winter heating through solar gain.

b. Water conservation through the use of drip irrigation, captured rainwater, or recycled wastewater systems for plant irrigation or other non-potable uses is strongly encouraged

c. Plant selection and landscaping design that requires permanent irrigation systems should be avoided. Temporary irrigation systems for plant establishment are recommended.

d. Plant and landscape materials should be selected from native species as well as non-native/non-invasive species that are well adapted to the climatic conditions of Bothell. They should be resistant to local parasites and plant diseases.

e. All landscaped areas should be designed to allow aquifer filtration and minimize stormwater run-off utilizing bio-swales, filtration strips, and bio-retention ponds where appropriate.

f. As part of new street construction or sidewalk improvements, landscaped areas within the street right-of-way should be designed to be functional stormwater treatment facilities where appropriate.

Fig. 12.64.306.G. Example of a Rain garden configuration for urban locations where space is limited

2. Paved Areas. The grading of all paved areas and adjacent non-paved areas, the selection of paving materials, and the design of drainage facilities should consider paving permeability and be configured to allow water run-off to percolate back into native soil to the degree possible. Utilize pervious pavement to the degree practical.

3. Street & Block Configuration. In order to maximize solar access, new blocks should be configured such that the primary axis and longest face of the block closely aligns to geographical east/west.

4. Materials. Local and recycled building materials should be used whenever possible.

5. Heat Island Reduction. In order to reduce heat island effects on local microclimate and habitat:

a. Open grid pavement systems and/or paving materials with a Solar Reflective Index (SRI) of at least 29 are recommended.

b. Maximize summer shading from tree canopy.

c. Minimize surface parking by providing structured parking.

6. Site disturbance. Construction impact zones should be created to minimize site disturbances due to grading or other construction activity. Impact zones should be limited to within 40 feet of building perimeters, 10 feet of imperviously paved areas, 15 feet of curbed roadways, and 25 of permeable surfaces that require additional staging areas to limit compaction in the construction area. (Ord. 2337 § 4, 2020).

12.64.400 Parking Regulations.

This section contains general requirements and guidelines to ensure that parking throughout the downtown is convenient and accessible, accommodates all land uses, and reinforces the desired character of each District in the downtown. Following the Requirements, Parking Guidelines are provided to help direct the composition and style of parking elements to ensure that all new development in the Plan Area reinforces the vision for the downtown. New development should aim to embrace the design character set forth within these guidelines.

12.64.401 Parking Types.

A property’s permitted parking types shall be as determined in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements. For all parking types, parking shall be connected with the street by a driveway as stated under Access in BMC 12.64.403(B) and 12.64.404(A). Parking types are defined as follows (for residential units, garages, car ports, and driveways shall be permitted):

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front. A parking lot that is located between a building and the street.

A. Surface Parking Lot - Front

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side. A parking lot that is located in part or entirely along the side of a building, in a side yard, and fully or partially extends toward, but does not intrude into, the street setback area.

B. Surface Parking Lot - Side

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear. A parking lot where a building(s) is located between the entire parking lot and the street. A rear parking lot does not extend beyond the rear wall of the primary building into any side yard setback, except where driveway access is provided. Rear parking lots should be screened from the street.

C. Surface Parking Lot - Rear

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed. A parking lot that is located fully or partially behind a building facing a Primary Street and is exposed to a street on two or more sides.

D. Surface Parking Lot - Exposed

E. Parking Structure - Exposed. An above-ground parking structure that is fully or partially exposed to the street on the ground level.

E. Parking Structure - Exposed

F. Parking Structure – Wrapped: Ground Level. A parking structure where non-parking uses are integrated into the ground level of the building along the parcel’s entire street frontage(s). The parking structure may be exposed to the street on upper levels.

F. Parking Structure - Wrapped: Ground Level

G. Parking Structure – Wrapped: All Levels. An above-ground parking structure where non-parking uses are integrated into the building along the parcel’s entire street frontage(s) on all levels of the building. The parking structure is totally hidden behind non-parking uses.

G. Parking Structure - Wrapped: All Levels

H. Parking Structure – Partially Submerged Podium. A parking structure built below the main building mass and partially submerged underground.

The parking podium may project above the sidewalk or finished grade by a maximum of five feet.

H. Parking Structure - Partially Submerged Podium

I. Parking Structure – Underground. A parking structure that is fully submerged underground and is not visible from the street.

I. Parking Structure - Underground

(Ord. 2437 § 2 (Exh. B), 2024).

12.64.402 Provision of Parking.

A. The minimum parking provision for vehicles required by all new development and those proposing substantial modifications to existing buildings shall be as specified in BMC 12.64.100, District Requirements.

1. Outdoor dining space structures of 1,000 square feet in area or less associated with existing businesses are exempt from the provisions of this chapter and do not constitute an expansion of the existing business.

2. Up to one-third of the existing parking spaces may be utilized for outdoor dining area(s) without requiring the provision of additional parking area and/or fee in-lieu as detailed in subsection D of this section to meet the minimum required number of parking spaces for the underlying use.

B. The maximum surface parking area permitted by all new development and those proposing substantial modifications to existing buildings shall not exceed that amount shown in BMC 12.64.100. District Requirements. Parking spaces exceeding the maximum permitted surface parking area provision may be provided in a parking structure, off-site, or as cash-in-lieu (see d. below).

C. New on-street parking spaces provided along a property’s frontage on new streets (see BMC 12.64.301 Street Requirements) may be counted toward the minimum parking requirement for commercial development on that property.

D. All or part of the parking requirement for most retail (as specified in BMC 12.64.402 Provision of Parking chart for each district in BMC 12.64.100), civic and cultural, and office development may be satisfied through payment of in-lieu fees based on the current real cost of constructing a parking space in an exposed above-ground parking structure or in off-site locations as allowed in BMC 12.64.100. District Requirements

E. Reductions for shared use parking may be allowed for land uses as indicated in BMC 12.64.100. District Requirements and subject to the provisions of BMC 12.16.040 concerning shared parking. (Ord. 2397 § 6, 2023).

12.64.403 General Parking Requirements.

A. Location. The required vehicular parking shall be provided on site or as indicated in BMC 12.64.402 Provision of Parking chart for each district in BMC 12.64.100.

B. Access.

1. Location.

a. Access to parking facilities and loading areas shall be provided from alleys or adjacent parking lots wherever existing or new alleys are available.

b. If alleys are not available, access to parking facilities and loading areas shall be provided from side streets wherever side streets are available.

c. If neither alleys nor side streets are available, access to parking facilities and loading areas may be provided from front streets.

d. Access to parking facilities and/or loading areas shall not be located along SR 527 or along Main Street between SR 527 and Kaysner Way. Developers are required to provide a side street(s) and/or an alley to provide access to parking facilities and/or loading areas.

e. The Director may allow alternate parking access location where adherence to the above regulations is demonstratively not feasible or where an alternate access point allows for other desirable outcomes, like preservation of historic buildings.

2. Curb Cuts and Driveways.

a. When access to parking facilities and loading areas are provided from front or side streets, the maximum number of curb cuts associated with a single development, except for detached single-family homes, shall be one two-lane curb cut or two one-lane curb cuts.

b. The maximum width of driveways/curb cuts is 12 feet for a one-lane and 24 feet for a two-lane driveway.

c. The total width of parking access openings on the ground level of structured parking may not exceed 30 feet.

d. Driveways shall be set back a minimum of five feet from adjoining properties, and a minimum of three feet from adjacent buildings, unless adjoining property owners share a driveway.

C. Parking Lots.

1. Parking lots built to the required building set back line must provide a decorative wall, fence, shrub, or hedge along the set back line to define the edge of the parking lot, in accordance with regulations for walls and fences in sections 12.64.305 and 306.

2. Parking lots shall be setback a minimum of five feet from the back-of-sidewalk. Setback shall have Type IV landscaping, as defined in BMC 12.18.040.

3. Parking lots shall be designed with convenient, safe, and efficient pedestrian connections to buildings entry areas and other pedestrian routes.

4. Parking lots shall be illuminated to increase safety and provide clear views both to and within the site. Lighting and planting plans shall be coordinated to avoid light pole and tree conflicts. Until citywide lighting regulations are updated, parking lot lighting should follow the recommendations of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES).

5. Surface parking lots shall be buffered from adjacent development with landscaping, utilizing shrubs, hedges or trees constituting Type I or II landscaping per BMC 12.18.040.

6. In order to provide shade and add trees to the downtown, trees shall be planted in surface parking lots to subdivide continuous rows of parking stalls at a minimum spacing of one tree every five spaces.

a. Trees shall be located between the sides of angled or perpendicular parking stalls. Trees planted between two abutting head-to-head parking stalls do not satisfy the requirement.

b. Trees shall be planted in curbed landscape islands or in flush tree wells with tree guards.

7. Wheel stops shall be used adjacent to tree wells and planter areas to protect landscaping from car overhangs.

8. Where vegetation-based low impact development best management practices such as bioretention facilities are proposed within parking lot landscaping, inlets shall be provided pursuant to the City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications to allow storm water runoff to discharge to planting areas.

9. Lots shall provide clear pedestrian circulation routes to main building entrances and sidewalks. These routes shall be designed to include sidewalks and walkways with a minimum five foot width and be separated from vehicular areas by curbing and trees. Accessible car and van parking with signage and striping for access to the building shall be provided per the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

D. Parking Structures. Parking Structures shall be located and designed to minimize their impact on public streets and public spaces. See BMC 12.64.500 Architecture Regulations for additional requirements and guidelines regulating parking structures, parking podiums, and garages.

E. Bicycle Parking.

1. Bicycle parking shall be provided for commercial land-uses at a ratio of one space per 5,000 square feet and for residences at a ratio of .5 space per bedroom. In mixed-used buildings, both requirements will apply to determine a total requirement. There is no reduction for “shared use” allowed. The required bicycle parking shall be provided in secure single-use lockers or limited access, lockable rooms.

2. The required secure bicycle parking shall be provided on site or within 100 feet of the property.

3. Bicycle parking shall be designed in conjunction with pedestrian facilities and site furnishings. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016).

12.64.404 Parking Guidelines.

A. Access Guidelines. Exterior driveway surfaces should be paved with non-slip, attractive surfaces such as interlocking unit pavers or scored and colored concrete.

B. Parking Lot Guidelines.

1. Trees in parking areas should be large and have a high-branching, broad-headed form to create maximum shade.

2. Curbed planting areas should be provided at the end of each parking aisle to protect parked vehicles from turning movements of other vehicles.

3. Landscaping in parking lot interiors and at entries should not obstruct a driver’s clear sight lines to oncoming traffic.

4. The main pedestrian route from a parking lot to a building entrance should be easily recognizable, accessible, and demarcated by special paving or landscaping, such as a shaded promenade, trellis, or ornamental planting.

C. Sustainability Guidelines. See also related sustainability guidelines under sections 12.64.306(G) (Street and Open Space Guidelines - Sustainability) and 12.64.503(D) (Architectural Elements – Sustainability Guidelines). In addition to the guidelines below, further requirements and guidelines are anticipated to be developed as part of the city’s sustainability initiative.

1. Parking lots shall utilize permeable paving systems and biofiltration swales wherever feasible, as determined by City of Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications.

2. The size of surface parking lots should be minimized to reduce surface water runoff and minimize heat island effects.

3. Rooftop Gardens or other rainwater capture and recycling systems are encouraged on flat sections of parking structure roofs in order to facilitate storm water management, as well as add visual interest to the structure.

D. Bicycle Parking Guidelines. In addition to required secure bicycle parking for tenants and employees, convenience bicycle parking should be provided for customers. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016).

12.64.500 Architecture Regulations.

The Architecture Regulations in this section are set forth to ensure that new and renovated buildings in the Subarea embody architectural characteristics that maintain the desired human scale, rhythm, and urban character appropriate for Downtown Bothell. The goal is to build on the best efforts of previous generations, while allowing for and encouraging creativity on the part of developers and designers. For renovations to Historic buildings, refer to Section 3) Downtown Conditions in Appendix A: Starting Point. The regulations in this section are organized according to the building elements described below and indicated in Figure 12.64.500 Architecture Regulations:

A. Building Mass. Building Mass regulations are determined by District as shown in the Districts Regulations Charts and control the minimum required articulation of a building’s height and length. For the purposes of this plan, a building’s massing may be composed of the following elements:

1. Street Façade. The plane of a façade that fronts upon a street, extending from the ground up to the street façade eave line (see Figure 12.64.500.A).

2. Side Façade. The plane of a façade that fronts upon a side yard or side property line, extending from the ground up to the side wall eave line. (see Figure 12.64.500.A).

3. Rear Façade. The plane of a façade that fronts upon a rear yard, rear property line, or alley, extending from the ground up to the rear wall eave line. (see Figure 12.64.500.A).

4. River Façade. The plane of a façade that fronts upon the Sammamish River, extending from the ground up to the rear wall eave line. (see Figure 12.64.500.A).

Fig. 12.64.500.A. Building Mass

B. Façade.

1. Façade Composition. The relationship between individual elements of a façade as they relate to the façade’s overall design, articulation, and organization.

2. Building Base. A base treatment is a horizontal articulation of the lower part of a building façade’s design that serves to establish a human scale for pedestrian users and passers-by, and aesthetically “ties” a building to the ground.

3. Wall Cladding. The exposed materials of a façade that primary walls, base, wall accent, trim, and other articulation elements are made of or covered with.

4. Windows. Openings in a building façade that allow light and/or air into the building.

5. Entrances. Points of access into a building.

C. Roof. The top surface that covers a building.

D. Color. The visible colors of building façades, roofs, or site elements.

E. Sustainability. A development’s (i.e. a building’s and/or a site’s) physical or design elements that improve its environmental performance, efficiency, and livability to “…meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs.” (quotation from the Our Common Future, World Commission on Environment and Development, United Nations 1987)

F. Style. A classification of a recognizable and historically established combination of architectural elements and compositional principles.

G. Historic Resources. Regulations to preserve and enhance the historic character and architectural heritage of Downtown Bothell and therefore the overall community character.

12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations.

The objective of this section is to ensure that all new or renovated downtown buildings have a well-formed “base” and top.” A building base provides form and definition to the pedestrian-scale public room of its adjacent downtown street spaces. A building’s top or cap contributes to a distinctive skyline and overall massing of the downtown, whether seen immediately looking up from the street below or at a distance from another part of the city. The requirements that follow outline minimal measures to compose the vertical mass of building façades. The application of architectural elements and architectural style such as (but not limited to) those respectively outlined in BMC 12.64.503 Architectural Elements, 12.64. Architectural Styles, and 12.64.505 Historic Resources Guidelines are strongly recommended to create well-integrated and attractive architecture.

A. Street & River Façade Height Massing Elements

1. Base Element. As conceptually depicted in the accompanying diagram, a horizontal articulation of street and river façades shall be applied within the first floor (or in the case of buildings above four stories, optionally within the second floor as well), to form a horizontal “base” of the façade at the building scale. A secondary lower base treatment shall be provided at the pedestrian scale (i.e. within the height of the ground floor, relating to the height of the human body). These treatments strongly define the pedestrian-scale space of the street or riverfront and shall be well-integrated into the overall façade composition. See BMC 12.64.503(A)(2) Building Base for additional guidelines outlining recommended Building Base design.

2. Top Element. A substantial horizontal articulation of street and river façades shall be applied at the top of the uppermost floor of the façade, to result in a termination of the façade that provides an attractive façade skyline and a completion of the upper façade composition. This “cap” shall be architecturally integrated with any sloping roof volume (if used) that occurs above the eave line.

B. Side and Rear Façade Height Massing Elements.

1. Full Requirements. Requirements for Side and Rear Façades are the same as those for Street Façades in the following cases:

a. Where building wall to building wall clearance is more than 10 feet.

b. Where a side or rear yard of greater than five feet exists and the adjacent property has no building volume providing horizontal obstruction.

c. Where the side or rear wall faces upon a public open space or active open space such as a plaza or courtyard.

2. Flush Treatments Permitted. The minimum requirement for Height Massing Elements may be satisfied by flush wall height massing treatments where building wall to building wall clearance is more than five feet and no greater than 10 feet. Flush wall height massing treatments shall consist of one or more of the following elements which match vertical increments used on the street or river façade(s) of the building:

a. Integral color change between increment of base and portion of wall above, and/or between increment of top element and portion of wall below.

b. Horizontal score lines matching top, bottom, and/or other lines of street façade horizontal articulation.

c. Horizontal façade recess(es) matching top, bottom, and/or other lines of street façade massing elements.

3. No Requirements. No Side or Rear Façade Height Massing is required where building wall to building wall clearance is five feet or smaller.

C. Height Massing Element Guidelines. The following are examples of top element types that may be used to satisfy the required street façade height massing requirement:

Note: Fabric awnings are not counted towards a required height massing element.

1. Cornice. A Cornice may be applied as the top of street façade or a building base as a built-up material articulation that steps forward from the façade plane into the right-of-way or required setback. This step provides a significant opportunity for shadow lines and façade delineation; to this end, a minimum of three cornice “steps” or layers should be used. This element can be used on a façade independently or can be located atop a series of pilasters which are placed at regular intervals (usually to dictate bay width).

1. Cornices

2. Canopy. A Canopy element serves as an intermediate or final height massing element or “lid” at a ground floor façade, or as a street façade cap. Its purpose is to provide shade or cover for pedestrians or sidewalk dining and/or to establish a strong horizontal massing element and “shadowline” in the façade. It can be a continuous horizontal element, a series of repeated elements (typically above shopfront windows), or a single “feature” element occurring at a structure’s main or secondary entrance. A Canopy and its related building components should be constructed of an accent building material (such as metal, tempered glass, or roof material used elsewhere on building) that is compatible with the primary building material.

2. Canopies

3. Shaped Parapet. A Shaped Parapet is the freestanding upper extension of the street façade extending above the point where the roof intersects behind it. A Shaped Parapet provides visual completion to the top of a building façade and develops a distinct and recognizable skyline for the building. The form of a Shaped Parapet may be unrelated to the roof form behind it. In many cases, the form of a shaped parapet has traditionally been symmetrical. Generally, Shaped Parapets and their related components should be constructed of the primary wall cladding (such as brick, stone, or stucco) or an accent building material (such as wood or metal) that is compatible with the façade composition.

3. Shaped Parapet

4. Façade Offset. A Façade Offset is a horizontal plane break where a portion of the façade steps back a sufficient distance in order to break the building into smaller volumes. Generally, a Façade Offset (recess line) applies a Cornice, Canopy, or Shaped Parapet along the edge of the offset to add visual interest and appropriately define the resulting building volume. Use of this element satisfies BMC 12.64.203 Special Height Regulations.

4. Façade Offset

12.64.502 Building Length Massing Regulations.

The objective of this section is to provide minimal requirements to ensure that the length of any new or renovated building façade in the downtown is in keeping with the historic scale of downtown façades (see Figures 1.11 and 1.12 in Community Vision and Figures A.3, A.6 and A.21 in Appendix A for examples of downtown’s historic scale). The requirements that follow outline minimal measures to compose the horizontal mass of building façades. Further building articulation as outlined in BMC 12.64.503 Architectural Elements is strongly recommended to create well integrated and attractive architecture.

A. Street & River Façade Length Massing Increment. The maximum Street and River Façade Length massing increment shall be as shown in BMC 12.64.100 District Requirements.

B. Length Massing Elements Requirements. The following are permitted Length Massing Element types. All permitted element types may be used either alone or in combination with any other permitted element type to satisfy the Street façade Length Increment requirement.

1. Façade Offset. Street façade or Shopfront: The horizontal depth of a façade offset shall be a minimum of five percent of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal façade segment. (see diagram)

2. Pilaster/Pier. Shopfront only: The horizontal width of a protruding pilaster or pier shall be a minimum of five percent of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal façade segment. The setback of wall surface from the face of the pilaster or pier shall be a minimum of 1/4 of the pier width (see diagram). Pilasters/Piers shall not protrude into the public right-of-way.

3. Notch. Street façade or Shopfront: The width of a façade notch shall be a minimum of five percent of the width of the largest adjacent horizontal façade segment. The depth of the notch shall be at least 1/4 of the notch width (see diagram).

12.64.503 Architectural Elements Regulations.

This section contains architectural requirements and guidelines to guide the design of architectural elements used within new buildings in the Plan Area. In accordance with the Site Development Regulations set forth in BMC 12.64.200, the following regulations and suggestions will ensure that new buildings maintain the quality and character of Bothell while providing ample opportunities for creativity and choice.

Buildings located within the Downtown Special Review Area shall separately comply with the Historic Resources Guidelines. Requirements and guidelines regulating architectural elements are identified as they apply to a particular building type, such as Residential, and noted accordingly.

In addition to the following architectural guidelines, application of sustainable or “Green Building” guidelines, such as those found in the Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating System™ (http://www.usgbc.org) and the National Association of Homebuilders Model Green Home Building Guidelines (http://www.nahbrc.org/greenguidelines) and future City of Bothell “green building” ordinances and guidelines as they become available are strongly encouraged.

Note: The guidelines within this document also apply to freestanding parking structures, whether serving municipal, commercial or residential uses.

A. Façades

B. Roofs

C. Color Guidelines

D. Sustainability Guidelines

1. Building Base Requirements

2. Building Base Guidelines

3. Façade Composition Requirements

4. Façade Composition Guidelines

5. Wall Cladding Requirements

6. Wall Cladding Guidelines

7. Window Requirements

8. Window Guidelines

9. Main Entrance Requirements

10. Main Entrance Guidelines

11. Secondary Entrance Requirements

12. Secondary Entrance Guidelines

13. Loading and Service Entrance Requirements

14. Loading and Service Entrance Guidelines

15. Entrance Door Requirements

16. Entrance Door Guidelines

17. Garage Door Requirements

18. Garage Door Guidelines

1. Roof Type Requirements

2. Roof Type Guidelines

3. Roof Material Requirements

4. Roof Material Guidelines

5. Roof Equipment and Screening Requirements

6. Roof Equipment and Screening Guidelines

1. By Districts

2. General Guidelines

1. Solar Access, Daylighting, Passive Solar Heating and Cooling

2. Materials

3. Heat Island Reduction

4. Storm Water Management

A. Façades.

Overall wall composition for Street façades should contain at least 20%, but no more than 60% glazing (not including parapet height) in order to provide daylighting into tenant space. Overall wall composition for Side and Rear walls does not have a minimum glazing requirement.

1. Building Base Requirements. See BMC 12.64.500 and 12.64.501 for required Building Base regulations. There are no additional Building Base requirements.

2. Building Base Guidelines. The guidelines outlined below are intended to supplement and provide additional direction for the Street façade Base requirements set forth in BMC 12.64.501 Building Height Massing Regulations, as described in the Base Element subsection of Street Façade Height Massing Elements (or as specified within Downtown Special Review Area requirements).

a. Base treatments on additions and accessory buildings should be carried over from the primary building.

b. A base treatment should occur at both of the following scales on commercial buildings:

i. At the scale of the pedestrian (i.e. within the ground floor portion of the façade), a base treatment should be created at a height between nine inches and six feet.

ii. At the scale of the building, the façade of the entire ground floor (or up to the second floor, depending on the height of the building) should be designed to read as a base that “anchors” the building (i.e., the portion of the façade above) to the ground.

c. At nonresidential buildings, the building base should be created by any one or combination of the following treatments:

i. A horizontal projection (or visible thickening) of the wall surface, which may be accompanied by a change of material and/or color; this may be an exterior version of a “wainscot.”

ii. A “heavier” design treatment, such as a darker color and/or stronger, more permanent material, for the base portion of the façade than for the portions above.

iii. A horizontal architectural line or feature at or below the top of the first story, such as a belt course or secondary cornice (related to or repeating the pattern of an upper cornice) separating the first two floors.

iv. A ground level arcade with columns may be used, except within the Downtown Special Review Area. Column spacing should be regular and related to the structural bay of the building.

d. At residential buildings, a building base may be created by any one or combination of the following treatments:

i. A visibly thicker and continuous base portion of the wall along the ground, where the wall above the base sets back.

ii. A material and/or color change of the base wall relative to the building wall above. The base material should generally be heavier (e.g. of darker color and/or a heavier or more permanent material) than portions of the building above.

iii. A horizontal architectural feature at or below the top of the first story, such as an intermediate cornice line or protruding horizontal band.

e. Parking Podiums: Where parking podiums are part of the design of a residential development, they should be designed as the building’s base or part of the building’s base, with wall textures, colors, and dimensional modules that are coordinated with the architecture of the residential portion of the building above. Materials, detailing and design elements should be used to break up a monotonous façade.

3. Façade Composition Requirements.

a. Façade projections shall be as permitted within BMC 12.64.207 Front Yard Setback.

b. Balcony and porch walls shall not be made of a solid material and shall have a minimum of 20% transparency distributed evenly throughout the railing.

4. Façade Composition Guidelines.

a. Façade massing elements should be located and arranged according to the building’s architectural style and respond to its site.

i. Buildings should be “four-sided”, meaning that all façades including side and rear façades should be considered visible (unless facing “blind” onto an adjacent party wall) and should be treated with an architectural façade composition.

ii. Distinctive building elements such as, for example, a corner tower are encouraged to accent terminating views within the Plan Area. The exception will be within the Downtown Special Review Area, where “sameness, symmetry and balance” will be encouraged (see the Historic Resources Guidelines section).

iii. Covered outdoor spaces such as arcades and galleries are encouraged to protect pedestrians from summer heat and winter rain, except within the Downtown Special Review Area surrounding Main Street.

b. Façade Wall Composition.

i. Unifying architectural approaches should be used to lay out a window pattern across a façade, such as aligning windows by using common sill or header lines.

ii. At attached residential dwellings, façades of attached residences within the same project should be distinct and even different, but also should maintain unifying compositional elements such as a common window header or sill line, and/or aligned vertical centerlines of windows and doors between upper and lower floors.

iii. Horizontal ornament such as awnings or belt courses, string courses or cornice lines should be carried across adjacent façades to unify various building masses and convey the sense of a consistent building wall. In the Downtown Special Review Area, such features should be made compatible among neighboring buildings in alignment and character to the degree possible.

c. Façade Additive Elements.

i. Window Bay Projections are encouraged at upper stories as they create architectural interest and a regional architectural context, except within the Downtown Special Review Area. They also serve to increase usable internal floor space for upper story tenants.

(A) Window Bay Projections may be used on second and higher stories if the overall projection and encroachment into the required setback conforms to the regulations established in BMC 12.64.207 Front Yard Setback.

(B) Window Bay Projections may be considered a “primary wall material” or an “accent wall material” and conform to the Wall Cladding guidelines below.

ii. Permitted alcoves and balconies are encouraged at upper stories to create architectural interest, a regional architectural context, and to provide outdoor spaces for upper story tenants – except within the Downtown Special Review Area.

iii. Storefront Awnings and canopies: Colored fabric mounted awnings supported by a metal structural frame are recommended. See BMC 12.64.501 for illustrations. The form of storefront awnings should not dominate or obscure the storefront or façade – i.e., a straight sloping profile is recommended and a bulbous quarter-round profile is strongly discouraged. Internally illuminated fabric awnings should not be used. For a sequence of storefronts or windows, a sequence of discrete awnings or canopies for each storefront or building bay should be used, rather than one continuous run-on awning. Awnings should not cover up intermediate piers, pilasters, or other vertical architectural features.

iv. Trellises, Marquees and Architectural Canopies: Materials, colors, and form should be derived from the building architecture, e.g. a trellis painted the same color as a building’s trim scheme is appropriate.

v. Ornamental wall-mounted outdoor lighting (sconces) may be used to accent entries, mark a sequence of repeating pilasters, or serve as a “centerpiece” for a façade panel. Style and material should be consistent with that of the building.

vi. Protrusions such as balconies and porches may be used on second and higher stories if the overall projection and encroachment into the public right-of-way and/or required setbacks conforms to the regulations established in BMC 12.64.207 Front Yard Setback, except within the Downtown Special Review Area. Protrusions of this type should extend no greater than two feet from the face of the building. Alcoves used in conjunction with these elements increases the usability of this element, while providing shadow and visual interest to the façade composition.

vii. Barrier railings of balconies that project from the wall surface of the building should use a visually open design made of pickets or bars rather than solid wall panels.

viii. Balconies or alcoves that are recessed into the building façade may use a curb wall with open railing at top.

ix. Balconies and porches should be constructed of materials and proportions related to the overall façade composition. A contrasting material to the wall surface should be used.

5. Wall Cladding Requirements. There are no Wall Cladding requirements (see guidelines).

6. Wall Cladding Guidelines.

a. Descriptive Definitions and usage recommendations:

i. Brick: Red brick is the characteristic brick color in Bothell and its region, although yellows and tans are occasionally used as well. Full size brick is preferable to thin veneer brick. When used, brick veneers should be mortared to give the appearance of full-depth brick. Detailing should avoid the exposure of sides of veneer tiles; wrap-around corner and bullnose pieces should be used to further minimize the appearance of veneer. Brick wall cladding is frequently complemented by light-colored (white, off-white, light gray) accent materials such as limestone, glazed terra cotta tile, precast concrete, and/or glass fiber reinforced concrete (GFRC). Accent materials are typically used at window and door frames, wall bases, cornices, and as decorative elements. Other accent materials such as granite, river rock or colored glazed terra cotta are also occasionally used.

ii. Ceramic tile: Glazed and unglazed tile should be limited in use to a façade cladding or decorative wall accent material. Simple color palettes and design motifs should be used.

iii. Fiber-Cement or Cementitious Siding: An exterior siding product available in planks, panels and shingles and composed of portland cement, ground sand, cellulose fiber and sometimes clay, mixed with water and cured in an autoclave. They may be an acceptable substitute for wood siding when used in the formats described below under “Wood” (except in the Downtown Special Review Area). Extra care and training must be taken to ensure properly installation, proper tools are used for cutting, and non-rusting hardware is used for fastening. Earlier generation wood siding substitute products such as hardboard, oriented-strand board and asbestos board should not be used.

iv. Fiber-reinforced plastics (FRP), cast glass fiber composites (“fiberglass”): These materials are often used in molded reproductions of carved wooden or cast metal architectural ornamentation such as architectural columns, capitals and bases, cornices, and other trim. They may be used if their appearance closely approximates the type of painted wood element they are simulating, and are coordinated in color and composition with the selected architectural style. They should only be used at locations above the reach of pedestrians.

v. Profile, Corrugated, and Other Sheet, Rolled and Extruded Metal Surfaces: Where used, sheet metal should be detailed with adequate thickness to resist dents and impacts, and should have trim elements to protect edges.

vi. Stone (including river stone), stone veneers, cast stone, terra cotta, precast concrete, glass fiber reinforced concrete (GFRC): As well as wall cladding, these materials should be used as a wall base or wainscot materials and for copings, trim, and special decorative elements. Riverstone should not be used in the Downtown Special Review Area. Improperly simulated or contradictory finishes (i.e. use of panelized concrete to simulate a riverstone wall appearance with visible straight-line joints cutting across individual stones) should not be used.

vii. Stucco or EIFS (Exterior Insulating and Finish Systems): Stucco or EIFS materials are not recommended for Downtown Special Review Area buildings. For other locations, close attention should be paid to detail and trim elements for a high quality installation; for EIFS, high-density versions should be specified at ground floor level to resist impacts. Very stylized or highly textured surfaces are strongly discouraged. Joint patterns should be architecturally coordinated with overall façade composition. Ground floor level window and door trim elements should not be made from stucco, cement plaster or EIFS; they should instead be made of wood, metal, precast concrete or other contrasting durable materials.

viii. Wood: Horizontal sidings such as clapboard and tongue-in-groove; vertical siding such as board and batten; and other horizontal sidings such as smaller wood shingles may be suitable. The larger, more rustic styles of shakes should not be used. Trim elements should be used for all wood siding types. Timber detailing and exposed bracing may be appropriate. “T1-11” plywood panel siding is not recommended unless detailed with additional trim to emulate a board and batten style and must be of a smooth grade to avoid a rustic, textured appearance.

ix. Precast Concrete: The location and spacing of panel and expansion joints should be incorporated into the façade composition. Castings should be shaped to form architectural profiles that create bases, cornices, pilasters, panel frames, and other elements contributing to façade composition and human scale. Cement type, mineral pigments, special aggregates and surface textures may be exploited in precast concrete to achieve architectural texture and variety.

x. Poured-in-Place Concrete: Long surfaces of uninterrupted flat concrete walls should not be used. The use of textured form liners, pigments, stains, and/or special aggregates should be used to create visually interesting surfaces. At a minimum, the design of exposed concrete walls should incorporate the location and spacing of formwork tie-holes, expansion joints and control joints into the façade composition. To the degree possible, formwork should shape architectural profiles of walls that create bases, cornices, pilasters, panel frames, and other elements contributing to façade composition and human scale. Concrete walls may also be clad with other finish materials such as stucco and patterned to match other building walls. The architectural treatment of poured concrete that is used as a building architectural base should be extended to concrete used elsewhere in the project for sitework material.

xi. Concrete Block: Where concrete blocks are used, creativity in selecting block sizes, surface textures, stacking/bonding patterns, and block and grout colors should be used. In the case of a building base, façade composition should be coordinated with the architecture of primary building walls above. To avoid an institutional (i.e. “project” or “prison”) appearance, a plain stack-bond block pattern of standard size blocks should not be used. Decorative treatments such as alternating block courses of differing heights, contrasting grout colors, alternating surface textures (e.g. precision face and split face) and/or compositions of colored blocks should be used, along with matching cap and trim pieces.

b. General Guidelines.

i. Materials used should be appropriate to the architectural style and building type. Authentic materials and methods of construction should be used to the degree possible. Where simulated cladding materials (e.g. artificial stone to substitute for real stone, or painted fiber reinforced plastics to substitute for painted wood) are used for reasons of economy, they should be durable and closely match proportions, surface finishes, and colors of original materials.

ii. Wall cladding materials on additions and accessory buildings should be carried over from the primary building where possible. For historic buildings, please refer to the specific requirements and guidelines for historic buildings.

iii. If the building massing and pattern of windows and doors is complex, a simple palette of wall materials, textures and/or colors should be used. If the building volume and the pattern of wall openings are simple, additional wall materials, textures and articulation may be utilized.

iv. For individual buildings or portions of buildings intended to appear as individual buildings, materials used as primary cladding should be limited in number – one or two maximum in most cases.

v. Grout and sealant colors should be coordinated with colors of abutting materials as well as other building colors.

vi. An anti-graffiti coating should be applied at the ground floor level and wherever exposed façade surfaces may be accessible from upper floors through wall openings. A clear matte finish is generally recommended for such coatings.

vii. Primary Commercial Building Wall Materials.

(A) Brick: Red, tan and yellow brick colors are appropriate.

(B) Wood: Horizontal sidings such as clapboard and tongue-in-groove may be used. Shingles and shakes should not be used. Heavy timber detailing and exposed bracing may be used where appropriate to the style.

(C) Fiber-Cement or Cementitious Siding: Planks are an acceptable substitute for wood siding when used in the formats described above under “Wood.” To match the precedents of real wood siding in the area the spacing of siding should not exceed 8”.

(D) Profile and Other Sheet, Rolled and Extruded Metal: As wall cladding, these wall systems should be used as a secondary or accent material. A high quality, durable, fade-resistant coating system or paint such as Kynar, Tnemec, etc. is recommended.

(E) Stucco or EIFS: Stucco or EIFS materials should not be used in the Downtown Special Review Area. For other locations, stucco and EIFS finishes are acceptable finishes for upper stories only at street exposures on commercial buildings. They may not be used at storefronts. They may be used at ground floor portions of rear or side service and parking exposures, however the ground floor street façade cladding materials should continue to be used as a building base and accent material.

viii. Primary Residential Building Wall Materials.

(A) Brick: Red, tan, and yellow brick colors are appropriate.

(B) Stone, stone veneers, cast stone, terra cotta, precast concrete, glass fiber reinforced concrete (GFRC): may be used as a wall cladding material, when detailed appropriately for residential character.

(C) Stucco or EIFS: Stucco or EIFS materials are not recommended for the Downtown Special Review Area. For other locations, stucco or EIFS finishes may be used only as a secondary material when combined with a contrasting primary cladding material such as wood siding or shingles, brick, or stone.

(D) Wood: Wood should be widely used. Timber detailing and exposed bracing may be used where appropriate to the style.

ix. Wall Accent Materials: are recommended to add interest and variety, for example, at architectural elements such as cornices and on portions of buildings or walls. Materials recommended for use as accents include brick, wood, stone, Fiber Reinforced Plastic, ceramic tile as listed above, in keeping with the architectural style of the building.

x. Building Base, Parking Podium or Above Ground Parking Structure Materials: may be clad, built with materials that extend down from portions of the building above, or built with contrasting materials of a more substantial character. Visible façades of Parking Structures, if not clad, should display quality materials of a substantial character that are complementary to surrounding architecture such as Precast Concrete, Poured-in-Place Concrete, and Concrete Block.

7. Window Requirements.

a. Curtain-wall window walls shall not be used in the plan area except when used as ground floor entry glazing or as “penthouse” glazing at top floor of a four story or higher building.

b. Depth of glazing: Window frames shall not be flush with walls. Glass shall be inset a minimum of one and one-half inches from the surface of the exterior wall to add relief to the wall surface. Window surround thickness and sills shall not count toward this recess dimension.

8. Window Guidelines. Windows should be designed to be in keeping with the character and the architectural style of the building. Windows throughout a building’s façades should be related in design, operating type, proportions, and trim. They should be used as architectural elements that add relief to the façade and wall surface.

a. Form.

i. Window openings, operating types (single-hung, casement, etc.) and proportions of window frames and members should be designed in accordance with the building’s architectural style.

ii. Where greater privacy is desired for ground floor restaurants or professional services, large storefront windows should be divided into smaller units or panes. An “industrial sash” type of multi-pane window may be used where appropriate with the building’s architectural style.

iii. A vertical proportion of window openings (e.g., 3:2 to 2:1 height: width ratio) should typically be used. Openings may be composed of a series of vertically proportioned panes or frames.

iv. Commercial clerestory windows are a recommended feature in storefront glazing to provide natural light in conjunction with required height for shopfront.

v. Windows should generally maintain consistency in shape and in location across a façade. Unifying patterns should include a common window header line or sill line, and/or aligned vertical centerlines of windows and doors. The overall effect should create a harmonious pattern across the street wall.

vi. Windows on the upper floors should be smaller in size than storefront windows on the first floor, and should encompass a smaller proportion of the façade wall surface area. Exceptions to this may occur when large window openings are used as “penthouse” glazing (top floor of a four or more story building).

vii. At freestanding parking structures, long-span façade openings with a height: width ratio that is more horizontal than 1:3 should not be used. Vertically proportioned window-like openings (3:2 to 2:1 ratio) are strongly encouraged, to continue the pattern of pedestrian-scaled building façades. If horizontally proportioned openings are used, vertical pilasters, columns, or other elements should be applied to subdivide the horizontal proportion into smaller vertically proportioned openings.

b. Glazing.

i. Where multi-pane windows are utilized, “true divided light” windows or sectional windows should be used. “Snap-in” muntins (i.e. detachable vertical or horizontal glass plane dividers or glass pane dividers sandwiched between layers of glass) are discouraged.

ii. Window trim: Expressed window frames and sills should be used to enhance openings and add additional relief. They should be proportional to the glass area framed, as where a larger window should have wider framing members. Upper story windows and parking structure “window” openings should be detailed with architectural elements such as projecting “lug” sills, and/or lintels.

iii. Window accessories such as window boxes for plants, fabric awnings, etc., should be considered for additional articulation and interest, in coordination with the selected architectural style. Decorative grillework is recommended for parking structure openings, to add detail and help “break down” the scale.

iv. At additions and accessory buildings: windows should be of the same architectural style as the main building, including opening mechanisms and trim.

v. An average glazing inset of three inches from the surface of the exterior wall should be achieved through the use of thicker cladding materials, like masonry, on some sections of façades.

c. Materials.

i. If horizontal or vertical aluminum sliding windows are used, assemblies with extrusions and frame members of minimum one and one-half inches exterior width dimension should be used, to avoid an insubstantial appearance common to aluminum sliding windows.

ii. Clear glass should be used. If tinted glazing is used, light tints and green, gray or blue hues should be used.

iii. If solar or heat control is desired, reflective glazing and/or reflective adhesive films should not be used. Nonreflective types should be selected instead. Low emissivity glass and external and internal shade devices are other options that should be used as well.

iv. “Lug sills” (protruding window sills – see glossary) should not be formed of rigid foam or other substrates sprayed with stucco or other wall finish material. They should be instead constructed with a permanent material such as painted wood, painted FRP, metal, precast concrete, GFRC, terra cotta, or stone.

9. Main Entrance Requirements.

a. To contribute to the public and pedestrian realm, building entrances shall be prominent and easy to identify.

b. The main pedestrian entrance shall be easily visible and recognizable, and shall be architecturally treated in a manner consistent with the building style.

c. At mixed-use buildings, entrances to residential, office or other upper story uses shall be clearly distinguishable in form and location from retail entrances.

10. Main Entrance Guidelines.

a. At historic buildings or buildings designed according to a specific style, the specific design of entrance doors should not be out of character with the overall style of the building.

b. Entrances should incorporate one or more of the following treatments:

i. Marked by a taller mass above, such as a modest tower, or within a volume that protrudes from the rest of building surface (except at the Downtown Special Review Area).

ii. Accented by special architectural elements, such as columns, overhanging roofs, awnings, and ornamental light fixtures (except at the Downtown Special Review Area).

iii. Indicated by a recessed entry or recessed bay in the façade. Recommended treatments include special paving materials such as ceramic tile; ornamental ceiling treatments, such as coffering; decorative light fixtures; and attractive decorative door pulls, escutcheons, hinges, and other hardware.

iv. Sheltered by a projecting canvas or fabric awning, or as a permanent architectural canopy utilizing materials from the primary building.

c. Entrances to upper-story uses should incorporate one or more of the following treatments:

i. Located in the center of the façade between storefronts, as part of a symmetrical composition.

ii. Aligned with prominent façade elements of upper stories, such as an expressed or embedded entrance tower (except at the Downtown Special Review Area).

iii. Accented by architectural elements such as clerestory windows, sidelights, and ornamental light fixtures, and identified by signage and/or address numbering.

iv. Indicated by a recessed entrance, vestibule or lobby distinguishable from storefronts.

11. Secondary Entrance Requirements. Secondary entries, such as side or rear building entries shall not be more architecturally prominent or larger than the front entry.

12. Secondary Entrance Guidelines.

a. Side or rear building entries should be visible and easy to find, but visually secondary to main entrances

b. Secondary entries should be easy to find, particularly for customers or visitors accessing them from parking lots.

c. The design of the side or rear entry should be architecturally related to the front entry, such as in use of materials and proportions.

d. Secondary entries should be enhanced with detailing, trim and finish consistent with the character of the building.

13. Loading and Service Entrance Requirements.

a. Service entrances shall not face primary streets when a side street, rear street, alley, or parking lot entrance location is possible.

b. All service entrances and associated loading docks and storage areas shall be located to the side or rear of the building and shall be separated and architecturally screened from any pedestrian entrances.

c. Portions of the building façade containing service or truck doors visible from the public street shall be designed to include attractive and durable materials and be integrated into the architectural composition of the larger building façade design. Architectural treatments, materials, and colors shall be extended from building façade areas into the façade portion containing truck doors to avoid creating a gap in architectural expression and to maintain a high-quality appearance.

14. Loading and Service Entrance Guidelines. Loading and services entrances should not intrude upon the public view or interfere with pedestrian activities.

15. Entrance Door Requirements. There are no Entrance Doors requirements (see guidelines).

16. Entrance Door Guidelines.

a. Doors are the one part of the building façade that patrons and visitors will inevitably see and touch, and should be well-detailed and made of durable high quality materials.

b. Doors at storefronts should include windows of substantial size that permit views into the establishment.

c. Doors at storefronts should match the materials, design and character of storefront windows. High quality materials such as crafted wood, stainless steel, bronze, and other ornamental metals are encouraged.

d. Detailing such as carved woodwork, metal trim, or applied ornament should be used, to create noticeable detail for pedestrians and drivers. Doors may be flanked by columns, decorative fixtures or other details.

e. Doors and doorways leading to upper story uses, such as residential or office uses should be distinguishable from those leading to retail establishments.

f. If utilized at storefront windows, doors, and loading docks, roll-up security doors should be detailed to conceal door housings and tracks and provide an attractive and finished appearance for all exposed components. The roll-up door housing should not protrude more than 6 inches from the building façade plane.

g. Doors at residential mixed-use buildings should match or complement the materials, design and character of the primary building, as well as convey the residential character of the building.

h. Doors at residential uses should incorporate high quality materials such as crafted wood, stainless steel, bronze, and other ornamental metals.

i. At live-work units, if roll-up security doors are used, they should be detailed to conceal door housings and tracks and provide an attractive and finished appearance for all exposed components. The roll-up door housing should not protrude from the façade plane.

17. Garage Door Requirements.

a. All single-car wide garage doors shall be set back a minimum of six feet behind the front wall of the primary building mass.

b. All two-car wide garage doors shall be set back a minimum of 20 feet behind the front wall of the primary building mass.

18. Garage Door Guidelines. For residential garage doors at mixed-use buildings and for all commercial use garage entrance doors, single-car garage doors are strongly recommended to avoid projecting an automobile-dominated appearance to the street or alley by using scale-reducing design treatments as follows:

a. Garage doors that face the public right of way should have some window openings or open grillework on the upper portion of the door.

b. Door design treatments such as vertically proportioned segmentation and detail should be used to minimize the apparent width of the entrance – in accordance with the selected architectural style.

c. Framing elements such as trellises above openings and trim around the edges of openings are recommended.

d. Where double car width doors are used, a width of eighteen feet should not be exceeded.

e. At live-work façades, garage or studio doors should be compatible with a residential character. Large featureless doors should be avoided. Glazed multi-panel doors may also be used to impart a residential scale.

f. At garage entrances of Parking Podiums and Freestanding Parking Structures: Vehicle entrances should be treated with architectural articulation and landscape materials, to “mark” an important and frequently used common entrance and make it easily recognizable. Architectural treatment of garage entrance openings should include indenting or recessing the mass of the structure or podium at the entry, applying architectural framing to the opening, trellising with or without plant materials, ornamental door grillework, ornamental lighting and signage, etc., consistent with the architectural style of the building.

B. Roofs.

1. Roof Type Requirements.

a. Roofs on additions and secondary buildings shall match the roof of the original building in terms of materials, slope, detailing and style, to the degree possible. They shall contribute forms that complement and add to the overall character of Bothell.

b. Flat or shallow pitched roofs are permitted to be used and shall be designed with one or more of the treatments stated in Guidelines, below.

c. Mansard roofs (i.e. a flat-topped roof that slopes steeply down on all four sides, thus appearing to sheath the entire top story of the building) shall only be acceptable as follows:

i. Mansard roofs shall not be permitted along Main Street within the Downtown Special Review Area.

ii. The height of a building with a mansard roof shall be as defined in BMC 12.64.202 Building Height.

iii. The maximum slope shall be no steeper than three feet of rise for every two feet of run (3:2).

iv. The minimum height of mansard roofs (from eave to roof peak) shall be one typical building story height or 30% of the building façade height as measured to the eave, whichever is smaller.

v. Mansard roofs shall fully enclose the perimeter of a building. Where a break in the horizontal run of mansard roof occurs, an architectural termination is required (e. g. the roof intersects into a tower).

vi. Mansard roofs shall include a cornice at the eave line where the roof overhang depth is less than two feet, and an edge termination at the peak.

vii. Mansard roofs shall have functioning or decorative dormer windows or vents to add visual interest.

2. Roof Type Guidelines.

a. All pitched and continuous sloping roof forms (i.e. without flat horizontal portions) are encouraged. These include gable, hip, and pyramidal roofs.

b. Flat or shallow pitched roofs should be ornamented with shaped parapets, caps, or cornice treatments, using one of the methods below:

i. The primary cornice should be decorated or bracketed with parapets, finials, or simple decorative panels or molding.

ii. An architecturally profiled cornice and/or expressed parapet cap should be used to terminate the top of the parapet wall.

iii. Surface mounted cornices, continuous shading elements, or trellises should be used to strengthen a parapet wall design.

iv. Sheet metal parapet caps or coping should provide a formed (compound folded) overhanging edge termination and a heavy gage sheet metal thickness selected to avoid “oilcanning” distortion. Single layer, flush sheet metal parapet caps should not be used. Finish should either be of an unpainted ornamental metal such as copper or painted to match adjacent wall surface. Unpainted galvanized metal should not be used in the Downtown Core or Downtown Neighborhood Districts.

c. Smaller, subsidiary roofs may be used at storefronts; these should match the principal building in terms of style, detailing and materials.

d. Roof overhangs for both flat and sloping roofs are encouraged to add depth, shadow and visual interest, and can be used to create a Street façade Top Element as defined in BMC 12.64.501(A)(2). They should be designed as follows:

i. At roof overhangs, vertical roof edge fascia over eighteen inches in height are recommended to be subdivided or accented by additional horizontal layers, stepbacks, trim, and other detailing.

ii. Brackets and corbels (i.e. decorative supporting pieces designed to bear the weight of projected overhangs), or other expressed roof overhang supports (whether structural or nonstructural) are encouraged to add richness to detailing. The spacing module of repeating supports should relate to the building’s structural bay spacing or window mullion spacing.

iii. The soffit (i.e. the underside surface of the roof overhang) should be designed as a visible feature and incorporated into the overall architectural composition. Soffit beams, coffers, light fixtures and other design articulation are encouraged.

e. At Freestanding Parking Structures, the “skyline” at the roof deck should be designed and shaped to create an interesting visual profile, as follows:

i. At stair and/or elevator towers, special roof forms such as sloped or curved roofs are encouraged.

ii. Along parapet edges, cornices, shading elements, and/or trellises are encouraged to provide additional visual interest. The height of parapet walls and/or guard railings may be varied in coordination with the overall façade composition but should be tall enough to conceal vehicles.

iii. Due to their highly visible location, light poles and fixtures at roof parking decks should be specified or designed as decorative fixtures, architecturally coordinated with the style of the building.

f. Variations of the roof and/or eave line should be used to mark main building entrances and also to differentiate between individual units within attached residential buildings.

3. Roof Material Requirements. There are no Roof Materials requirements (see guidelines).

4. Roof Material Guidelines.

a. Roof materials should match or complement the existing context of the project area.

b. Roof materials that should be used include:

i. Metal Seam Roofing: Finishes should be painted or coated. Copper, zinc, and other exposable metal roofs should be natural or oxidized.

ii. Slate or slate-like materials such as concrete tile: For simulated materials, exaggerated high-relief surface textures should not be used.

iii. Sheet metal shingles, such as copper, zinc, and alloys.

iv. Tar and Gravel, Composition, or Elastomeric Roofs (at flat roof locations): Light, reflective colors are recommended to minimize heat gain within the buildings. Roof surfaces utilizing these materials should be screened from view from adjacent buildings and sites by parapet walls.

v. Asphalt shingles: Projects using asphalt shingles should use the highest quality commercial grade materials, and be provided with adequate trim elements. Lightweight asphalt shingles should not be used.

vi. Solar (or photovoltaic) roof shingles: Where solar and non-solar shingles are combined in the same roof plane, shingles should be configured to match the visible size and layout of solar and non-solar roof shingles for an unobtrusive appearance.

c. Roof materials that should not be used include:

i. Corrugated sheet metal, unless used as an accent roofing material.

ii. Stamped sheet metal used to simulate Mediterranean or Spanish roof tiles.

iii. Wood shakes or shingles in Downtown Core and Downtown Neighborhood District Requirements.

5. Roof Equipment and Screening Requirements.

a. All building mechanical equipment located on roofs shall be screened from view - as seen from public streets and sidewalks within 300 feet of the subject property, except from points of view in excess of 10 feet above finished floor grade of the subject property. Solar and wind infrastructure that meets the provisions of this section are exempt from this requirement.

b. Roof mounted equipment such as cooling and heating equipment, antennas and receiving dishes shall be completely screened by architectural enclosures that are derived from or strongly relate to the building’s architectural expression, or enclosed within roof volumes. Roof mounted solar panels which lay flat on and match the roof slope, are integrated into the building design or are incorporated into roofing materials, may be permitted, subject to review by the city.

c. Screening of on-site mechanical equipment shall be integrated as part of a project’s site and building design and shall incorporate architectural styles, colors and other elements from the roof and façade composition to carefully integrate screening features. Picket fencing, chain-link fencing and exposed sheet metal boxes are not permitted.

d. To reduce glare, light colored roofs (including “cool roofs”) shall be completely screened from view as seen from adjacent streets, sites or buildings by architectural enclosures that are derived from the building’s architectural expression, such as parapet walls or other screening treatment.

e. Wind equipment shall be located, specified and designed to avoid noise disturbances to any residential use.

6. Roof Equipment and Screening Guidelines.

a. Roof-mounted equipment such as antennae and receiving dishes should be located behind parapets, recessed into the slope of roof hips or gables, or enclosed within roof volumes.

i. Materials, architectural styles, colors and/or other elements from the façade composition shall be used to integrate the screening into the building’s architecture.

ii. In the design of screening enclosures, use dimensional increments of window spacing, mullion spacing, or structural bay spacing taken from the façade composition.

iii. Solar panels if not completely concealed should be architecturally integrated into the roof.

iv. Wind equipment need not be screened, but should be architecturally integrated into the building design and located to avoid blocking views.

b. Where possible, downspouts should be concealed within walls while meeting the requirements of plumbing codes and providing for maintenance. The location, spacing, materials, and colors of exposed downspouts, gutters, scuppers, and other visible roof drainage components should be incorporated into the architectural composition of the façade and roof; haphazard placement should be avoided. Half round gutters and round downspouts are recommended as a type appropriate for most architectural styles. Corrugated downspouts should not be used.

c. Mechanical equipment, including utilities and solid waste enclosures, should be incorporated into the architecture of the building and included as a part of the building proper. Where equipment is not included as a part of the building, architecturally related screening enclosures should be used.

C. Color Guidelines. Colors used in new construction and renovations in Bothell should complement the District in which they occur (see below). Colors that reflect the city’s relationship with the surrounding landscape should be considered, however care should be taken so that overly drab earth tones are not used. Paint colors for any new building and modifications of paint colors of any existing building shall be reviewed by the city for compliance with the guidelines established below.

1. By Districts. City Center: colors used in new construction and renovations should build on the palette of colors of existing historic Bothell buildings. In general, these include medium-toned brick colors (typically red brick, with occasional use of tan brick; also, with light colored accents), natural stone cladding colors, and occasional light-colored stucco or wood siding, according to architectural style as well.

2. General Guidelines.

a. Primary building colors, used at building walls, freestanding site walls, and other primary building elements, should be warm saturated colors to complement Bothell’s forested surroundings and often overcast skies. Extremely bright colors should not be used as primary wall colors.

b. Secondary color should complement the primary building color, and may be a lighter shade than the body color, or use more saturated hues. Secondary color can be used to give additional emphasis to architectural features such as building bases or wainscots, columns, brackets, cornices, capitals, and bands; or used as trim on doorframes, storefront elements, windows and window frames, railing, shutters, ornament, fences, and similar features.

c. Accent colors may be more saturated in color, or brighter in tone, and used to highlight special features such as doors, shutters, gates, ornament, or storefront elements. Bright colors should be limited to retail establishments, and used sparingly at fabric awnings, banners, window frames, or special architectural details. A restrained use of bright colors allows display windows and merchandise to catch the eye and stand out in the visual field.

d. Colors should be compatible with other buildings in the surrounding area. Colors of adjacent buildings should be taken into consideration, especially where new structures are adjacent to historic buildings.

e. Fluorescent colors should not be used on building materials.

f. At attached residential units, primary and secondary building colors may contain slight variations in color from unit to unit, to further distinguish the individual identity of each residence.

D. Sustainability Guidelines. See also related sustainability guidelines under BMC 12.64.306(G) (Street and Open Space Guidelines) and 12.64.404(C) (Parking Guidelines - Sustainability). In addition to the guidelines below, further requirements and guidelines are anticipated to be developed as part of the city’s sustainability initiative.

1. Solar Access, Daylighting, Passive Solar Heating & Cooling

a. Where possible, massing and orientation of new buildings should maximize south-facing vertical façades.

b. Where not in conflict with the design guidelines, shading devices such as building/roof overhangs, latticework and trellises should be incorporated primarily into south-facing façades and designed to balance summer cooling and winter heating by maximizing solar gain during the winter and minimizing solar gain during the summer.

c. Window orientation and opening size should also work with shading structures in order to balance summer cooling and winter heating by maximizing solar gain during the winter and minimizing solar gain during the summer.

d. Window orientation and opening size should be designed to allow interior spaces to maximize daylighting and minimize artificial lighting; the use of skylights and “light shelves” (to reflect sunlight deeply into interior spaces) is also encouraged for this purpose.

e. Roof forms, shading devices, and façade cladding systems should be designed and oriented to direct airflow that facilitates natural building ventilation by replacing warm indoor air with cooler outdoor air, especially at night.

f. Exterior building wall design may incorporate hollow cavities that help insulate the building. These hollow cavities can also be designed to direct airflow that supports natural ventilation.

2. Materials. Locally produced, manufactured and recycled building materials should be used whenever possible.

3. Heat Island Reduction.

a. A “heat island” effect may occur where a concentration of buildings and paved surfaces and relative lack of vegetation increases solar heat gain and results in a hotter district “microclimate.”

b. To aid in reduction of excess solar heat gain, use of roofing materials that have a Solar Reflective Index (SRI) of at least 29 is recommended. Refer to BMC 12.64.503(B)(5) “Roof Equipment and Screening” for additional screening requirements for glare.

c. Use of “Green Roofs” (roofs covered with a layer of vegetation and soil, and waterproofing and structural components beneath) on flat or near flat sections of roof behind parapets, caps, or other cornice treatments, to reduce heat island effects and heating and cooling costs.

4. Stormwater Management. Green Roofs and Rooftop Gardens are also encouraged on flat or shallow slope sections of a roof behind parapets, caps, or other cornice treatments to provide improved insulation and storm water management, as well as add usable green space and visual interest to the building. (Ord. 2154 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014; Ord. 2107 § 2 (Exh. B), 2012).

12.64.504 Architectural Styles.

This section contains a discussion of a range of the predominant architectural styles found among existing buildings in downtown Bothell. A small number of buildings designed in other styles, from different periods or displaying a degree of stylistic influence from other styles (for example, 1930s Art Deco influence on decorative elements of the Anderson Building) can be found in downtown, but detailed descriptions of those styles have not been included here. The City of Bothell Design Guidelines, Building Styles and Features by the Bothell Landmark Preservation Board, 2007, or most recent revision, may be consulted for further detail on these and other architectural styles. Within individual style descriptions below, the dates shown indicate the historic period of initial popularity of the style. With the goal of strengthening downtown Bothell’s “sense of place” and architectural character and building on its heritage in mind, the Architectural Styles discussed here are included to provide a basis for reinforcing and strengthening the character of predominant building fabric in the project area in the design of new buildings and development, whether through the full emulation and/or interpretation of one of the predominant building styles. Alternatively, where a predominant downtown architectural style is not used, the information is intended to provide guidance for architects and developers to make sensitive reference to, incorporate, and/or harmonize with characteristics of predominant architectural styles such as (but not limited to) massing, horizontal and vertical scale increments, façade composition, roof form, architectural elements, materials, and colors.

The sections below list predominantly commercial and mixed-use styles first, followed by predominantly residential styles.

A. Early 20th Century Commercial Style (circa 1900 – 1930). The Early 20th Century Commercial Style was a simple, economical and adaptable style that arose in reaction to the perception of overly ornate Victorian and Neoclassical styles that preceded it. It incorporated classical principles of base, shaft and capital organization of massing and façade composition but without a full iteration of the classical orders, using simplified elements instead.

1. The style was applied to all types of commercial and mixed-use buildings.

2. Building massing is typically composed of one simple volume; where applied, additions are also of simple volumes. The style is easily adapted to unusual sites.

3. Roofs are flat, hipped, or gabled. A false front commonly hides the roof profile at the storefront façade.

4. Front façades are flat with a shaped parapet at the roofline, occasionally with a projecting cornice instead or as well. The parapet is well-detailed with a continuous parapet cap or a built-up cornice.

5. Wall materials of the primary building are generally patterned masonry wall surfaces (brick, tile, etc.). Stucco (above the ground floor) and painted horizontal wood siding are also used with strong trim elements.

6. All buildings and all storefronts have a base.

7. Ground floor storefronts are contained within a large opening in the primary wall material. They may continue to use that material, or in many cases the storefront has its own architecture and materials distinct from the building yet complementary to it as well.

8. Storefront glazing is composed of large panes of shop windows, with a continuous horizontal band of commercial clerestory windows above shop windows and the entrance door.

9. Fabric awnings are often used at commercial clerestory windows or preferably above; they should be divided into segments to match window divisions rather than a single continuous awning.

10. Façade windows above or outside the storefront are typically symmetrically composed in relation to the storefront, sometimes in groups.

11. The front entrance to upper story uses is distinct from the storefronts, and is attractively detailed to be recognizable as not a storefront component.

12. Window and door shapes are simple and rectangular.

13. High quality materials such as glazed ceramic tile, painted carved wood, bronze door hardware, etc. are located at the ground level where customers and tenants come in contact with the building.

B. Mid-20th Century Styles (1930 – 1970). Reflecting “machine age” design and in protest to the styles of the earlier Victorian period, architectural styles of the mid-20th century were influenced by Frank Lloyd Wright’s Usonian house plans in the United States and the Bauhaus school in Europe. Mid-20th century styles found in the Downtown Subarea include Art Deco, Art Moderne/Streamline Moderne, Contemporary, Wrightian, New Formalism, Northwest Regional and Ranch. Generally, they are comprised of horizontal lines, large expanses of glass, multiple planes and mixed materials but each style has very distinctive attributes. See the City of Bothell Design Guidelines, Building Styles and Features by the Bothell Landmark Preservation Board for further information on mid-20th century styles.

C. Contemporary Styles (1970 – present).

1. For the purposes of this Plan, Contemporary Styles comprise those architectural styles that draw on Modernism, Post-Modernism, and other current styles in practice today. Most Contemporary Styles have drawn upon contemporary building materials and modern construction methods to create a visual identity that is distinct from historic architectural styles.

2. Over the last two decades, a contemporary Northwestern regional style has emerged that responds to the climate and regionally available materials. Elements include large roof overhangs with exposed structural elements and expansive window openings. Materials such as brick, stone, and unpainted structural wood are characteristic of this style, as well as shingle, board and batten, clapboard, and other vertical and horizontal siding. Bothell has strong precedents for this style (such as the Bothell High School Auditorium and University of Washington Bothell/Cascadia College campus buildings) and it is an appropriate expression when a contemporary style is used.

3. Styles that incorporate pedestrian and urban principles including appropriate scale and composition relative to surrounding buildings, façade rhythm and a high level of articulation are encouraged. Contemporary styles with simple building volumes, minimal surface articulation and relief, and unornamented detailing that conflict with the intimate and human-scaled characteristics of traditional styles that support downtown urbanism should be discouraged.

4. In some cases and especially in “Post Modern” styles after 1980, designs have drawn upon other historical styles previously described in this document for inspiration or emulation, but their scale and use of materials is not limited to the roots of those historical styles.

5. Contemporary Styles have been used on all building types, including commercial, residential, industrial, and civic uses. They have frequently been used on building types outside of downtown districts (such as office park campus buildings, suburban schools, and industrial buildings).

6. As mentioned above, building massing and form of Contemporary Styles typically feature simple volumes, often using geometric forms. They may be asymmetrical or symmetrical in organization. They do not necessarily follow strict proportional guidelines.

7. Building elements such as walls, windows, and roofs are often expressed as individual planes or forms. Windows can often be expressed as “voids” between walls, or act as entire wall planes (such as curtain walls). Where they are expressed as openings in walls, they are typically composed as a series of rhythmically or strategically placed “punched openings” for compositional reasons.

8. Flat roofs are used in many cases, but shaped roofs are often treated as geometric forms or volumes that may “stand out.” Examples include barrel vaults, angled planes, curved planes, and extended overhangs. They may be accented with special materials such as sheet metal or tile.

9. Contemporary Styles employ a wide palette of building materials. Metal cladding, concrete, glass, tile as well as natural materials may be used in unconventional ways for aesthetic purposes. Materials as well as colors are often used to define building volumes or even functions.

10. Building colors may be composed of contrasting hues and tones, with individual building elements or forms emphasized through use of an accent color. Strong, saturated hues are often used to play off of neutral hues.

D. Queen Anne (circa 1885 – 1905).

1. The Queen Anne styles are what many people think of as “Victorian.”

2. The style is applied to both commercial/mixed-use and residential buildings.

3. It is characterized by asymmetrical and picturesque massing and is more horizontal in comparison to its predecessor style of Italianate.

4. The Queen Anne Cottage style is a simpler version of Queen Anne applied to smaller homes.

5. Porches, gables, protruding window bays, angled or rounded corners, and turrets are freely composed to create complex volumes and surfaces.

6. Roofs are composed of a series of gable-roofed volume in both perpendicular and parallel orientation. A prominent gable often dominates the front façade.

7. Front porches are often decorated with elaborate latticework and turned columns and spindles.

8. The style introduced curved surfaces, merging shapes and volumes.

9. Wall cladding often includes several types of wood siding on any one façade; scalloped shingles on upper levels and horizontal and/or vertical wood siding below is a typical arrangement.

10. Rich multi-color combinations of wall cladding and trim colors were used, with a particular palette of late 19th Century colors.

E. Craftsman (circa 1900 – 1930).

1. The Craftsman Style emerged after the turn of the century to satisfy tastes for greater simplicity and natural forms and is the predominant historic house style in Bothell. Influences included Shingle Style homes of the east, the Arts and Crafts movement and its related informal lifestyle, and the popularity of small bungalow homes.

2. These styles were applied primarily to residential buildings.

3. Building massing is typically composed of one low simple gable-roofed rectangular volume; where applied, additions are also of simple volumes.

4. Front façades typically have a central shallow pitched gable roof perpendicular to the street; on occasion it is parallel to the street with a dormer above. In the former case, a sub-gable may be offset from the main gable to create a front entry or porch.

5. Proportions of both the overall building mass and of individual features (windows clusters, porches, etc.) are horizontal.

6. Window and door openings are generally composed to align both horizontally and vertically on façades; symmetrical façade arrangements are common.

7. “Elephant” columns and double columns at entry porches are a common feature; other decorative elements include ornamental brackets to support roof overhangs.

8. Craftsman bungalows are typically clad with wood shingles or siding. Trim is painted wood of a contrasting light or dark color.

(Ord. 2323 § 4, 2020).

12.64.505 Historic Resources Regulations.

A. Introduction. Much of the Bothell’s unique character is found in its historic core, which is composed of commercial buildings of various architectural styles and periods of construction. These include early 20th-century commercial buildings as well as 1950s Modern structures. The historic resources within the city also include a number of houses, cabins, and other structures that are included on the National and/or State Registers of Historic Places, or on the city’s Local Register of Historic Landmarks. The registers include properties from the late 1800s up to 1920s. Bothell also maintains a historic inventory of properties that may be considered eligible for listing on local, state and/or national historic registers in the future.

Bothell began as a swampy, heavily forested area, serving as a logging camp and steamboat stop for early white settlers. Merchants trickled in during the 1880s; the first plat was filed in 1889, and elements of a permanent community were established. Bothell was incorporated as a town in 1909. By the middle of the 20th century, farming began to overtake the logging trade as the town’s primary business, and between 1940 and 1960 Bothell established itself as a bedroom community for the larger towns and cities of Bellevue, Everett, and Seattle. Today, Bothell’s growing commercial development, campus-like office parks, and the joint University of Washington Bothell and Cascadia College campus gives the community a strong presence along the I-405 technology corridor.

Many of Bothell’s early commercial and residential buildings remain. Some have been modified since their original construction, and other, newer buildings have been inserted over time. Opportunities and challenges exist to build upon the historic urban fabric and provide a framework for new construction.

1. Purpose.

a. The purpose of these Historic Resources Regulations is to preserve and enhance the historic character and architectural heritage of Downtown Bothell and therefore the overall community character. These regulations apply to an area that is labeled the Downtown Special Review Area (DSRA) (see Figure 12.64.505.A.1), which is bounded by Bothell Way NE, SR 522, NE 185th Street and 104th Avenue NE, and select individual historic properties within the Downtown Subarea. Adherence to the Regulations will ensure that new elements and features constructed or modified are compatible with existing and desirable historic elements.

b. The DSRA is established as an area possessing a significant concentration, linkage, or continuity of buildings, objects, sites, and/or structures united by past events or aesthetically by plan or physical development within the city limits. The city of Bothell’s current listing of National, State and local register properties in the Downtown Subarea is shown in Figure 12.64.505.A.1.

Fig. 12.64.505.A.1. Historic Resources and Downtown Special Review Area (DSRA) Boundary

2. Applicability.

a. These regulations will be used by the city’s planners and Landmark Preservation Board to review the appropriateness of proposed new construction, exterior alterations to buildings, and demolition. This section is intended to provide guidance for the modifications to existing structures and new construction within the DSRA, and for those structures within the Downtown Subarea that are listed on the National, State or local Registers of Historic Places.

b. In order to promote compliance with the regulations in this section, any development proposal within the DSRA which would exceed the threshold for categorical exemptions under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) as set forth within Chapter 14.02 BMC shall be submitted to the Bothell Landmark Preservation Board for review and comment in a public meeting prior to any grading or building permits being issued.

3. Design Review Process.

a. The review process begins when an owner (or an owner’s representative) proposes any exterior work on a building that is within the boundaries described above, that has been nominated for local landmark status, or that is listed on the Bothell register of historic landmarks. These regulations shall be used when contemplating a project, to help establish the appropriate direction for repairs, alterations, or new construction.

b. The Landmark Preservation Board will review each proposal in terms of the basic principles and for conformance with the stated regulations. The review process shall be as described in BMC Title 22. In order to promote compliance with the regulations in this section, any development proposal within the DSRA which would exceed the threshold for categorical exemptions under the State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) shall be submitted to the Landmark Preservation Board for review and comment in a public meeting prior to application for any building permit.

B. Requirements and Guidelines. These Historic Resources Regulations are based on principles set forth in the Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties, widely accepted as the preservation and rehabilitation principles when considering and implementing changes to historically significant properties. Divided into four sections – preservation, rehabilitation, restoration, and reconstruction – the standards provide technical advice for activities and methods for property owners and stewards of historic properties. The primary intent of the standards is to provide direction for the protection of the historic character of the buildings through a combination of mandatory requirements and advisory guidelines. Additionally, new uses should be compatible with the buildings’ character, and retain open views through the storefronts into interior spaces. The basic principles include the following:

1. Basic Principles.

a. Retain original building materials and distinctive architectural features whenever possible. Removal of or alteration of these original features is strongly discouraged.

b. Repair deteriorated original or significant features. If repair is infeasible, replace materials in kind to match original material, quality, and detailing.

c. Do not cover original building materials or architectural features. Where they have been covered or obscured by alterations, re-expose original materials and features. NOTE: Alterations to a building may have gained significance over time, and may not necessarily need to be removed. This will be ascertained by the Landmark Preservation Board during the review process.

d. Replacement of missing original features should be undertaken based on accurate and defensible historical documentation and/or physical evidence. Where documentation does not exist or restoration is otherwise infeasible, new features may be contemporary in character and detailing and must be compatible with the scale, complexity, material, and color of the historic building materials.

e. Decorative elements that create a false sense of history or change the original architectural style of the building should not be added to a façade.

f. Surface cleaning should be undertaken with the gentlest means possible. Sandblasting is not permitted. (See Section C, Resources and References, below for additional resources on recommended surface cleaning practices.)

g. Demolition of structures on the Bothell Historic Register is strongly discouraged, and must be approved by the Landmark Preservation Board. (See Bothell Municipal Code Title 22 for demolition review process.)

2. Character-Defining Features of Downtown Special Review Area. Bothell’s Main Street, especially on the block between 101st Avenue NE and 102nd Avenue NE, and the streets within one block south and two blocks north, are characterized by a limited number of commercial architectural styles, common façade materials, distinct façade elements, consistent property setbacks, and variable lot widths. This creates both a consistency and diversity that forms the unique character of Bothell’s historic commercial district. (See BMC 12.64.504 for Architectural Styles.)

The character-defining features of the existing buildings within the DSRA are those historic visual elements that give the space its particular “feel.” Things such as overall building shape, materials, craftsmanship, and decorative details are the features that provide the particular character of each building.

Listing them here provides a context within which to evaluate changes or additions to historically designated structures or to properties within the Downtown Special Review District. While each building has distinctive elements, the common historic features are the character-defining features of the area as a whole:

a. Full public frontage coverage (meaning the buildings generally occupy the full area of the street frontages with no setbacks from the property line. This results in the following:

i. Continuous row of storefronts, located immediately adjacent to the edge of sidewalk. This feature is consistent with the Private Frontage regulations applicable to the Districts within the DSRA.

ii. Blank side walls between parcels, characterized by no fenestration, openings, or decorative features. This feature is also consistent with the side yard setbacks for the Districts within the DSRA, but does not incorporate windows.

iii. Corner buildings also cover the full lot and generally one of the two street-facing façades is secondary, with limited fenestration and detailing, in contrast to the front façade.

b. One- and two-story buildings with variable lot dimensions. The variation in storefront width and height is a significant characteristic that gives Main Street its distinctive rhythm (this varies from the taller building height limits that may be allowed in other areas of the Downtown). Main Street buildings exhibit the following characteristics:

i. Variable building heights which range from approximately 18' for the single-story structures to 36' for the two-story structures (including parapet).

ii. Storefront dimensions which vary from 20' to 90' wide, with most approximately 30'-40' wide.

iii. Buildings with rectangular plans with relatively flat façades and sidewalls. Some have angled or recessed entries (see below).

iv. Upper levels are clearly distinguishable from the lower, street level floors in their differing use of opaque and glazed materials. Opaque, solid materials dominate at the upper floors; conversely the lower floors are composed predominately of transparent glazing.

c. Fenestration and Doors.

i. Where extant at upper floors, windows are placed symmetrically in the façade.

ii. Windows are typically large, narrow, double hung, with arched or articulated heads, and projecting sills.

iii. Doors are often paneled, with side-lights.

d. Materials. The commercial buildings are made up of brick and stone masonry, stone veneer, painted wood trim, limited wood siding, glazed storefronts, and a wide variety of awning shapes and materials.

i. Brick and stone: These were the original major façade materials.

(A) Brick masonry, typically laid in running bond, sometimes with decorative patterning at the parapet, constitutes the majority of the façades. Soldier courses at window headers are common. Brick palette consists of a range of reds and browns.

(B) There is limited use of stone and light-weight cultured stone, a manufactured stone veneer cast from molds of real stone, present primarily in 1950s buildings, or those buildings that were renovated in the 1950s.

ii. Wood cladding.

(A) Wood buildings that characterized Bothell’s early Main Street are no longer extant. (Note: Some of the original free-standing structures were moved to Bothell Landing.)

(B) Wood cladding is limited to areas below the storefront glazing and sheathing at some upper façade areas. (Generally, the use of the residential-scale wood sheathing or siding on the upper sections of the building façades is not historically appropriate.)

e. Glazed storefronts with transom band.

i. Original storefront systems typically used wood, aluminum, or steel as the supporting elements, with wood or brick bulkheads below the storefront frames.

ii. The plate glass storefronts are undivided or may have one narrow muntin to divide a wider storefront, and generally extended nearly the full width of the façade.

iii. A glazed transom band runs above the width of the storefront assembly and consists of a series of divided lights. These windows provide additional light to the interior, and are sometimes operable to provide natural ventilation.

iv. Individual storefronts are divided into distinct, usually symmetrical or balanced bays.

f. Recessed entries. Main entry doors are typically recessed from the plane of the storefront. The recess accommodates the outward swing of doors, provides shelter at the entry, and lends an articulation at the pedestrian level.

g. Parapets. A parapet gives the feeling of extra building height, particularly at the primary façade. Most parapets on Bothell’s Main Street are simple, either straight across or with just one or two steps in the center of the façade. More elaborate parapets are no longer extant.

h. Articulated cornice and/or flush brick patterning.

i. Cornices were typically of wood or sheet metal, shaped to provide a visual “cap” to the building.

ii. Areas below the parapets and above the transom windows often include bricks laid in a pattern.

Fig. 12.64.505.B.2. Character-defining features of commercial buildings along Main Street

3. Building Regulations for Rehabilitation and New Construction. These regulations take into account the existing historic fabric and changes to the façades and buildings over time. They should be used as the basis of design for proposed changes to existing façades and in the design of new construction along Main Street. They acknowledge that buildings have individual unique characteristics and existing conditions as related to construction, ownership, maintenance, and use which need to be taken into consideration when making proposals for change, preservation, or rehabilitation. In some cases, a later renovation may have historical significance of its own, in which case either restoring the original façade or the renovated façade that has historical significance may be appropriate. For each category, requirements are listed first, followed by guidelines. Suggested façade treatments, which draw on the traditional features of the area’s commercial buildings, include the following:

a. Rehabilitation.

i. Awnings and Canopies.

(A) Awning or canopy installations shall not damage or obscure significant existing building features.

(B) All awnings or canopies on a single building must be of the same type, material, color, and size (i.e., when a single building houses more than one business, the businesses must coordinate awnings).

(C) Awning or canopy design should include consideration of the overall composition of the individual building façades and in context with the adjacent buildings.

(D) Removal of existing, inappropriate awnings or canopies is encouraged, and required when exterior renovations are done. (See subsection (B)(4)(b) of this section for appropriate awnings.)

ii. Cladding.

(A) Unpainted masonry shall remain unpainted.

(B) Where wood siding has been installed over original masonry, owners are encouraged to remove the siding and restore original masonry. Where part of original masonry has been removed and cannot be replicated, retain as much of the original masonry as possible.

(C) Removal of existing materials that obscure original architectural features is strongly encouraged.

iii. Storefronts and Sidewalls.

(A) Transom bands shall be re-exposed where covered, and restored to glass, where possible.

(B) Original bulkhead materials shall be retained, maintained, or uncovered where possible.

(C) Contemporary storefront modifications that utilize traditional elements and proportions, or simplified interpretations of missing elements, may be used if the original is missing. New designs shall be compatible with the desirable historic features of adjacent buildings, and retain the transparent character of the façade.

(D) Cornice lines should be continued, and original parapets reconstructed if possible.

(E) Storefront divisions or design elements should be symmetrical or balanced. The proportions of original storefront divisions should be retained.

(F) Sidewalls between parcels may be blank, and without fenestration or added detailing.

(G) Sidewalls, or secondary façades, when abutting a public way should not be devoid of openings or fenestration, and should include elements and divisions that are compatible with the primary façade.

iv. Doors and Windows.

(A) Closing or filling in original openings shall be avoided; and restoration of original openings is encouraged, except where a later façade has gained significance in its own right.

(B) Replacement elements shall match originals as closely as possible.

(C) Maintain recessed entries.

(D) Original placement, arrangement, and function of doors and windows should be preserved where possible.

b. New Construction.

i. New buildings shall respect the district in which they are located, and be compatible with or complement the desirable surrounding architectural character.

ii. New construction shall utilize traditional character-defining features and materials, in a contemporary and/or simplified fashion.

iii. Building footprints shall be rectangular and shall fill the entire streetfront at the first two levels, with the front façade located at the front edge of the property line, or at the predominant street façade line on the block. New construction on the north side of the 10100 block of Main Street should maintain the current predominant street façade line. Should the applicant follow this guideline, the upper level setback, as required in BMC 12.64.203(C) may be a minimum of 18 feet. (See Fig. 12.64.505.B.3.b.iii). Recessed or notched façades are not permitted, with the exception that appropriately scaled recessed entries may be permitted.

Fig. 12.64.505.B.3.b.iii. 

iv. Building heights shall be consistent with those in the District Requirements of the Downtown Subarea Plan and Regulations, and compatible with adjacent buildings. Variation in building height is encouraged.

v. Storefront divisions shall be compatible in scale and proportion with the building’s width and height, and compatible with the adjacent buildings.

vi. Buildings wider than those traditionally constructed on the block shall include variation in wall plane, articulation and spaced structural bays to provide a scale that is compatible with the original building widths.

vii. Primary entrances shall be oriented toward the street.

viii. Roof forms along the portion of Main Street between 101st Avenue NE and 104th Avenue NE shall be flat, and shall not have corner accents or turrets. See BMC 12.64.500, Architectural Regulations, for areas outside this boundary.

ix. See BMC 12.64.504 for roof equipment and screening. Equipment mounted to rooftops shall be screened from view using elements integrated into the building’s architectural features, without the need for special screening elements.

4. Building Materials and Elements. Exterior façade elements are the key components that give a building its style and visual character. Elements include cladding, trim and moldings; storefront systems and windows, doors and transom; supplementary items such as signage and awnings; and color selection.

a. Storefront Materials – High Quality Materials, Consistent with Historic Materials on Main Street.

i. Metal or wood storefront system with plate glass; with proportions, heights, and profiles appropriate to prevailing existing storefronts.

ii. If a new storefront is required, it shall be designed to fit inside the original framed opening.

iii. False divided lights or “snap in” muntins/mullions are not permitted.

iv. Transom glazing may be clear, beveled, leaded, etched, or prism glass.

v. Contemporary flush doors or residential-style doors are not appropriate.

vi. New bulkheads shall be constructed of a material appropriate to the storefront and building on which it is installed. Wood panels and brick veneer were the most common original bulkhead materials on Main Street. New bulkheads should be compatible with surrounding storefronts. Where possible, original bulkheads should be restored.

vii. Wall or window air conditioners are not permitted on the front façade of a building.

b. Awnings or canopies may be installed to provide pedestrian weather protection, signage, and visual character.

i. Traditional shed awnings with free hanging valance or flat canopies are appropriate. Shed awnings may have valance returns, but side panels are not permitted.

ii. Bubble type, quarter-round, dome, box-like shapes, shingled-canopy types, and other contemporary commercial designs are not historically appropriate and are not permitted.

iii. Awnings or canopies shall not conceal significant architectural features and should be mounted within the building elements that frame the storefront, typically directly below or above the transom.

iv. Installation of awnings or canopies shall not damage the structure. Clamps and fasteners used to attach awning frames or canopies should penetrate mortar joints rather than brick or other masonry surfaces. Care should be taken when attaching new backboards, rollers, or other elements, not to damage transoms or other building elements.

v. Material for shed awnings should be canvas, canvas blends, acrylic that resembles canvas, or similar. Vinyl or other shiny, high-gloss material is not appropriate. Returns shall be open, except valence returns are allowed.

vi. Roll-out awnings are appropriate, especially where they were used in the original storefronts.

vii. Flat canopies, supported by brackets or hung by cables, rods or chains, may be a period-appropriate way to provide weather protection, even on buildings that did not originally have them. The structural depth of canopies should be minimized to reduce obscuring other historical elements. Use of glass is encouraged to reduce shading of storefronts and allow upper facades to be visible from below.

c. Color.

i. Neon or ultra bright colors are not permitted.

ii. When choosing colors, consider compatibility with original finishes as well as with neighboring buildings.

d. Transparency, Signage, Building Lighting, and Street Furnishings (See also BMC 12.64.600, Signage Regulations).

i. Storefront display window glazing shall be transparent to promote visibility into businesses. Mirrored, translucent, obscure or dark-tinted glass that prohibits visibility into the building interiors is not permitted.

ii. Business displays shall be designed to allow views into the building interiors, and to avoid a sense of clutter and disorder.

iii. Signage shall be compatible and in balance with the architectural style and visual character of the building on which is it located.

iv. Consideration of projecting blade signage or flush-mounted signage that is integrated with the overall building façade composition is strongly encouraged. Use of historic sign bands and locations are also strongly encouraged.

v. Street furnishings and building lighting shall be simple, should not convey a false sense of history, and should be limited to a maximum of two designs.

vi. Business signage is permitted on the front valance of an awning but not on valance returns.

vii. Internal illumination of awnings to backlight awning signage shall not be permitted.

5. Parking and Curb Cuts.

a. No new driveway curb cuts shall be permitted on Main Street between Bothell Way NE and Kaysner Way, except as provided for in BMC 12.64.403(B)(1)(c).

b. Whenever possible, existing driveway curb cuts within this segment of Main Street should be removed.

6. Demolition. Demolition of historic inventory buildings, especially designated properties and those eligible for the register, is strongly discouraged. (For demolition review process, see BMC 22.28.060.)

C. Resources and References.

1. Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation (DAHP).

a. The state website provides information, documents, maps, photographs and tools regarding historic sites, local government programs, regulations, tax incentives and other useful data.

b. http://www.dahp.wa.gov/

2. National Parks Service.

a. The Secretary of the Interior’s Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties, and associated guidelines, provide guidance for the treatment of historic resources.

http://www.nps.gov/history/hps/tps/standguide/overview/using_standguide.htm

b. Preservation briefs are a series of publications to assist property owners, preservation professionals, and others in preserving, rehabilitating, and restoring historic buildings. They are available online.

i. http://www.nps.gov/history/hps/tps/briefs/presbhom.htm

ii. Select, relevant individual briefs are listed below:

01: Assessing Cleaning and Water-Repellent Treatments for Historic Masonry Buildings

02: Repointing Mortar Joints in Historic Masonry Buildings

03: Conserving Energy in Historic Buildings

06: Dangers of Abrasive Cleaning to Historic Buildings

09: The Repair of Historic Wooden Windows

10: Exterior Paint Problems on Historic Woodwork

11: Rehabilitating Historic Storefronts

14: New Exterior Additions to Historic Buildings: Preservation Concerns

15: Preservation of Historic Concrete: Problems and General Approaches

16: The Use of Substitute Materials on Historic Building Exteriors

17: Architectural Character - Identifying the Visual Aspects of Historic Buildings as an Aid to Preserving Their Character

18: Rehabilitating Interiors in Historic Buildings - Identifying Character-Defining Elements

24: Heating, Ventilating, and Cooling Historic Buildings: Problems and Recommended Approaches

32: Making Historic Properties Accessible

33: The Preservation and Repair of Historic Stained and Leaded Glass

37: Appropriate Methods of Reducing Lead-Paint Hazards in Historic Housing

38: Removing Graffiti from Historic Masonry

39: Holding the Line: Controlling Unwanted Moisture in Historic Buildings

41: The Seismic Retrofit of Historic Buildings: Keeping Preservation in the Forefront

42: The Maintenance, Repair and Replacement of Historic Cast Stone

44: The Use of Awnings on Historic Buildings: Repair, Replacement and New Design (Ord. 2323 § 5, 2020; Ord. 2270 § 10, 2018; Ord. 2140 § 2 (Exh. B1), 2014).

12.64.600 Signage Regulations.

This section contains requirements and guidelines for signage to ensure that signs installed within the Plan Area are consistent with the overall quality and character of new development anticipated for the Downtown. Regulations include permitted sign types as well as sign size, location, materials, illumination, color, and design.

12.64.601 General Signage Regulations.

The following definitions, requirements, and guidelines shall apply to all signs, regardless of type.

A. Definitions.

1. Animated sign: a sign which contains wind-, electronically, or mechanically operated moving parts or which flashes or simulates motion by the use of electric lights.

2. Awning: A fabric-covered structure mounted on the face of a building above a window, entrance, or storefront opening, providing weather and/or sun protection.

3. Canopy: An architectural structure made of permanent materials such as metal, wood, etc. mounted on the face of a building above a window, entrance, or storefront opening, providing weather and/or sun protection.

4. Awning/Canopy Sign, Under: A sign which is suspended from an awning or canopy but does not extend beyond the horizontal limits of the awning/canopy.

5. Changeable copy sign: A sign or portion of a sign designed to allow the changing of copy through manual, mechanical, or electronic means including time and temperature.

6. Exposed Incandescent Bulb Illumination: The illumination of a sign by multiple individual incandescent bulbs which are aligned to “spell out” letters and numerical characters and/or provide graphic accents, are mounted directly to the face of the sign, and whose light-emitting surfaces are directly visible.

7. Exposed Neon Tube Illumination: The illumination of a sign by neon tubes which are intended to “spell out” letters and numerical characters and/or provide graphic accents, are mounted directly to the face of the sign, and whose light-emitting tubes are directly visible.

8. Exposed LED Illumination: The illumination of a sign by use of multiple individual Light Emitting Diode (LED) sources which are aligned to “spell out” letters and numerical characters and/or provide graphic accents, are mounted directly to the face of the sign, and whose light emitting surfaces are directly visible.

9. External Illumination: The illumination of a sign by projecting light on to the face of the sign from a light source located outside of the sign, such as “gooseneck” lamps; light sources are shielded from direct view.

10. Halo Illumination: The illumination of a sign by projecting light behind an opaque letter or emblem onto the backing panel which results in the appearance of “halo” of light around the letter or emblem; light sources are shielded from direct view.

11. Internal Illumination: The illumination of a sign by projecting light through translucent panel(s) from a light source within an enclosed sign cabinet.

12. Illuminated Open Channel Letters: The use of letter-shaped forms to create lettering within a sign, which are individually enclosed on the sides and back and are open at the vertical front and containing light sources to illuminate the letter-shaped volume.

13. Sign Area: The following shall apply for the purpose of defining sign area for various types of signs:

a. Freestanding signs of six feet in height or less, wall signs, and projecting signs: the entire face of a sign, excluding any framing, projections, molding, or support structures.

b. Freestanding signs of greater than six feet in height, window signs, and awning signs: the area defined by the smallest rectangle enclosing all lettering and any associated graphics and/or symbols.

c. Individual channel-type letters mounted on a building or canopy shall be measured by the area enclosed by the smallest rectangle outlining each word.

14. Sign Type: A distinct physical form of sign in terms of configuration, placement, orientation, and size, independent of message content.

15. Temporary sign: an allowed portable sign intended for short-term use, not to exceed 60 days in a calendar year.

16. Valance: The vertical front face of a fabric awning, parallel to the face of the building to which it is mounted.

17. Window Area: Any window pane or group of window panes contained entirely within glazing separators (muntins, mullions, piers, columns, etc.), in which separators are of a width of one and one quarter inches or greater. Multiple window panes divided by glazing separators less than one and one quarter inches in width shall be considered to be a single window area.

B. Requirements.

1. Sign types shall be permitted according to Districts, as indicated in Figure 12.64.600, Signage Regulations Chart.

2. Sign types not listed in this section are not permitted.

3. “Categories of Signs” noted in BMC 12.22.030 include those defined by physical form, message content, and parcel or building use. Signs classified under Chapter 12.22 BMC relate to the requirements and guidelines of this section as follows:

a. The following sign categories from Chapter 12.22 BMC noted with an asterisk (*) shall be directed by the requirements of BMC 12.64.602(A)(26) “Temporary Window Signs” and BMC 12.64.602(A)(27) “Temporary Wall Signs” in this section. Exempt signs shall be as defined by BMC 12.22.040, with the addition included below.

i. Exempt signs: In addition to the exempt signs listed in BMC 12.22.040, temporary construction signs of up to 32 square feet each, including those announcing new development, are exempt. Construction signs shall be removed prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.

ii. *Temporary signs – On-premises signs (BMC 12.22.080).

iii. *Temporary signs – Off premises.

b. The following sign categories noted in Chapter 12.22 BMC shall not be permitted within the Plan Area per the requirements of Chapter 12.22 BMC, except as noted in this section:

i. Prohibited signs (BMC 12.22.050).

ii. Permanent signs – Off-premises (BMC 12.22.070).

c. The following sign categories noted in Chapter 12.22 shall be permitted per the requirements of this section:

i. Permanent on-premises signs (BMC 12.22.060).

4. Requirements for sign permits or registration shall be governed by Chapter 12.22 as follows:

a. Sign permit – Type of action (BMC 12.22.110)

b. Sign permit – Contents of complete application (BMC 12.22.120)

c. Master sign plan option (BMC 12.22.100)

d. Temporary signs – registration process (BMC 12.22.125)

e. Nonconforming use and discontinuation of use (BMC 12.22.140)

f. Sign variance criteria (BMC 12.22.150)

5. Requirements applicable to all signs (BMC 12.22.130) in Chapter 12.22 shall be applicable to all signs listed in this section.

6. Allowable Sign Area: For each establishment, two square feet of total sign area shall be allowed for each linear foot of street frontage. This standard shall be known hereafter as the Linear Frontage Ratio. Unless otherwise noted, all signs (including temporary signs) shall count toward the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

a. For multi-tenant buildings, each establishment shall be calculated individually.

b. For corner establishments, each façade shall be calculated individually.

c. Permitted sign area based on the linear frontage of one establishment or façade shall not be placed on another establishment or façade.

d. A double-faced sign with parallel planes, back-to-back, not more than 24 inches apart, shall count as a single sign, and only one side shall be counted for the total area.

7. Changeable copy signs shall not be permitted, except as a permitted time and temperature sign, as part of a permitted marquee sign, or as an indoor sign contained within a cinema, theatrical, or museum ticket office.

8. In the event that a sign falls under more than one sign definition found within this section, the more restrictive sign regulations shall apply.

9. All issues not specifically addressed herein shall be addressed pursuant to Chapter 12.22, “Signs” of the Bothell Municipal Code.

10. In the event of a conflict between this section and any other city code, the provisions of this section shall apply.

C. Guidelines.

1. In general, natural construction materials such as wood, metals, ceramic, glass, and stone should be used for visible components of signs. Synthetic materials should only be used if they are designed to be indistinguishable from the recommended natural materials, or if they have a secondary or minor visual presence. Large plastic panels are strongly discouraged. Materials subject to yellowing from light exposure or age such as polycarbonate should not be used.

2. Internally illuminated “can” signs consisting of rectangular enclosures with large translucent plastic sign faces should not be used. If used, one of the following treatments should be applied:

a. A sheet metal or opaque sign surface with letters “cut out” so that only letter shapes or outlines are illuminated from within by translucent surfaces;

b. A color scheme of translucent panels with dark colored background with light colored letters.

3. Recommended exposed and non-exposed illumination (light source) types include incandescent, halogen, neon, warm-white encapsulated compact fluorescent, warm-white encapsulated induction lamps, and LED light sources. Exposed spiral-tube compact fluorescent, induction, fluorescent tube, metal halide, and cold-cathode light sources should only be used for non-exposed illumination, i.e. where lamps are shielded from view. High pressure sodium and low pressure sodium light sources are not recommended due to their limited color. The use of energy-efficient illumination sources is recommended.

4. For legibility, contrasting colors should be used for the color of the background and the color of the letters or symbols. Light letters on a dark background or dark letters on a light background are most legible.

5. Colors or color combinations that interfere with the legibility of the sign copy should be avoided. Too many colors can confuse the message of a sign.

6. Fluorescent colors should not be used as predominant colors in permanent signs or on their structural supports (except as required for municipal traffic and public safety signs). When fluorescent colors are used as part of temporary signage, they should be limited to 10 square feet of sign area per façade per establishment.

7. Sign design, including color, should be appropriate to the establishment, conveying a sense of what type of business is being advertised.

8. The location of all permanent signs should be incorporated into the architectural design and composition of the building. Placement of signs should be considered an integral part of the overall façade design. Locations should be carefully composed and align with major architectural features.

9. Storefront signage should help create architectural variety from establishment to establishment. In multi-tenant buildings, signage should be used to create interest and variety.

10. All signs (including temporary signs) should present a neat and aligned appearance.

11. All signs (including temporary signs) should be constructed and installed utilizing the services of a professional sign fabricator. (Ord. 2455 § 2 (Exh. B), 2025; Ord. 2145 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

12.64.602 Sign Type Regulations.

A property’s permitted sign types are determined by District as shown in the Figure 12.64.602 Sign Type Regulations Chart on the opposite page. Specific restrictions are noted on the chart for a particular combination of District and Sign Type. For the purposes of this plan, the following Sign Types are established (see the summary of primary Sign Types on the opposite page):

A. Sign Types.

1. Grand Projecting Sign

2. Marquee Sign

3. Grand Wall Sign

4. Wall Sign

5. Roof Sign

6. Monument Sign

7. Freestanding Sign

8. Portable Sign

9. Blade Sign

10. Projecting Sign

11. Awning Face Sign

12. Awning Valance Sign

13. Awning Side Sign

14. Above Awning Sign

15. Under Awning/Canopy Sign

16. Canopy Fascia Sign

17. Above Canopy Sign

18. Café Umbrella Sign

19. Recessed Entry Sign

20. Window Sign

21. Building Identification Canopy Fascia Sign

22. Building Identification Wall Sign

23. Building Identification Window Sign

24. Storefront Operation Window Signs

25. Time and Temperature Sign

26. Temporary Window Sign

27. Temporary Wall Sign

B. Requirements and Guidelines for each Sign Type are listed on the pages that follow.

Table 12.64.602. Sign Type Regulations Chart

12.64.100 Districts

12.64.101

Downtown Core

12.64.102

Downtown Neighborhood

12.64.103

Downtown Transition District

12.64.104

SR 522 Corridor

12.64.105

General Downtown Corridor

12.64.106

Sunrise/Valley View Neighborhood

12.64.10

Park and Public Open Space

1 - Grand Projecting Sign

permitted

---

---

---

---

---

---

2 - Marquee Signs

permitted

---

---

---

---

---

---

3 - Grand Wall Sign

permitted

---

---

---

---

---

---

4 - Wall Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

5 - Roof Sign

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

6 - Monument Sign

---

permitted (S1)

permitted (S1)

permitted (S2)

permitted (S2)

permitted (S1)

permitted (S2)

7 - Freestanding Sign

(C1)

(C1)

---

(C2)

(C2)

---

permitted

8 - Portable Sign

permitted

permitted

---

---

---

---

---

9 - Blade Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

10 - Projecting Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

11 - Awning Face Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

12 - Awning Valance Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

13 - Awning Side Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

14 - Above Awning Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

15 - Under Awning / Canopy Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

16 - Canopy Fascia Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

17 - Above Canopy Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

18 - Café Umbrella Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

19 - Recessed Entry Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

20 - Window Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

21 - Building Identification Canopy Fascia Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

22 - Building Identification Wall Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

23 - Building Identification Window Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

24 - Storefront Operation Window Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

25 - Time and Temperature Sign

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

permitted

---

permitted

26 - Temporary Window Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

27 - Temporary Wall Sign

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

permitted

Legend:

--- : Not Permitted

Permitted: These signs are allowed, by right, as indicated.

(C1): Signs are provisionally permitted on the rear street frontage of anchor buildings with surface parking lots on Downtown Core and contiguous Downtown Neighborhood sites, and on the front side of anchor developments that reuse existing buildings that are set back from the street frontage.

(C2): Signs are permitted at corridor frontage parcels only

(S1): 36 square feet maximum sign area

(S2): 50 square feet maximum sign area

Graphic Summary of Primary Sign Types (see following pages for description of all signs, including Types 25, 26, and 27)

1. Grand Projecting Sign. Grand Projecting Signs are tall, vertically oriented signs which project from the building perpendicular to the façade and which are structurally integrated into the building.

a. Requirements.

i. Only one Grand Projecting Sign shall be permitted per establishment.

ii. The area of Grand Projecting Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

iii. Grand Projecting Signs shall be no taller than 30 feet from the bottom-most part of the sign to the tallest part of the sign.

iv. Only the following types of establishments may use animation on Grand Projecting Signs: night clubs, movie theaters, and live performance theaters with a capacity of greater than 200 persons. Grand Projecting Signs may be animated signs, in which animation shall consist of flashing or chase lights only; light sources shall be of incandescent, neon, or LED type only. Flashing xenon “strobe” lights and rotating lights shall not be permitted.

v. Grand Projecting Signs shall project no more than 6 feet from the façade of the building.

vi. No portion of a Grand Projecting Sign shall be lower than 12 feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

vii. Letter width shall not exceed two-thirds of the sign width.

viii. No portion of a Grand Projecting Sign shall extend more than 10 feet above the roofline.

ix. Grand Projecting Signs shall be no more than 2 feet wide.

x. The total area of all faces of a grand projecting sign shall not exceed 400 square feet.

b. Guidelines.

i. As prominent “landmark” features, the position of Grand Projecting Signs should be architecturally composed relative to important features of the building’s façade design – for example, located symmetrically within the façade, or aligned with the primary entrance.

ii. Exposed materials used in Grand Projecting Signs should be metal and paint only.

iii. Grand Projecting Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination, exposed incandescent bulb illumination, and/or LED illumination only.

iv. Letters should be oriented right-side-up and stacked in a single upright row with the first letter being at the top of the sign and the last letter being at the bottom.

Grand Projecting Sign

2. Marquee Sign. Marquee Signs are large, canopy-like structures mounted over the entrance to a theater that include one or more changeable copy sign panels.

a. Requirements.

i. Marquee Signs shall be permitted only at movie theatres, live performance theatres, or night clubs - with a capacity of 200 persons or greater.

ii. Marquee Signs shall only be located directly above the primary public entrance of the theatre.

iii. Only one Marquee Sign shall be permitted per establishment.

iv. The area of Marquee Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

v. Marquee Signs shall have no more than three faces. The total area of all faces of a marquee sign shall not exceed 400 square feet.

vi. Marquee Signs may be animated signs, in which animation shall consist of flashing or chase lights only; light sources shall be of incandescent, neon, or LED type only. Flashing xenon “strobe” lights and rotating lights shall not be permitted.

vii. Marquee signs shall project no more than 12 feet from the façade of the building.

viii. No portion of a Marquee sign shall be lower than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or 14 feet above any other public right-of-way over which it projects. The lowest height of a Marquee Sign shall not be less than the maximum projection from the building façade.

b. Guidelines.

i. Exposed materials used in Marquee Signs should be metal and paint only, with the exception that plastic may be used for changeable copy sign panels.

ii. Marquee Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination, exposed incandescent bulb illumination, and/or LED illumination only, with the exception that changeable copy sign panels may use internal illumination.

Marquee Sign

3. Grand Wall Sign. Grand Wall Signs are large signs located on, and parallel to, large windowless building wall areas.

a. Requirements.

i. Grand Wall Signs shall only be located on windowless wall areas of one thousand (1,000) square feet in size or greater. Contiguous wall areas along a building façade in a similar plane may be used to meet this requirement.

ii. Only one (1) Grand Wall Sign shall be permitted per establishment per façade.

iii. The area of Grand Wall Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

iv. The total area of a Grand Wall Sign shall not exceed eight hundred (800) square feet or twenty-five percent (25%) of the total wall area, whichever is less.

v. Grand Wall Signs shall project no more than one (1) foot from the façade of the building.

b. Guidelines.

i. Materials used in Grand Wall Signs should be wood, ceramic, metal, or paint only.

ii. Grand Wall Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

Grand Wall Sign

4. Wall Sign. Wall Signs are signs which are located on, and parallel to, a building wall.

a. Requirements.

i. Unless otherwise noted, Wall Signs will count toward total allowed sign area.

ii. Wall Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses.

iii. Wall Signs shall only be mounted on a wall area below the second floor window sill level for ground floor uses. Upper level signs may be mounted on wall area of the floor of the use, extending to the window sill level of the floor above. Wall Signs for one-story buildings and for uses on the top floor of multistory buildings may extend to the top of the wall or parapet.

iv. No Wall Sign shall exceed 150 square feet in size.

v. Animated Wall Signs may be used only at the following types of establishments: night clubs, movie theaters, and live performance theaters with a capacity of greater than 200 persons. In these instances, animation shall consist of flashing or chase lights only; light sources shall be of incandescent, neon, or LED type only. Flashing xenon “strobe” lights and rotating lights shall not be permitted.

vi. Wall Signs shall project no more than one foot from the façade of the building. Projecting signs shall be designed to avoid any hazard to pedestrians.

vii. Menu or Menu Case Wall Signs: Discrete wall-mounted signs or sign cases containing restaurant menus:

(A) Shall be mounted at the ground floor façade of a restaurant or café with indoor or outdoor seating.

(B) Shall be limited to the size of two pages of the menu utilized by the restaurant plus the frame.

(C) Shall not protrude more than four inches from the façade. Lettering shall not exceed 2 inches in height.

(D) Shall not exceed one sign or sign case per façade.

(E) Shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

(F) Shall be illuminated by indirect illumination only.

viii. Barber poles:

(A) Any barber shop shall be entitled to display one barber pole in addition to other permitted signs.

(B) Barber poles may be internally illuminated and may be mechanically rotated.

(C) Shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

b. Guidelines.

i. Exposed materials used in wall signs should be wood, ceramic, metal, and paint only. Exception - movie theaters or live performance theaters with a capacity of greater than 200 persons may use plastic for changeable copy sign panels. Wall signs may also be painted directly onto the façade of the building or inscribed into the façade of the building.

ii. Wall signs should be illuminated by external, exposed neon tube, exposed incandescent bulb, exposed LED, or halo illumination only. Internally illuminated “can” signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be used.

iii. Where individual letters are used, letters should be three dimensional, created by raised letter forms mounted to the building façade or sign panel, or by incised openings cut out from the sign panel.

Wall Sign

5. Roof Sign. Roof Signs are signs which are erected on a roof and are completely supported by the building.

a. Requirements.

i. Roof Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Roof Signs shall not exceed a maximum height of four feet above the peak of the roof or parapet, but in no case shall any part of the sign be higher than the building height limit.

iii. No Roof Sign shall exceed 40 square feet in size.

iv. Roof Signs shall not project beyond the façade of the building.

b. Guidelines.

i. Exposed materials used in Roof Signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

ii. Roof Signs should be illuminated by external, halo, or exposed neon tube illumination only. Internally illuminated “can” signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be used.

Roof Sign

6. Monument Sign. Monument Signs are signs which are mounted on the ground and are flush or have a clearance from the ground of not more than two feet, and supported by a solid base, one or more uprights, braces, columns poles, or similar structural components.

a. Requirements.

i. Monument Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Monument signs shall not have more than two faces.

iii. Monument Signs shall not exceed a maximum height of six feet above grade.

iv. Monument Signs shall not exceed 36 square feet maximum area or 50 square feet maximum area according to district zone location (see BMC 12.64.602 Sign Type Regulations Chart).

v. The sign area of a Monument Sign shall apply towards the Linear Frontage Ratio.

vi. “Pole signs” (i.e. a single or double unornamented pole support design topped by a “can” sign typical of a “commercial strip”) are prohibited.

b. Guidelines.

i. The architectural design of a Monument Sign should be an extension of the building’s architecture, or strongly complementary to the building’s architecture in form, materials, and color. For example, it may have elements defining a base, shaft, and top; or sign supports may incorporate ornamental components into an integrated architectural composition.

ii. Exposed materials used in Monument Signs should be wood, metal, stone, brick, concrete (including precast and GFRC), and/or paint. Plastics should not be used.

iii. Monument Signs should be illuminated by external or halo illumination only. Internally illuminated “can” signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be used.

c. Signs are provisionally permitted on the rear street frontage of anchor buildings with surface parking lots on Downtown Core and contiguous Downtown Neighborhood sites, and on the front side of anchor developments that reuse existing buildings that are set back from the street frontage.

Monument Sign

7. Freestanding Sign. Freestanding Signs are permanently mounted signs not attached to a building, in which signs are constructed on or are affixed to the ground by exposed or concealed columns, poles, or similar structural components.

a. Requirements.

i. Freestanding Signs shall be permitted only in the SR 522 Corridor and General Downtown Corridor for parcels with at least 330 lineal feet of frontage and provisionally in the Downtown Neighborhood District (see BMC 12.64.602(A) Sign Type Regulations Chart).

ii. Freestanding Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

iii. The maximum height of a freestanding sign shall be 15 feet.

iv. Freestanding Signs shall not exceed 50 square feet in area per face.

v. The sign area of a Freestanding Sign shall apply towards the Linear Frontage Ratio.

vi. “Pole signs” (i.e. a single or double unornamented pole support design topped by a “can” sign typical of a “commercial strip”) are prohibited.

vii. Sign location: no freestanding sign may be erected closer than 10 feet to any adjacent property line or closer to any driveway, alley, or vehicular access than will provide adequate sight lines.

b. Guidelines.

i. A Freestanding Sign within the Downtown Subarea should have an articulated architectural character and well–crafted details appropriate for the downtown. For example, it may have an architectural tower type of design, featuring enclosures defining a base, shaft, and top; or sign supports may incorporate ornamental components into an integrated architectural composition.

ii. The architecture and composition of a freestanding sign structure should provide visual interest and detail at both automotive and pedestrian-scale speed and perception.

iii. The architectural character, materials, and colors of a Freestanding Sign are recommended to be an extension of or complementary to those from the primary building(s).

iv. Exposed materials used in Freestanding Signs should be wood, metal, stone, brick, concrete (including precast and GFRC).

v. Freestanding Signs should be illuminated by external, halo, exposed neon tube, or exposed LED illumination. Internally illuminated “can” signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be used.

Freestanding Sign

8. Portable Sign. Portable signs are permitted signs used at the sidewalk frontages of businesses within permitted districts.

a. Requirements.

i. Portable Signs shall only be permitted for business uses within designated District Zones.

ii. One Portable Sign shall be permitted per business.

iii. A Portable Sign shall be located within the sidewalk directly in front of the business. For ground floor shopfronts located along passageways connecting to the public sidewalk, portable signs may be placed either within the passageway in front of the shopfront, or where the passageway meets the sidewalk.

iv. Portable signs shall not reduce the minimal legal clear sidewalk or pathway width and shall not obstruct nor divert the primary path of pedestrian travel. Portable signs shall not obstruct curbside access from transit stops, marked drop-off locations, or parked cars to the sidewalk.

v. Portable signs shall be limited to the following types:

(A) A-Frame signs:

(1) Height – three feet maximum above grade.

(2) Area – maximum area six square feet per face.

(B) Portable menu stand:

(1) Height – four feet maximum above grade.

(2) Area – Shall be limited to the size of two pages of the menu utilized by the restaurant plus the frame

vi. Portable Signs shall be stored indoors by the business after hours of operation.

b. Guidelines.

i. Exposed materials used in Portable Signs should be wood, metal, slate, and paint only. Plastic should not be used.

ii. Slate chalkboards are recommended for A-Frame Signs with writable panels; white dry-erase boards should not be used.

iii. If illuminated, Portable Signs should be illuminated by low brightness external illumination only.

Portable Sign

9. Blade Sign. Blade Signs are signs which are oriented perpendicularly to the building façade and which are suspended under a bracket, armature, or other mounting device.

a. Requirements.

i. Blade Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses.

ii. Blade Signs shall only be mounted on the wall area below the second floor.

iii. No Blade Sign shall exceed 20 square feet in size.

iv. Blade Signs shall project no more than four feet from the façade of the building.

v. No portion of a Blade Sign shall be lower than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

b. Guidelines.

i. Exposed materials used in Blade Signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

ii. Blade Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

Blade Sign

10. Projecting Sign. Projecting Signs are cantilevered signs which are structurally affixed to the building and oriented perpendicularly to the building façade.

a. Requirements.

i. Projecting Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses.

ii. Projecting Signs shall only be mounted on wall area below the second floor window sill level for ground floor uses. Upper level signs may be mounted on wall area of the floor of the use, extending to the window sill level of the floor above. Projecting Signs for one-story buildings and for uses on the top floor of multistory buildings may extend to the top of the wall or parapet.

iii. No Projecting Sign shall exceed 20 square feet in size.

iv. Projecting Signs shall project no more than four feet from the façade of the building.

v. No portion of a Projecting Sign shall be lower than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

b. Guidelines.

i. Exposed materials used in Projecting Signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

ii. Projecting Signs should be illuminated by external illumination, exposed neon tube illumination, exposed incandescent bulb illumination, exposed LED illumination, or halo illumination. Internally illuminated “can” signs with large translucent plastic panels should not be used.

iii. Projecting Signs incorporating a distinctive shape relating to the business are recommended, as well as signs utilizing three-dimensional and well-crafted designs.

Projecting Sign

11. Awning Face Sign. Awning Face Signs are signs applied to the primary face of an awning, including sloped awning faces and vertical “box” awning faces.

a. Requirements.

i. Awning Face Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Awning Face Sign shall not exceed 20% of the area of the awning face.

iii. Awning Face Signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated awning.

iv. No portion of an Awning Face Sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

b. Guidelines.

i. Awning Face Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning.

ii. Awning materials should be canvas or nylon; plastic should not be used.

iii. Awning Face Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

Awning Face Sign

12. Awning Valance Sign. Awning Valance Signs are signs applied to the awning valence.

a. Requirements.

i. Awning Valance Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Lettering for Awning Valance Signs shall not exceed two-thirds the height of the valance or a total of 18 inches, whichever is less.

b. Guidelines.

i. Awning Valance Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning.

ii. Awning materials should be canvas or nylon; plastic should not be used.

iii. Awning Valance Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

iv. Lettering for Awning Valance Signs should include no more than two lines of lettering.

Awning Valance Sign

13. Awning Side Sign. Awning Side Signs are signs applied to the side panel of an awning.

a. Requirements.

i. Awning Side Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. The area of Awning Side Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

iii. Lettering for Awning Side Signs shall not exceed 12 inches in height with total sign area not to exceed 20% of the area of the awning side area.

iv. Awning Side Signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated awning.

v. No portion of an Awning Side Sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

b. Guidelines.

i. Awning Side Signs should consist of vinyl or paint applied directly to the awning.

ii. Awning materials should be canvas or nylon; plastic should not be used.

iii. Awning Side Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

Awning Side Sign

14. Above Awning Sign. Above Awning Signs are signs which are mounted above the upper edge of a valance of an awning and oriented parallel to the building wall surface.

a. Requirements.

i. Above Awning Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Above Awning Signs shall not exceed two times the valance height, and width shall not exceed two-thirds of the awning width.

iii. Above Awning Signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated awning.

iv. No portion of an Above Awning Sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

b. Guidelines.

i. Materials used in Above Awning Signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

ii. Above Awning Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

iii. Lettering for Above Awning Signs should include not more than two lines of lettering.

Above Awning Sign

15. Under Awning/Canopy Sign. Under Awning/Canopy Signs are signs which are suspended under an awning or canopy, perpendicular to the building façade.

a. Requirements.

i. Under Awning/Canopy Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses.

ii. Under Awning/Canopy Signs must be located adjacent to a public entrance from a city sidewalk.

iii. No more than one Under Awning/Canopy Sign shall be permitted per establishment per façade.

iv. The area of Under Awning/Canopy Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

v. No Under Awning/Canopy Sign shall exceed three square feet in size.

vi. Under Awning/Canopy Signs shall project no farther from the building than the edge of its associated awning or canopy.

vii. No portion of an Under Awning/Canopy Sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

b. Guidelines.

i. Materials used in Under Awning/Canopy Signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

ii. Under Awning/Canopy Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

iii. Under Awning/Canopy Signs incorporating a distinctive shape relating to the business are encouraged, as well as signs utilizing three-dimensional and well-crafted designs.

Under Awning Sign

16. Canopy Fascia Sign. Canopy Fascia Signs are signs that are mounted to the front or side fascia of a canopy, contained completely within that fascia.

a. Requirements.

i. Canopy Fascia Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. The height of Canopy Fascia Signs shall not exceed two-thirds the height of the fascia or 18 inches, whichever is less.

iii. The width of Canopy Fascia Signs shall not exceed two-thirds of the canopy width.

iv. Canopy Fascia Signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated canopy.

v. No portion of a Canopy Fascia Sign shall be less than 8 feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

b. Guidelines.

i. Materials used in Canopy Fascia Signs should be metal and paint only.

ii. Canopy Fascia Signs should be illuminated by external, halo, exposed LED, or exposed neon tube illumination only. Canopy Fascia Signs shall consist of not more than two lines of lettering articulated as individual letters mounted directly to the canopy.

Canopy Fascia Sign

17. Above Canopy Sign. Above Canopy Signs are signs which are mounted partially or entirely above the front fascia of a canopy and oriented parallel to the building wall surface.

a. Requirements.

i. Above Canopy Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. The height of Above Canopy Signs shall not exceed two times the height of the fascia or 24 inches whichever is less.

iii. The width of Above Canopy Signs shall not exceed two-thirds of the canopy width.

iv. Above Canopy Signs are permitted only above the front fascia of a canopy.

v. Above Canopy Signs shall project no farther from the building than its associated canopy.

vi. No portion of an Above Canopy Sign shall be less than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk or other public right-of-way over which it projects.

b. Guidelines.

i. Exposed materials used in Above Canopy Signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

ii. Above Awning Signs should be illuminated by external, halo, exposed neon tube, exposed incandescent bulb, or exposed LED illumination only.

iii. Lettering for Above Canopy Signs should include no more than two lines of lettering using individual letters.

Above Canopy Sign

18. Café Umbrella Sign. Café Umbrella Signs are signs which are applied directly to the fabric of freestanding outdoor café table umbrellas visible from public rights-of-way.

a. Requirements.

i. Café Umbrella Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance or that share the recessed entrance.

ii. The maximum area of total signage shall not exceed 10% of the area of the umbrella surface.

iii. The area of café umbrella signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

iv. Sign letter height shall be a maximum of six inches.

v. A business logo shall not exceed one square foot in area.

b. Guidelines. The color combination of signs and umbrella fabric should be simple and contrasting for legibility and avoidance of visual clutter.

Cafe Umbrella Sign

19. Recessed Entry Sign. Recessed Entry Signs are signs which are oriented parallel to the building façade and which are suspended over a recessed entry.

a. Requirements.

i. Recessed Entry Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance or that share the recessed entrance.

ii. No Recessed Entry Sign shall exceed 20 square feet in size.

iii. Recessed Entry Signs shall not project beyond the façade of the building.

iv. No portion of a Recessed Entry Sign shall be lower than eight feet above the level of the sidewalk.

b. Guidelines.

i. Exposed materials used in Recessed Entry Signs should be wood, metal, and paint only.

ii. Recessed Entry Signs should be illuminated by external illumination only.

Recessed Entry Sign

20. Window Sign. Window Signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window.

a. Requirements.

i. Window Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Window Signs shall be permitted on windows below the second floor level only.

iii. No more than 15% of any individual window area shall be covered or otherwise occupied by signage.

iv. The letter height of each Window Sign shall not exceed 12 inches.

b. Guidelines.

i. Ground floor Window Signs should consist of gold or silver leaf, vinyl, or paint applied to the glass, neon mounted or suspended behind the glass, or framed and mounted paper signs. For metallic leaf or vinyl signs, a drop shadow behind letters is recommended to increase visibility.

ii. If illuminated, Ground floor Window Signs should be illuminated by exposed neon tube illumination only.

Window Sign

21. Building Identification Canopy Signs. Building Identification Canopy Signs which announce the name of a building may be Canopy Fascia Signs or Above Canopy Signs, as described in BMC 12.64.602(A)(16) and (17) of this chapter.

a. Requirements.

i. Building Identification Canopy Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Building Identification Canopy Signs shall be located only on the fascias of a canopy above the primary building.

iii. Only one canopy per façade may have Building Identification Canopy Signs.

iv. The area of Building Identification Canopy Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on linear frontage.

b. Guidelines.

i. Building Identification Canopy Signs should consist of metal letters, vinyl or paint applied to a canopy, or may be inscribed into the canopy.

ii. Building Identification Canopy Signs should be illuminated by external illumination or halo illumination only.

Building Identification Canopy Fascia Sign

22. Building Identification Wall Sign. Building Identification Wall Signs are signs located on and parallel to a building wall that announce the name of a building.

a. Requirements.

i. Building Identification Wall Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Building Identification Wall Signs shall be located only on the frieze, cornice, or fascia area of storefront level; frieze, cornice, fascia, parapet of the uppermost floor; or above the entrance to main building lobby.

iii. Only one building identification wall sign shall be permitted per building per street-facing façade.

iv. The area of Building Identification Wall Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

v. Building Identification Wall Signs shall be no taller than 24 inches in height.

vi. Building Identification Wall Signs shall project no more than 1 foot from the façade of the building.

vii. One Building Identification Wall Sign per establishment may be substituted by a Projecting Sign meeting the requirements of BMC 12.64.602(A)(10) in this chapter.

b. Guidelines.

i. Building Identification Wall Signs should be inscribed into the façade, painted onto the façade, or constructed of individual metal letters.

ii. Building Identification Wall Signs should be illuminated by external illumination or halo illumination only.

Building Identification Wall Sign

23. Building Identification Window Sign. Building Identification Window Signs are signs applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window.

a. Requirements.

i. Building Identification Window Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Building Identification Window Signs shall only be located on a transom window above a primary entrance, or the glazed area of primary door.

iii. Only one Building Identification Window Sign shall be used per building per street-facing façade.

iv. The area of Building Identification Window Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

v. No more than 25% of any individual window area shall be covered or otherwise occupied by signage.

vi. The letter height of each Building Identification Window Sign shall not exceed 12 inches and must be taller than 4 inches.

b. Guidelines.

i. A Building Identification Window Sign should consist of vinyl, paint, or gold leaf applied to the glass only.

ii. A Building Identification Window Sign should be illuminated by external illumination only.

Building Identification Window Sign

24. Storefront Operation Window Sign. Storefront Operation Window Signs consist of 1) OPEN/CLOSED signs displaying the words “OPEN” and/or “CLOSED,” suspended directly behind a storefront window, and 2) Signs displaying hours of operation of the business.

a. Requirements.

i. Storefront Operation Window Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. Only one OPEN/CLOSED Sign may be used per ground-floor entrance.

iii. The total area of Storefront Operation Window Signs per entrance shall not exceed four square feet in size.

iv. The area of Storefront Operation Window Signs shall not count towards the total sign area permitted based on the Linear Frontage Ratio.

v. Illuminated Storefront Operation Window Signs may be illuminated by exposed neon tube or LED illumination only.

b. There are no Storefront Operation Window Sign Guidelines.

Storefront Operation Window Sign

25. Time and Temperature Sign. Time and Temperature Signs display time with a dial clock face or a light-emitting digital display, and temperature with a light-emitting digital display.

a. Requirements.

i. Time and Temperature Signs shall only be permitted for non-residential uses with a dedicated ground floor entrance.

ii. One time and/or temperature sign shall be permitted per business.

iii. Time and temperature signs shall occur as or be incorporated as part of one of the following permitted sign types listed within this section:

(A) Grand Projecting signs.

(B) Marquee signs.

(C) Wall mounted signs.

(D) Monument signs.

(E) Freestanding signs.

(F) Blade signs.

(G) Projecting signs.

iv. Time and temperature signs shall not include other digital displays or animation.

b. Guidelines. Time and Temperature signs should be illuminated by external, internal, exposed incandescent, exposed LED, and/or exposed neon tube illumination only.

26. Temporary Window Sign. Temporary Window Signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window and are designed, constructed and intended for display on private property for a period of not more than 60 days in any one-year period. Examples include “grand opening,” “special sale,” and seasonal signage.

a. Requirements.

i. Temporary Window Signs shall be located only on ground floor windows on building façades which face a public street or a parking lot.

ii. Temporary Window Signs may not exceed six square feet in size.

iii. Temporary Window Signs shall not cause the total amount of the window area covered with signage to exceed 25%.

iv. Temporary Window Signs which satisfy the above standards and General Standards do not require a permit.

b. Guidelines.

i. Temporary Window Signs should be constructed of paint applied directly to the glass or paper/cardboard signs placed behind the glass.

ii. Temporary Window Signs should not be illuminated.

27. Temporary Wall Sign. Temporary wall signs are located on, and parallel to, a building wall and are designed, constructed, and intended for display on private property for a period of not more than 60 consecutive days per year. Examples include “grand opening,” “special sale,” and seasonal temporary banner signage; and “coming soon,” “for sale” or “for lease.” Signs shall be maintained in good condition and replaced if damaged.

a. Standards.

i. Temporary Wall Signs shall only be mounted on a wall area below the second floor level which faces a public street or a parking lot.

ii. A maximum of one Temporary Wall Sign is allowed per building per street-facing façade.

iii. Temporary Wall Signs shall not exceed 32 square feet in area.

iv. Temporary Wall Signs shall project no more than 1 foot from the façade of the building.

b. Guidelines.

i. Materials used in Temporary Wall Signs should consist of a flexible vinyl material with grommet holes installed around the edges to accommodate attachment to a building.

ii. Temporary Wall Signs should not be illuminated. (Ord. 2455 § 2 (Exh. B), 2025; Ord. 2145 § 2 (Exh. B), 2014).

Glossary.

This glossary sets forth definitions of certain words or phrases used in this Code in order to promote consistency and uniformity in their usage, thereby facilitating the interpretation of this Plan and Regulations. The meaning and construction of words and phrases as set forth in this chapter shall apply throughout the Plan and Regulations unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Definitions contained in the city’s Municipal Code shall be applicable except when in conflict with definitions contained in this chapter or elsewhere in this Code, in which case this Code’s definitions shall prevail.

Accessory Building:

A building or structure which is located on the same lot as, and is customarily incidental and subordinate in building mass and use to, the Primary Building. Typically accessory building uses include vehicular parking, storage of lawn and garden equipment, storage of household items, playhouses, and greenhouses.

Active Living Spaces:

Habitable spaces such as dining rooms, living rooms, or bed rooms that accommodate living activities.

Active living spaces do not include kitchens, bathrooms, partially submerged basements, or utility spaces.

Alley:

A vehicular way located within a block to the rear of parcels providing access to service areas and parking, and often containing utility easements.

Alley Setback:

The required minimum distance from an alley’s right-of-way to any building.

Anchor development:

A development with at least 30,000 square feet of retail uses including at least one anchor retail of at least 10,000 square feet.

Articulation:

The use of architectural elements to create breaks in the horizontal and vertical surfaces or masses of buildings.

Average Finished Grade:

Average finished grade means the elevation determined by averaging the highest and lowest elevations of a parcel, building site or other defined area of land after final grading.

Back-of-Sidewalk:

The edge of a sidewalk that is furthest from a street’s curb.

Belt Course:

A contrasting horizontal layer of stones, bricks, tile, etc. in a wall.

Block:

An aggregate of land, including parcels, passages, rear lanes and alleys, bounded by streets or railroad rights-of-way. A passage, rear lane, or alley does not constitute the boundary of a Block.

Block Perimeter:

The total length of the public rights-of-way along all block faces.

Building:

A relatively permanent, enclosed structure having a roof. Buildings include both habitable and inhabitable structures (e.g. parking structures).

Building Composition:

A building’s spatial arrangement of masses and architectural elements in relation to each other and the building as a whole.

Building Disposition:

The placement and orientation of a building or buildings on a parcel.

Building Envelope:

The maximum space a building or buildings may occupy on a parcel.

Building Function:

The uses accommodated by a building and its lot.

Building Height:

The vertical extent of a building measured in feet and stories, not including a raised basement or a habitable attic.

Building Mass:

Part or all of a building’s three dimensional bulk.

Building Orientation:

The direction that the primary building façade of a building faces.

Building Placement:

The location of a building on a parcel.

By Right Permit:

A proposal for a building or community plan that complies with this code and may thereby be processed administratively, without public hearing.

Carriage House:

A separate, detached, complete housekeeping unit with kitchen, sleeping and full bathroom facilities, located on the same parcel as a Primary Building but subordinate in size.

Commercial Clerestory Windows:

A continuous horizontal row of smaller window panes above a larger plate-glass storefront window, usually located above eye level and below the top of the first floor. At ground floor shopfronts with tall ceilings (to 14 feet), they serve to introduce daylight deeper into the shop. They are a characteristic feature of late 19th and early 20th Century commercial architecture that continues today.

Community Development Director/Designee:

The head of a Bothell Community Development Department or other individual designated by said official who has the authority to make decisions regarding the implementation of the regulations within this plan.

Context:

Physical surroundings, including a combination of architectural, natural and civic elements that establish a specific district, neighborhood, or block character.

Cornice:

A protruding horizontal decorative molding at the top of a façade or architectural feature.

Corridor:

The combination of all elements that characterize a roadway. This consists of all elements within the public right-of-way/street (the vehicular realm or thoroughfare, and the pedestrian realm or public frontage) as well as each adjacent property’s private frontage.

Curtain Wall (Window Wall):

A curtain window wall is a system where a wall of windows is hung on the building structure, usually from floor to floor.

District Zone:

An area as defined in the District Zones Map whose urban form has a unique character within the Plan Area. The range of District Zones forms the basic organizing principle for the Plan’s regulations.

District Zones Map:

The map that designates District Zones and determines which regulations within this document apply to each property within the Plan Area.

Driveway:

A vehicular lane within a parcel, usually leading to a garage or parking area.

Dwelling Unit:

Any building or portion thereof that contains living facilities including all of the following: provisions for sleeping, a kitchen, and sanitation for not more than one family.

Enfront:

To be located along a frontage line.

Entrance or Entry:

A point of pedestrian access into a building.

Façade (street façade, side façade, rear façade, river façade):

The exterior wall of a building.

Façade Offset:

A plane break where a portion of the façade steps back a sufficient distance in order to break the building into smaller volumes.

Front Entrance:

The main point of pedestrian access into a building.

Finished Grade:

The ground elevation at any point after final grading.

Front Street:

The street that a building’s primary entrance is oriented towards.

Front Yard:

The area that results from a front yard setback.

Front Yard Setback:

The distance or range of distances (expressed in both minimum and maximum) required from the back-of-sidewalk to the primary building façade along a street.

Frontage Coverage:

The minimum percentage of the length of the frontage coverage zone that shall be occupied by the street façade of the primary building.

Frontage Coverage Zone:

The space between the minimum and maximum front yard setback lines and the minimum side yard (or front yard) setback lines.

Frontage Line:

A property line that coincides with the corridor public right-of-way.

Frontage Type:

A specific configuration of elements that define how public or private frontages may be designed.

Garage:

An accessory building used for vehicular parking with no internal circulation.

Guidelines:

Principles that provide direction regarding the preferred method of addressing specified design considerations. Conformance with guidelines is recommended but not required.

Historic Resource:

A building, site or feature that is a local, state, or national historic landmark.

Home Occupation:

An occupation conducted at a premises containing a dwelling unit as an incidental use by the occupant of that dwelling unit.

House Scale:

To be roughly equivalent in size and mass to a detached single family house.

Human Scale:

To have the size, height, bulk, massing, or detailing that creates a comfortable visual relationship to the size of the human body.

Liner Building/Uses:

A portion of a building, with distinct, habitable uses located along a property frontage such that it conceals the larger building behind. Typically, liner uses are located along parking garages or large format/anchor retail buildings.

Lug Sill:

An exterior protruding window sill that is longer than the width of the window opening.

Multi-Family:

The use of a site for two or more dwellings within one or more buildings.

Municipal Code:

A collection of regulations that guide local government.

Open Space:

Land that may be used for passive or active recreation. There are a wide range of open space types including parks, plazas, landscaping, lawns and other configurations.

Parcel or Assembled Parcel:

A legally defined area of land under single ownership.

Parking Lot:

A paved area, usually divided into individual spaces, intended for parking vehicles.

Parking Podium:

A ground-level parking structure portion of a building, partially submerged or fully above grade. The podium is usually made of heavier materials such as concrete, while upper portions of the building of different use may be constructed of lighter materials such as wood, metal, etc. Other uses may be incorporated into the parking podium such as storefronts, entry lobbies, etc.

Parking Structure:

A building used for vehicular parking containing internal circulation.

Partially Submerged Podium:

A parking structure built below the main building mass and partially submerged underground.

Passage:

An at-grade pedestrian connector passing between buildings, providing shortcuts through long blocks and connecting sidewalks or front yards to rear yards, parking areas, and open spaces. Passages may be roofed over.

Path:

A pedestrian (or bike) way traversing a park or rural area, with landscape matching the contiguous open space.

Pedestrian Scale:

See Human Scale.

Plan Area:

The land whose boundary includes all the properties that must adhere to the regulations within this document.

Planter Strip:

An element of the public frontage, located in between the sidewalk and the thoroughfare curb face, which accommodates landscaping, including street trees. Planter strips may be continuous or individual.

Primary Building:

A main/principal building on a lot, including parking structures and excluding accessory buildings or structures, whose street façade is located with the frontage coverage zone.

Primary Building Façade:

The main/principal façade of a building that faces a street.

Primary Building Mass:

The most prominent portion of the Primary Building’s three-dimensional bulk.

Primary Entrance:

The main/principal point of pedestrian access into a building.

Private Frontage:

1. The portion of a property between the back of sidewalk line and the primary building façade along any Street.

2. Portions of all primary building façades up to the top of the first or second floor, including building entrances, located along and oriented to a street or active open space.

Physical elements of the Private Frontage include, but are not limited to, a building’s primary entrance treatments, setback areas and property edge treatments.

Property:

An individual/owner’s land, including land improvements and any permanent fixtures on the land including buildings, trees and other fixtures.

Property Line:

The boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates a property.

Public Frontage:

The area between a thoroughfare centerline and the back of sidewalk line. Physical elements of the Public Frontage include, but are not limited to, the type of curb, sidewalk, planter strip, street tree and streetlight.

Public Right-of-Way:

For purposes of this plan, any area dedicated or subject to public fee ownership or an easement for public use for vehicular and/or pedestrian travel including, but not limited to, streets, alleys, and sidewalks.

Public Right-of-Way Line:

The boundary that legally and geometrically demarcates the Public Right-of-Way.

Rear Lane:

A vehicular driveway located to the rear of lots providing access to parking and outbuildings and containing utility easements. Rear lanes may be paved lightly to driveway standards. Its streetscape consists of gravel or landscaped edges, no raised curb and is drained by percolation.

Rear Street:

A street along the opposite side of a block from a front street.

Rear Yard:

The area that results from a rear yard setback.

Rear Yard Setback:

The distance between a rear property line and any structure on the property.

Recess Line:

A line extending along a façade, above which there is a façade offset of a minimum distance such that the height to this line (not the overall building height) effectively defines the enclosure of the enfronting space.

Regulations:

Both standards and guidelines.

Ribbon Windows:

Ribbon windows are a series of long, horizontally proportioned windows interrupted by vertical mullions.

Right-of-Way:

See Public Right-of-Way

R.O.W.:

See Public Right-of-Way

Secondary Cornice:

When a façade has a (primary) cornice at its top, a secondary cornice occurs at a lower level on the façade, such as at the top of the ground floor. See Cornice.

Services:

Activities and, in some instances, their structural components that relate to the maintenance and basic functioning components of each land use. These activities may include, but are not limited to, trash and recycling areas and aboveground components of wet and dry utilities.

Shopfront:

A specific private frontage type. Shopfronts are the primary treatment for ground-level commercial uses, designed for active ground floor activities including retail, dining, and personal services.

Side Setback:

See Side Yard Setback

Side Street:

A street along a corner parcel with two street frontages that is not a front street.

Side Yard:

The area that results from a side yard setback.

Side Yard Setback:

The distance between a side property line and any structure on the property.

Sidewalk:

The paved area of the public frontage dedicated exclusively to pedestrian activity.

Sign:

Any writing (including letter, word, or numeral), pictorial representation (including illustration or decoration), emblem (including device, symbol, or trademark), flag (including banners or pennants), or any other device, figure, or similar character, including its structure and component parts, which is used for, intended to be used for, or which has the effect of identifying, announcing, directing, or attracting attention for locational, advertising, or other informational purposes, including subject matter attached to, printed on, or in any other manner represented on a building or other structure or device.

Significant:

An important part or area, or a large quantity.

Significant Additions:

Additions constituting greater than 10% of a building’s floor area.

Single Family:

The use of a site for one dwelling within one building.

Requirements:

Rules or provisions that specify requirements. Conformance with requirements is mandatory.

Story:

A habitable level within a building as measured from finished floor to finished ceiling. Attics and raised basements are not considered stories for the purposes of determining building height.

Street:

The combination of all elements within the public right-of-way: the vehicular realm / thoroughfare and the pedestrian realm / public frontage.

Street Façade:

The plane of a building façade that fronts upon a street, extending from the ground up to the street façade eave line.

Street Type:

A specific configuration of elements that define how new streets may be designed.

Streetscape:

The composition and design of all elements within the public right-of-way: the vehicular realm / thoroughfare (travel lanes for vehicles and bicycles, parking lanes for cars, and sidewalks or paths for pedestrians) and the amenities of the pedestrian realm / public frontage (sidewalks, street trees and plantings, benches, streetlights, etc.).

Tandem Parking:

An off-street parking arrangement for two or more vehicles, one in front of or behind the others with a single means of ingress and egress.

Thoroughfare:

The portion of the street between curbs that includes all vehicular lanes, including travel lanes, turn lanes, and parking lanes.

Townhouse:

A home that is attached to one or more other houses.

Urban Design Concept:

The district structure which serves as the conceptual basis for the regulations contained in the Downtown Subarea Development Regulations.

Use (as a verb):

To occupy land in any manner or to establish, carry out, maintain or continue any activity or development on land regardless of whether the activity or development is established, carried out, maintained or continued in a manner that utilizes buildings or structures on land.

Zoning Ordinance:

Land use regulations enacted by the city that define the development standards for different zones. These standards establish permitted and provisional uses and provide regulations for density, height, lot size, building placement and other development standards. (Ord. 2437 § 2 (Exh. B), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

12.42.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Queensborough/Brentwood/Crystal Springs Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.42.020 Special regulations – R15, OP, CB zoning in southeast corner of subarea.

Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.42.030 Special regulations – R8a zoning in southeast portion of subarea.

Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.42.040 Coordination of access points on 9th Avenue SE.

The existing pattern of land division along 9th Avenue SE consists primarily of numerous separately owned properties of five acres or less, each having narrow frontage on 9th. Such a pattern lends itself to further subdivision as a series of residential cul-de-sac developments, each having its own access on 9th. Redevelopment of this area in a series of cul-de-sacs would contribute to traffic congestion, as a result of the number of individual access points on 9th, and a lack of a feeling of community, as a result of the disconnectedness of the individual developments. In order to minimize congestion and promote community character, applicants for subdivision approval shall incorporate internal local access street connections to adjacent properties, subject to compliance with BMC 12.14.180(A) concerning residential development access design, and unless, through the subdivision review process as set forth in BMC Title 15, such connections are found to be unfeasible due to the presence of critical areas as classified and regulated in accordance with Chapter 14.04 BMC. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1798 § 1, 2000).

Queensborough/Brentwood/Crystal Springs Subarea map

(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024).

12.44.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Shelton View/Meridian/3rd Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations, or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.44.020 OP zoning in north end of subarea.

The Office-Professional zoned parcels between 7th and 9th Avenues SE shall derive access from 228th at the 9th Avenue traffic signal. (Ord. 2373 § 11, 2022; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.44.030 Northwest Mobile Estates manufactured home park zoning – R-L zoning on 228th zoning.

Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 10 (Exh. J), 2024; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.44.040 CB zoning west of SR-527 and north of 240th Street SE.

Development occurring within this area shall be subject to the following:

A. A 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed and maintained along the westernmost property line. Existing vegetation may be used to meet some or all of the landscaping requirement.

B. Buildings shall be set back a minimum of 100 feet from abutting residential properties. The area between the 30-foot landscape buffer identified above and the 100-foot building setback may be used for parking lots, access drives, storm water facilities, and other improvements not involving structures. Buildings abutting the 100-foot setback which contain office professional or community business uses shall be limited to one story in height.

C. Any development in this area shall be oriented toward existing development to the east and shall be compatible in bulk and scale with the homes and accessory structures of the R-L1 zoned area to the west and south.

D. Vehicle access to this area shall be limited to SR-527 to protect the detached residential areas located to the west and south. Vehicle access from 240th Street SE and 3rd Avenue SE shall be prohibited. (Ord. 2445 § 10 (Exh. J, W), 2024; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005).

Shelton View/Meridian/3rd Avenue SE Subarea map

12.46.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Midtown Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.46.020 R-AC, OP, CB zoning in north end of subarea adjacent to the Canyon Park Subarea.

A. Building Height in R-AC, OP, CB Zoning.

1. Maximum building height shall be 35 feet, but may be increased to 65 feet if both of the following conditions are met:

a. At least 40 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by the number of stories) is devoted to parking either within or under the building or within a separate parking structure;

b. At least 10 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by number of stories) is devoted to externally oriented at-grade space for retail uses, eating and drinking establishments, recreation, culture and entertainment uses, personal services, and/or other similar businesses which are characterized by regular and frequent patronage during the course of the normal business day. “Externally oriented” for the purposes of this regulation shall mean having a door opening directly to the outside. This requirement may be reduced or waived by the community development director for individual buildings within multiple-building developments if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the director that the total amount of the above-described space within the development would comprise at least as much space as the combined total of the minimum required amounts of such space for all of the individual buildings in the development.

2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (A)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:

a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet. These increased setbacks shall apply to the entire building, rather than only to those portions of the building which may be higher than 35 feet. Where the property zoned R-AC, OP, CB abuts R zoning along a street, the increased setbacks shall be measured from the street property line of the property zoned R-AC, OP, CB.

b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.

3. Building height shall be measured as set forth in BMC 12.14.110 through 12.14.130. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.46.030 R-M3, OP zoning south of Canyon Heights.

Permitted primary dwelling units shall include detached single-family dwellings, duplexes and multifamily townhouse dwellings.

A 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed and maintained along the westernmost property line. Existing vegetation may be used to meet some or all of the landscaping requirement. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.46.040 OP, GC zoning east of Bothell-Everett Highway.

Development in this area shall incorporate the following features:

A. Driveways shall be a minimum of 300 feet apart, in order to minimize congestion caused by vehicles entering or leaving traffic;

B. Internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties;

C. Parking shall be located alongside buildings and/or behind buildings, but shall not be located in the area between any building and the Bothell-Everett Highway, unless topography or other site-related constraints necessitate otherwise, as determined by the community development director;

D. Type III landscaping and other techniques such as berming shall be utilized along the street frontage to mitigate the adverse visual impacts of general commercial development. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.050).

12.46.050 Highway Midtown special district – R 4,000, OP, CB and R-AC, OP, CB zoning at Bothell-Everett Highway and 240th Street SE intersection.

The Midtown special district encompasses lands that are north and south of the intersection of Bothell-Everett Highway and 240th Street SE with lands north of 240th Street SE with an R-AC, OP, CB zoning classification and lands south of 240th Street with an R 4,000, OP, CB classification. The Midtown special district is subject to both general Midtown special district regulations and regulations which are applied to the specific zoning classification including the following:

A. General requirements applied to all lands within the Midtown special district:

1. A minimum of 1,200 square feet of leasable space for retail or service uses shall be provided at each quadrant of the intersection.

2. Buildings which contain retail or services space shall be placed in such a manner as to promote pedestrian travel from one building to another.

3. Land between buildings which contain retail or services space and streets should be utilized for pedestrian-oriented activities such as outdoor cafes or public plazas.

4. Parking shall be located behind and/or alongside buildings, but not in the area between any building and the street.

5. Design of all buildings within the village shall be coordinated and may adhere to an historic or other theme in keeping with its setting. The Midtown Village Site and Building Design Guidelines shall be considered. These guidelines shall be available at the department of community development.

6. Pedestrian-scale street, parking lot and sidewalk lighting shall be utilized.

7. Development shall include landscaped street medians on the Bothell-Everett Highway and planter areas separating the sidewalk from the street.

8. Pedestrian street crossings shall utilize special paving treatments.

9. Adjacent to single-family zoning, a landscape buffer of a minimum width of 30 feet shall be installed pursuant to the following:

a. The 30-foot landscape buffer shall utilize berms, a wall constructed of solid nonwood materials suitable for maximum sound and light attenuation, and Type I landscaping;

b. Plants installed within the buffer shall be indigenous and drought-tolerant. Existing vegetation may be used to satisfy all or part of the required Type I landscaping, provided said existing vegetation meets or exceeds the Type I landscape standard;

c. The sound and light attenuation wall shall be not less than six feet in height and, through the conditional use permit review, may exceed six feet in height should conditions warrant a taller height to provide for adequate auditory and visual screening of adjacent single-family-zoned lands;

d. All portions of the wall visible to pedestrians shall receive aesthetic treatments consistent with BMC 12.14.180(F). The exact composition of the buffer and wall shall be determined in conjunction with conditional use permit review;

e. Pedestrian and nonmotorized trails, not to exceed six feet in width, shall be allowed only in that portion of the 30-foot buffer located between the sound and light attenuation wall and developed property within the Midtown Village special district. Vehicular access drives shall not be located within the 30-foot buffer;

f. The 243rd Street SE Connector, as provided below, and underground utilities or utility corridors which cross the buffer in a perpendicular or near perpendicular manner may be permitted within the 30-foot buffer;

g. The buffer may be modified as follows:

(i) The Type I landscape standard may be modified to exempt the installation of trees within city-approved utility easements and utility corridors;

(ii) The placement, configuration and construction of the sound and light attenuation wall may be modified to permit maintenance and installation of utilities located within city-approved or established utility easements and utility corridors;

h. The 30-foot landscape buffer and sound and light attenuation wall shall be constructed substantially as illustrated in Figure 12.46-1; and

i. Exact composition and design of the buffer and wall shall be determined during the conditional use permit review.

Figure 12.46-1 – Illustrating the 30-foot landscape buffer pursuant to BMC 12.46.050(A)(9)

10. All buildings containing retail uses, as described within BMC 12.06.150, shall be oriented toward the Bothell-Everett Highway or the 243rd Street SE Connector and shall be oriented away from adjacent single-family-zoned lands.

11. Driveways shall be consolidated to minimize the number of access points, and internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties.

B. The following requirements shall be applied to lands south of 240th Street SE that are classified as R 4,000, OP, CB:

1. The 243rd Street SE Connector as identified within Midtown Subarea Plan Transportation Policy 9 and as shown on the Functional Classifications figure of the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan Transportation Element the alignment of which would traverse properties located within the southerly portion of the Midtown Village special district shall be constructed in conjunction with development of the properties through which the road would extend. Should those lands within the Midtown Village special district be developed prior to adjacent single-family residential zoned lands, the director of public works is authorized to defer construction of that portion of the connector street located within 30 feet of the zoning boundary line in favor of construction of the 30-foot landscape buffer as provided above in order to protect single-family residents for the time until the single-family properties develop and the street is connected. This authorization shall be subject to the following:

a. Public right-of-way sufficient to accommodate the 243rd Street SE Connector shall be dedicated, including those lands within the 30-foot buffer;

b. The public works director shall make specific findings that such delay can be accomplished in a manner that does not compromise the ability of the connector street to be extended as intended;

c. Completion of the remaining road segment at such time as the adjacent property develops shall be bonded for or otherwise guaranteed via surety acceptable to the city; and

d. This authorization shall not be construed as preventing eventual construction of the entire 243rd Street SE Connector.

2. Light fixtures installed within 100 feet of adjacent single-family residential zoned lands.

C. The following requirements shall be applied to lands north of 240th Street SE with a zoning classification of R-AC, OP, CB:

1. Residential dwellings at densities controlled by the site and building envelope regulations of this section;

2. Buildings shall not exceed 35 feet in height as described within Chapter 12.14 BMC; and

3. Site development or redevelopment shall provide focuses for neighborhood activities. Examples of such features include but are not limited to enhanced pedestrian access, public plazas and courtyards, neighborhood news kiosks, pedestrian “refuges,” and artworks, to provide small-scale visual attractions that incentivize pedestrian and bicycle travel throughout the Midtown district, thereby promoting a sense of neighborhood. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2007 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.060).

12.46.060 R-M3, OP zoning in southern portion of subarea.

Development in the R-M3, OP area shall install a minimum 30-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer to mitigate noise and visual impacts on abutting residential development. Such buffering shall include but not be limited to such techniques and materials as fences, walls, berms, and screening type plant materials. (Ord. 2445 § 11 (Exh. K), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1948 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.46.070).

Midtown Subarea map

(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024).

12.50.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.50.020 Canyon Mobile Park manufactured home park zoning – R-L zoning on 228th Street SE.

Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.50.030 Regulation of uses for protection of groundwater resources.

The Palm, Woods and Cole, and North Creek drainage basins within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as important sources of water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement. This water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This section augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the protection of groundwater resources specifically within the Palm, Woods and Cole, and North Creek drainage basins.

A. Uses or Activities with Special Requirements.

1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.

a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.

b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.

2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:

a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and

b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.

3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:

a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;

b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and

c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.

4. Residential Use of Pesticides and Nutrients. Application of household pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers shall not exceed times and rates specified on the packaging.

5. Use of Reclaimed Water for Surface Percolation or Direct Recharge. Water reuse projects for reclaimed water must be in accordance with the adopted water or sewer comprehensive plans that have been approved by the state Departments of Ecology and Health.

a. Use of reclaimed water for surface percolation must meet the groundwater recharge criteria given in RCW 90.46.010(10) and 90.46.080(1). The state Department of Ecology may establish additional discharge limits in accordance with RCW 90.46.080(2).

b. Direct injection must be in accordance with the standards developed by authority of RCW 90.46.042.

6. Uses identified by the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as pollution-generating impervious or pervious surfaces shall be prohibited.

B. County, State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable county, state and federal regulations for groundwater protection. Further, all activities must comply with the water source protection requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, Washington State Department of Ecology, and the King and Snohomish County health districts. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).

12.50.040 Preservation of the hydrologic cycle within the North Creek Protection Area (NCPA).

The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) low impact development (LID) overlay is assigned to properties within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea through the low impact development (LID) overlay and other regulations. The Palm, Woods and Cole Creek drainage basins within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as important sources of water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement, which water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This chapter augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the maintenance and restoration of the hydrologic cycle, particularly as it affects protection of surface and groundwater resources specifically within the Palm, Woods and Cole and North Creek drainage basins. This land use section shall be used in conjunction with the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications, and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual (Bothell Standards).

A. Intent and Application. These standards are applied in addition to zoning and other code regulations. In the event of a conflict with another code regulation, the provision which provides the greater protection to the resource shall be applied. Authority is provided for the community development director and public works director to allow modification of the specific design and construction standards and regulations identified in this chapter to accommodate these provisions.

B. Exceptions. The special provisions of the NCPA shall not be applied to the following activities or developments; provided, however, that all activities and developments shall fully comply with the city’s critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC, the Bothell Design and Construction Standards, including the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, and all other applicable city-wide regulations:

1. Existing development on lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008;

2. Construction of a single-family residence on any lot of record legally established on or before March 15, 2008;

3. Short subdivisions proposing a lot area of 40,000 square feet or greater may be exempt from the special provisions of this section provided the short subdivision:

a. Creates no more than four lots;

b. Complies with the area, dimensional, setback, building coverage, hard surface coverage, building height and other standards of the city’s R 40,000 zoning classification as stipulated within Chapter 12.14 BMC;

c. Complies with all other city-wide regulations including the critical areas regulations, other applicable provisions of the zoning code, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the latest edition of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual and other city-wide standards; and

d. Such short subdivisions shall be exempt from the minimum lot area provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c).

C. Special Submittal Requirements.

1. Site Assessment. A site assessment shall be submitted for all developments not excepted from these provisions which identifies and describes the natural processes existing on and around the development site including:

a. Topography and natural runoff patterns;

b. Soil type and infiltration potential;

c. Vegetation cover, including type, density and ability to intercept, retain and retard surface water movement;

d. Streams and overland water flow patterns;

e. Wetlands and other critical areas;

f. Evaluation of applicable groundwater standards.

2. Special Fish and Wildlife Habitat Study. A special study which evaluates project impacts on any critical fish and wildlife habitat existing on and in the vicinity of the subject property shall be submitted as part of the application. The special study shall meet the following criteria:

a. The report shall be prepared in conformance with the general critical areas report requirements of Chapter 14.04 BMC and in addition shall address the existing and potential wildlife use of required forest cover.

b. Location of Fish and Wildlife Habitat. The study shall depict the location of all streams, floodplains, wetlands, riparian areas, forested areas and all other critical areas and associated buffers as required by Chapter 14.04 BMC on and within 300 feet of the project area, or another dimension as approved by the director.

c. Habitat Assessment. A habitat assessment shall be included as part of the special study and shall include:

(1) Detailed description of vegetation on and adjacent to the project area;

(2) Identification of any species of local importance, priority species, or endangered, threatened, sensitive, or candidate species that have a primary association with habitat on or adjacent to the project area, and assessment of potential project impacts to the use of the site by the species;

(3) A discussion of any federal, state, or local special management recommendations, including Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife habitat management recommendations, that have been developed for species or habitats located on or adjacent to the project area;

(4) A detailed discussion of the direct potential impacts on habitat by the project, including potential impacts to water quality;

(5) A discussion of specific measures and design features proposed by the applicant to avoid, minimize or mitigate impacts to habitat, including buffers wider than those required in Chapter 14.04 BMC, if found to be warranted;

(6) A discussion of the specific storm water facilities proposed by the applicant to provide for protection of surface water and groundwater in the vicinity of the development; and

(7) A discussion of management practices that will protect habitat after the project site has been developed, including proposed monitoring and maintenance.

3. Additional Information. The community development director may also require the following:

a. An evaluation by an independent qualified professional of the applicant’s analysis and the effectiveness of any proposed mitigating measures or programs, which evaluation may include any recommendations for alternative mitigating measures or programs; and

b. Consultation with other agencies such as the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife or Washington State Department of Ecology or other appropriate agencies as deemed appropriate.

D. Site and Building Design Regulations.

1. General Requirements.

a. The proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table in a manner that will result in decreases in groundwater interflow to surface water.

b. Site design and storm water facilities shall be designed in accordance with these low impact development regulations as provided herein, and the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.

2. Effective Impervious Surface Coverage.

a. Effective impervious area (EIA) shall not exceed 20 percent. EIA shall be based upon the gross area of the total site.

b. Within the NCPA, the director of public works shall specify the following forest equivalent storm water facilities in order of preference:

(1) Dispersion into intact forest areas;

(2) Bioretention.

For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:

(1) Infiltration;

(2) Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;

(3) A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;

(4) Forest equivalent storm water detention.

These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or actually developed area of the subject site.

c. A maintenance/management plan addressing the proposed surface water facilities consistent with the Bothell Standards and BMC Title 18 shall accompany all proposals.

d. Application of the effective impervious area (EIA) shall be limited by the following:

(1) The effective impervious area standard shall not apply to arterials and collector streets, including the area of any arterial right-of-way dedicated to the city as part of a private residential or commercial project; provided, that the maximum feasible reduction of surface water runoff is achieved in project design in accordance with the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Manual, as amended.

(2) The effective impervious surface area standard shall not apply to existing development, lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008, and other development activities as identified in subsection B of this section.

3. Forest Cover Requirements.

a. Within lands zoned R-M3 (LID), an area equal to 50 percent of the gross site area shall be preserved as permanent forest cover. Areas allowed to be credited as forest cover include:

(1) Those portions of the site that contain intact forest lands as defined within this chapter; or

(2) Intact forest areas within critical areas and critical area buffers as defined by Chapter 14.04 BMC; provided, however, that within a critical area or a critical area buffer 100 percent of all intact forest or vegetated cover shall be preserved; or

(3) Forest rehabilitation or forest restoration lands subject to the following:

(A) Forest rehabilitation is preferred over forest restoration. Forest rehabilitation occurs on lands which contain existing stands of mature (50 or more years old) trees with or without a middle layer of plants (understory plants), where soil types are capable of infiltration or are suitable for dispersion of project surface water through gravity systems, and shall be consistent with the following:

(1) A forest rehabilitation or restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest rehabilitation within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, any soil amendments that are needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (D)(3)(d) of this section and a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its objectives;

(2) The forest rehabilitation plan shall be fully implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; or

(B) Forest restoration occurs on lands where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place and shall be consistent with the following:

(1) A forest restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest restoration or rehabilitation, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest restoration within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, identify soil amendments needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (D)(3)(d) of this section and shall include a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its performance objectives;

(2) The forest restoration plan shall be implemented prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; and

b. A bond equal to 120 percent of the cost of installing the forest rehabilitation or restoration plan shall be submitted to the city pursuant to BMC 12.18.170 if the applicant proposes to request occupancy of the development prior to completion of the plan.

c. Improvements allowed within forest areas are limited to:

(1) Surface water dispersion systems as described in the LID Supplement to the Bothell Design Standards specifications and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;

(2) Recreational trails not exceeding three feet in width and not requiring more than 18 inches of cut or fill and shall be constructed of a pervious surface consisting of wood chips, native soils, or similar materials.

d. All preserved, rehabilitated and restored forest areas must be accompanied by a management plan addressing:

(1) Ownership of the forest area, which may include:

(A) Private ownership and management for forest area on individual lots or parcels that are not of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity. Any such forest area shall be preserved within a recorded separate tract with a plat restriction that provides:

(1) An assurance that native vegetation will be preserved or restored to meet the criteria of this chapter; and

(2) The right of the city to enforce the terms of the restriction.

(B) Private ownership by an individual lot owner, undivided interest by each owner of a building lot within the development with the ownership interest passing with the ownership of the lot, or held by an incorporated homeowners’ association within a separate tract with a plat condition providing for management by a public entity when the city determines that:

(1) The forest area is of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity; or

(2) The forest area contains critical areas that are best managed by a public entity in conformance with criteria in BMC 14.04.290.

(C) Dedication of a separate tract containing the forest area to the city, another public agency, or conveyance to a legal entity such as an incorporated land trust, which ensures the ownership, protection and maintenance, and protection of the forest cover.

(2) A management plan for the forest cover area shall include:

(A) Marking of the boundaries of the area, which includes open rail fencing to provide for ready field identification and prevent encroachment upon the area and signage which shall describe the purpose of the forest area and identify ownership and which shall be placed no more than 100 feet apart around the entire forest area boundary;

(B) Provisions for installation and monitoring of any required rehabilitation or restoration plantings, including monitoring of the survival of plantings for a five-year or longer period where dead or dying plants shall be replaced as needed;

(C) Control of invasive species;

(D) Management of any storm water management facilities allowed within the forest area;

4. Site Design Regulations. Site design shall consider the information gathered in the special site study to identify and describe the natural processes existing on and around the development site and how the site design, lay out and arrangement of site improvements preserves natural processes to the maximum extent feasible.

a. Vehicle and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to minimize alteration of topography and natural hydrologic features and processes through:

(1) Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow natural contours, avoid changes to the existing flow patterns of surface water, and maintain consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Vehicle access shall be located in the least sensitive area of the site to the maximum extent feasible;

(2) Road location and circulation patterns shall reduce or eliminate stream crossings and encroachment on critical areas and their buffers or, if impacts occur, any impacts are mitigated consistent with Chapter 14.04 BMC;

(3) Graded slopes and alteration of vegetation cover shall be avoided by road placement, and through use of retaining walls which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas and shall be preferred over graded artificial slopes;

(4) Utilities shall be located within roadway and driveway corridors and rights-of-way to the maximum extent feasible to avoid additional clearing for multiple corridors.

b. Layout of lots or structures shall:

(1) Avoid portions of the site that provide for important hydrologic and critical area functions;

(2) Minimize access roadway or driveway length and area and use common access drives.

c. Design of structures and improvements shall minimize alteration of existing topography, minimize disturbance to soils and native vegetation, and provide for water infiltration and interflow consistent with these regulations and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.

(1) Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.

(2) Building location and design shall allow the maintenance of existing topography through:

(A) Use of pole- or pin-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.

(B) Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification.

(C) Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.

(D) Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than 15 feet outside the building footprint area or more than three feet of topographic modification are prohibited.

(3) Retaining walls and exposed foundations more than three feet in height shall be screened by vegetation.

E. Modification of Development Regulations.

1. To accommodate low impact development, the community development director is authorized to modify Chapters 12.14, 12.18, and 12.20 BMC, as specifically described below, without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapter 12.36 BMC. The city of Bothell shall decline to approve modifications in cases where conflicts occur with the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan and Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea plan policies or if the public health, safety and welfare would not be furthered by the proposed modification.

a. BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified pursuant to the following:

(1) Within the R-M3 (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area per single-family dwelling unit may be reduced by as much as 40 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-M3 (LID) may have a minimum lot area of 3,250 square feet.

(2) Within the R-M3 (LID) zoning classification, minimum lot circle diameter may be reduced by as much as 20 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-M3 (LID) may have a minimum lot circle diameter of 40 feet.

(3) Lots which are modified under subsections (E)(1)(a)(1) and (E)(1)(a)(2) of this section shall provide for a special setback of 25 feet along common property lines whenever such lots are located within 50 feet of an existing primary single-family building.

b. Parking lot landscaping location and dimensional requirements in BMC 12.18.090 may be modified by the community development director to consolidate parking lot landscaping areas to allow landscape areas to function as dispersion or bioretention facilities. The required perimeter landscaping and the amount of internal parking lot landscaping shall not be varied by this provision.

c. In addition to the circumstances within BMC 12.18.160 where the community development director may grant modification to the required landscape standards of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the community development director may also grant modification to accommodate dispersion and bioretention facilities within required landscape areas. All landscape areas shall be graded to provide for water retention where feasible. Except as accessory to single-family dwellings, turf shall be discouraged and limited to recreation or community gathering areas.

d. Recreation area standards of Chapter 12.20 BMC which are applicable to the R-M3 (LID) zone may be varied according to the following:

(1) The minimum recreation area required in BMC 12.20.020 may be modified by the community development director when trails and viewing platforms or facilities of a similar nature are provided within or adjacent to retained forest areas.

(2) Single purpose facilities may account for up to 80 percent of the required recreation area.

(3) Location, layout and dimensions of required recreation areas in BMC 12.20.040 may be varied to accommodate the use of trails and other linear facilities located within forest retention areas.

2. To accommodate low impact development the public works director, in consultation with the fire marshal, is authorized to modify the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as adopted in BMC 17.02.010 as specifically described below without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapters 17.23 and 18.08 BMC.

a. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.

(1) Public street width standards may be reduced pursuant to the following:

(A) Streets classified by the city as public local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as two-lane, two-way, 20-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of a standard paving material; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.

(B) Should on-street parking on one side of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 26 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.

(C) Should on-street parking on both sides of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to both sides of the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 32 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.

(D) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) may be allowed to be constructed as one-way looped road sections under the direction of the public works director and the city fire marshal.

(E) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.

(2) Private street and fire department access drives may be reduced to the following:

(A) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as a 16-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of standard pavement materials, with an additional three-foot pervious material shoulder capable of supporting the imposed weight of a fire apparatus on each side; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.

(B) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.

b. Roadway materials standards may be varied according to the following:

(1) Pervious pavement may be allowed on road shoulders subject to specific standards established by the public works department to ensure serviceability and durability.

(2) Pervious pavement on emergency vehicle turnouts and traveled ways may be allowed on a case-by-case basis by the public works director in consultation with the fire marshal based on specific plans and information regarding roadway serviceability and durability.

c. Cul-de-sac and turn-around dimensions may be varied to provide a hammerhead type of design to reduce impervious surface and may be constructed of pervious pavement pursuant to the Bothell Design and Construction Standards; provided, however, that the fire marshal may stipulate the use of special fire prevention facilities such as sprinklers in buildings, special fire hydrant spacing, or other fire prevention facilities.

d. Pedestrian facility placement, design, and materials standards may be varied according to the following:

(1) A single sidewalk or trail on one side of the street may be allowed on public roads and private roads and driveways if the following criteria are met:

(A) The sidewalk is not designated as a primary pedestrian access route to schools;

(B) The sidewalk does not serve more than 100 dwelling units as the single point of pedestrian access between the residential unit and other elements of the pedestrian circulation system;

(C) Marked crosswalks are provided to allow pedestrians to safely cross the street to the pedestrian facility at safe locations.

(2) Pedestrian facilities may utilize pervious pavement subject to specific standards to ensure serviceability and durability.

e. Parking lot standards may be varied to allow pervious pavement throughout the parking lot, provided drive aisles are capable of supporting the weight of fire apparatus. Pervious pavement may be required on all portions of the parking lot other than the drive aisle when soil conditions warrant.

F. Supplemental Requirements Regarding the Use of Specific Types of Low Impact Storm Drainage Facilities within the NCPA. Within the NCPA, the director of public works shall specify the following forest equivalent storm water facilities in order of preference:

1. Dispersion into intact forest areas;

2. Bioretention.

For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:

1. Infiltration;

2. Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;

3. A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;

4. Forest equivalent storm water detention.

These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or the actually developed area of the subject site.

G. The public works director may allow variation in the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as provided for in BMC 17.02.010 to accommodate low impact development as provided below:

1. Application of Standards.

a. Best Available Information. The public works director may approve alternatives to these standards upon review of evidence submitted by the applicant that such modifications are equal to or better than the requirements in these regulations and meet the specific criteria in Section 1-7 of the Bothell Design and Construction Standards.

b. Dispersion into Preserved Forest. Dispersion of runoff from an impervious surface into retained forest areas may utilize several facilities subject to approval by the public works director. The Bothell Surface Water Design Manual describes different methods for implementing dispersion on a site to reduce EIA and provide credits for treatment and flow control. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).

12.50.050 Wildlife standards within the North Creek Protection Area (NCPA).

The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea. This special regulation is intended to augment the fish and wildlife protections afforded under Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations; and BMC Title 13, Shoreline Management, where applicable. The primary emphasis of this section shall be the application of best available science for the protection of any critical fish and wildlife habitat present on or in the vicinity of the subject property.

A. Designation of Wildlife Corridors.

1. All critical areas and buffers providing a continuous connection to North Creek along Cole/Woods Creek are designated a special wildlife corridor where buffers may not be varied, averaged or reduced in width.

2. Additional wildlife corridors are designated on the zoning map to provide additional connections between critical areas that may not be provided by contiguous critical areas or critical area buffers. These wildlife corridors shall follow critical areas and be invoked by the director of community development when a contiguous corridor is not provided by the application of the critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC. Wildlife corridors are shown on the zoning map.

B. Director’s Authority. The director of community development is authorized to evaluate, assess, and approve any specific measures determined by the director to be necessary to preserve or enhance fish and wildlife habitat and wildlife movement corridors on the subject property, in accordance with applicable comprehensive plan policies, pursuant to the following criteria:

1. All specific habitat-related measures proposed in the special study required under BMC 12.50.040(B) shall be based upon documented best available science for the specific type of habitat and plant and animal species located on the subject property;

2. The habitat-related measures proposed in the special study are consistent with guidance and recommendations of the State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife;

3. The habitat-related measures proposed are consistent with applicable Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan policies;

4. Stream and wetland critical area buffers may be required to be wider than required under Chapter 14.04 BMC if such wider buffers are found to be warranted based on best available science; no reductions of stream or wetland critical area buffer widths as established under Chapter 14.04 BMC shall be permitted, except in circumstances of reasonable use;

5. Uses shall be consistent with Chapter 12.06 BMC;

6. The proposed habitat-related measures do not modify the area, dimension and design standards of Chapter 12.14 BMC; and

7. The director may require modifications to the development layout, design, location of buildings or other improvements to ensure consistency with best available science and/or to protect the fish and wildlife habitat present on the subject property. (Ord. 2445 § 12 (Exh. L), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).

12.50.060 Definitions.

“Best management practices (BMPs)” are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and structural and/or managerial practices approved by Ecology that, when used singly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants and other adverse impacts to waters of Washington State.

“Bioretention facility” means a landscaped depression, with a designed soil mix and indigenous plant materials that are adapted to high soil moisture conditions that receives storm water runoff from a developed area.

“Dispersion” means distribution of runoff to a system that or land area that does not allow any downstream concentration of flow into a discrete channel.

“Drainage collection system” means a system for conveying, treating and detaining storm water runoff including but not limited to facilities such as catch basins, drains, swales, ponds, and outfalls.

“EIA (effective impervious area) credit” means a reduction in effective impervious area as a result of incorporation of facilities or systems that infiltrate water or precipitation such that it ceases to be surface water.

“Forest area or cover” means an area of intact forest, or lands where forest cover can be rehabilitated or restored to establish forest areas characteristic of forest conditions that predated European settlement.

“Forest, intact” means a stand of coniferous or deciduous trees characteristic of conditions that predated European settlement that contain the following characteristics:

1. Mature indigenous trees such as Douglas fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, red alder, big leaf maple, and other indigenous tree species that are eight inches in diameter or greater and provide overhead tree canopy;

2. A shrub/understory layer of plants between four to 15 feet in height such as vine maple, salal, salmonberry, evergreen huckleberry, and other plants;

3. An emergent layer of plants less than four feet in height such as sword fern, Cascade grape, trillium, and other forbs, grasses, and plants; and

4. A layer of organic material commonly referred to as “forest duff” comprising needles, leaves, branches, twigs and organic matter laying upon the soil surface.

As an alternative to the above description, the city may use the United States National Vegetation Classification System’s “Douglas-fir, Western Hemlock Vancouverian Forest and Woodland Division” definition pursuant to Division Detail Report: D192 as it exists or may be amended in the future.

An intact forest is representative of the photo below:

“Forest rehabilitation and forest restoration” means the process of rehabilitating or restoring native vegetation and soils on disturbed land with the intent of eventually achieving an intact forested condition. Forest rehabilitation and/or restoration shall consist of:

1. Forest rehabilitation consists of interplanting within an area containing existing mature and immature trees that have established an overhead canopy but may not be a solid canopy cover. Plantings to rehabilitate a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.

2. Forest restoration consists of interplanting an area where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place. Plantings to restore a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory plants and emergent plants.

3. All understory plants shall consist of native shrubs and groundcover planted at a sufficient density to provide an immediate surface cover of at least 40 percent with 75 percent cover within three years and 100 percent cover within five years. Groundcover in areas that are substantially cleared of trees may consist of seeding.

“Groundwater” means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the surface of land or below a surface water body. See WAC 173-200-020.

“Impervious area, effective” means that fraction of the runoff from the total impervious area that is not fully dispersed or fully infiltrated.

“Impervious area, total” means the sum of all areas on a site that inhibit the infiltration of storm water and result in surface water runoff. For the purpose of low impact development, areas that produce runoff include, but are not limited to, paved areas including roads, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, roofs, patios, concrete or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earthen materials and may include landscaped areas including turf that do not contain sufficiently pervious or amended soils, but not including forested areas.

“Storm water detention” means a system that provides temporary storage and controlled release of storm water.

“Vegetated roof” means a vegetated roof carrying, and designed to carry, at least 18 inches of soil supporting plant life, built by a licensed roofing contractor meeting the criteria of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).

Canyon Creek/39th Avenue SE Subarea map

(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024).

12.52.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive or if these subarea regulations provide a specific provision, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2137 § 2 (Exh. B), 2013; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1685, 1997; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.52.020 Special regulations applying to lands within the North Creek Protection Area having a zoning classification of R-C (LID) or R-L1 (LID) and lands located in the eastern portion of the subarea having a zoning classification of R-L1.

The Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea contains a number of important fish and wildlife habitat supporting features including extensive critical areas, an extensive tree canopy, presence of salmon streams, important low temperature groundwater contributions to North Creek, and other important elements which promote the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found within North Creek. The following special regulations are applied to those lands which have been deemed to be particularly important to maintaining the health of North Creek and are crafted to protect the groundwater resources of the Palm, Woods, Cole, Spring Stream, and North Creek drainage basins:

A. Special Use Requirements to Protect Groundwater Resources Including the Following Uses or Activities.

1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.

a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.

b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.

2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:

a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and

b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.

3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:

a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;

b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and

c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.

4. County, State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable county, state and federal regulations for groundwater protection.

5. Site and Building Design Review Criteria.

a. The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table.

b. The proposed activity must comply with the water source protection requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, Washington State Department of Ecology, and the King and Snohomish County health districts.

B. Special Submittal Requirements. In addition to submittals required by applicable city-wide regulations, applications for subdivisions, building permits, grading permits or other development permits not specifically excepted in BMC 12.52.050(B) shall contain the following special studies, information, and evaluations:

1. A special site study which describes the natural processes existing on and around the site. The applicant may include this information on site maps, site plans, or reports prepared to meet other submittal requirements. Information shall include:

a. Topography and natural runoff patterns;

b. Soil type and infiltration potential;

c. Vegetation cover, including type, density and ability to intercept, retain and retard surface water movement;

d. Streams and overland water flow patterns;

e. Wetlands and other critical areas; and

f. Evaluation of applicable groundwater standards.

2. Special Fish and Wildlife Habitat Study. A special study which evaluates project impacts on any critical fish and wildlife habitat existing on and in the vicinity of the subject property shall be submitted as part of the application. The special study shall meet the following criteria:

a. The report shall be prepared in conformance with the general critical areas report requirements of Chapter 14.04 BMC and in addition shall address the existing and potential wildlife use of required forest cover.

b. Habitat Assessment. A habitat assessment shall be included as part of the special study and shall include:

(1) The location of any intact forest areas and/or forest cover;

(2) Detailed description of forest areas, forest cover, and other vegetation cover types;

(3) Discussion of existing development including buildings, roads, lawn and maintained landscaping including site percentages for total impervious area and EIA, if different. The special study may reference a drainage report or other submittal that contains this information;

(4) Identification of any species of local importance, priority species, or endangered, threatened, sensitive, or candidate species that have a primary association with habitat on or adjacent to the project area, and assessment of potential project impacts to the use of the site by the species;

(5) A discussion of any federal, state, or local special management recommendations, including Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife habitat management recommendations, that have been developed for species or habitats located on or adjacent to the project area;

(6) A detailed discussion of the direct potential impacts on habitat by the project, including potential impacts to water quality;

(7) A discussion of specific measures and design features proposed by the applicant to avoid, minimize or mitigate impacts to habitat, including buffers wider than those required in Chapter 14.04 BMC, if found to be warranted;

(8) A discussion of the specific storm water facilities proposed by the applicant to provide for protection of surface water and groundwater in the vicinity of the development; and

(9) A discussion of management practices that will protect habitat after the project site has been developed, including proposed monitoring and maintenance.

3. Additional Information. The community development director may also require the following:

a. An evaluation by an independent qualified professional of the applicant’s analysis and the effectiveness of any proposed mitigating measures or programs, which evaluation may include any recommendations for alternative mitigating measures or programs; and

b. Consultation with other agencies such as the Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife or Washington State Department of Ecology or other appropriate agencies as deemed appropriate.

C. Special Surface Water Runoff Standards.

1. In addition to the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as promulgated within the Bothell Standards and adopted pursuant to Chapter 18.02 BMC, the public works director shall specify use of the following specific types of low impact development storm drainage facilities including forest equivalent storm water facilities to be implemented in the following order of preference:

a. Dispersion into intact forest areas;

b. Bioretention.

For situations where bioretention or dispersion are determined to be unfeasible due to site conditions allowable storm water facilities may be, in order of preference:

c. Infiltration;

d. Other approved LID measures, provided the applicant demonstrates that such measures meet the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;

e. A combination of infiltration and/or other approved LID measures to reduce the requirement for storm water detention facilities such that the combined system meets the forest equivalency performance standard stated in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;

f. Forest equivalent storm water detention.

2. These special storm water treatment requirements shall be applied to the entire subject property or site and shall not be limited to the developable area, or that portion of the subject site that is developed.

3. A maintenance/management plan addressing the long-term maintenance of the proposed surface water facilities consistent with the Bothell Standards and BMC Title 18 shall accompany all development applications.

D. Special Street Modification Provisions. To accommodate low impact development, the public works director, in consultation with the fire marshal, is authorized to modify the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as adopted in BMC 17.02.010 as specifically described below without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapters 17.23 and 18.08 BMC.

1. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.

a. Public street width standards may be reduced pursuant to the following:

(1) Streets classified by the city as public local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as two-lane, two-way, 20-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of a standard paving material; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.

(2) Should on-street parking on one side of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 26 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.

(3) Should on-street parking on both sides of the street be desired, a six-foot-wide parking area will be added to both sides of the 20-foot-wide drivable surface for a total width of 32 feet. The six-foot-wide parking area may be constructed of a pervious material as approved by the public works director.

(4) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) may be allowed to be constructed as one-way looped road sections under the direction of the public works director and the city fire marshal.

(5) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.

b. Private streets and fire department access drives may be reduced to the following:

(1) Local access streets (ADT less than 500) will be allowed to be constructed as a 16-foot-wide clear, drivable surface constructed of standard pavement materials, with an additional three-foot pervious material shoulder capable of supporting the imposed weight of a fire apparatus on each side; provided, that a prohibition for on-street parking is provided on both sides of the street with appropriate signage.

(2) Guest parking must be provided when on-street parking is not constructed. One guest parking stall shall be provided for every four dwelling units. All guest parking will be clearly identified with signage and striping.

c. Roadway materials standards may be varied according to the following:

(1) Pervious pavement may be allowed on road shoulders subject to specific standards established by the public works department to ensure serviceability and durability.

(2) Pervious pavement on emergency vehicle turnouts and traveled ways may be allowed on a case-by-case basis by the public works director in consultation with the fire marshal based on specific plans and information regarding roadway serviceability and durability.

d. Cul-de-sac and turn-around dimensions may be varied to provide a hammerhead type of design to reduce impervious surface and may be constructed of pervious pavement pursuant to the Bothell Design and Construction Standards; provided, however, that the fire marshal may stipulate the use of special fire prevention facilities such as sprinklers in buildings, special fire hydrant spacing, or other fire prevention facilities.

e. Pedestrian facility placement, design, and materials standards may be varied according to the following:

(1) A single sidewalk or trail on one side of the street may be allowed on public roads and private roads and driveways if the following criteria are met:

(A) The sidewalk is not designated as a primary pedestrian access route to schools;

(B) The sidewalk does not serve more than 100 dwelling units as the single point of pedestrian access between the residential unit and other elements of the pedestrian circulation system;

(C) Marked crosswalks are provided to allow pedestrians to safely cross the street to the pedestrian facility at safe locations.

(2) Pedestrian facilities may utilize pervious pavement subject to specific standards to ensure serviceability and durability.

f. Parking lot standards may be varied to allow pervious pavement throughout the parking lot, provided drive aisles are capable of supporting the weight of fire apparatus. Pervious pavement shall be required on all portions of the parking lot other than the drive aisle when soil conditions warrant.

E. The public works director may allow variation in the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards) as provided for in BMC 17.02.010 to accommodate low impact development. When approving alternatives to the standards, the public works director shall review the evidence submitted by the applicant that such modifications are equal to or better than the requirements in these regulations and meet the specific criteria in Section 1-7 of the Bothell Design and Construction Standards. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016).

12.52.030 R-M3 zoning at south end of subarea.

Development shall incorporate the installation of a minimum 50-foot-wide vegetated buffer adjacent to detached residential areas with a zoning classification of R-C (LID), utilizing fences, walls, berms, existing mature vegetation or Type III landscaping, or other noise-absorbing or sight-obscuring techniques. The exact width and planting materials to be used in the buffer will be determined in conjunction with development plan review. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2137 § 2 (Exh. B), 2013; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1685, 1997; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.52.020).

12.52.040 Special regulations applying to lands within an R-L1 zoning classification located in the eastern portion of the subarea.

Lands located east of 39th Avenue SE that are within the Spring Creek drainage basin and are located outside the Palm and Cole/Woods Creek drainage basins have been removed from the NCPA and zoned R-L1. However, these lands have an important role in maintaining a healthy hydrologic regime for North Creek and shall be subject to the following special regulations; provided, however, that if site specific analysis as required within BMC 12.52.020(B) identifies that any portion of this area is within the Cole/Woods Creek or Palm Creek drainage basins or supports base flow to the Cole/Woods Creek basin, the special provisions of the NCPA as promulgated within BMC 12.52.050 and 12.52.060 shall be applied.

Special Clustering Provisions Allowed under the Planned Unit Development Process of Chapter 12.30 BMC. Within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea, on lands with an R-L1 zoning classification that are located in the eastern portion of the subarea, an applicant may request the following special clustering provisions as modifications under the planned unit development process of Chapter 12.30 BMC. Specifically, BMC 12.30.040(A), 12.30.040(B) and 12.30.040(C) are modified as follows:

A. Special lot yield calculation for properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea with a zoning classification of R-L1:

1. The net buildable area of the development site shall be calculated pursuant to BMC 12.14.030(B)(3) wherein land wherein land area in dedicated public rights-of-way, surface storm water retention/detention/water quality facilities located within required tracts, critical areas, critical area buffers, or any other land dedicated to the city shall be deducted from the gross site area;

2. To determine the maximum permitted number of lots upon the subject property, the net buildable area shall be divided by the underlying zoning classification’s minimum lot area thereby deriving the allowed maximum number of lots. Portions of the net buildable area placed into a dedicated open space tract pursuant to subsection C of this section may be credited toward the lot yield calculation.

B. Lot Area, Side Yard Setbacks, and Hard Surface Coverage Modifications. The minimum lot area and side yard setbacks provisions of BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified as follows:

1. Lot Area. The minimum lot area per single-family lot may be reduced by as much as 50 percent of the underlying zoning minimum lot area;

2. Side Yard Setbacks. Side yard setbacks may be modified such that the minimum side yard setback shall be five feet for both side yards, meaning that both side yard setbacks may add up to 10 feet instead of the 15 feet required under BMC 12.14.030(A);

3. Hard Surface Cover. The maximum hard surface cover per single-family residential lot may be increased up to 55 percent of the lot area; provided, however, that the total hard surface cover allowed on the total development site shall be no greater than 45 percent of the net building area.

C. Open Space/Forest Preservation.

1. Utilizing the PUD process of Chapter 12.30 BMC, developments may implement the special clustering provisions of this chapter provided the development reserves a portion of the site as dedicated, permanent open space not available for future development consistent with the following criteria.

2. Amount of Land to Be Preserved.

a. A minimum of 10 percent of the net buildable area of the site shall be placed within a dedicated forest or forest equivalent surface water facility tract to be preserved in perpetuity consistent with the special provisions of BMC 12.52.050(C)(3)(d); or

b. The city may approve an increase in the number of lots beyond the number allowed by the special calculated lot yield pursuant to subsection (A)(1) of this section, provided additional land is dedicated as a forest or forest equivalent surface water facility tract consistent with the following:

(1) Preserving at least 15 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 10 percent of the calculated lot yield; or

(2) Preserving at least 20 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 15 percent of the calculated lot yield; or

(3) Preserving at least 25 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 20 percent of the calculated lot yield; or

(4) Preserving at least 30 percent of the net buildable area as open space consistent with this chapter, an increase of 25 percent of the calculated lot yield.

3. Type of Land to Be Preserved as Open Space. The type of open space shall be based upon the following hierarchical preference. Applicants shall demonstrate that all reasonable efforts have been made to design the development in a manner that preserves the types of lands listed herein consistent with these hierarchical preferences:

a. Intact forest areas as defined herein;

b. Lands containing “forest equivalent” bioretention surface water facilities or intact forest areas that accept dispersed surface water;

c. Rehabilitated or restored forest areas as defined herein;

d. Lands adjacent to critical area buffers; and

e. Lands containing other types of forest equivalent surface water facilities. To be credited toward preservation of open space, storm water vaults or other closed or underground systems placed within areas designated for open space shall have recreational uses, such as but not limited to play areas, open lawn areas, and sports courts placed on top of or above such underground facilities. (Ord. 2459 § 3 (Exh. C), 2025; Ord. 2457 § 5 (Exh. E), 2025; Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016).

12.52.050 Preservation of the hydrologic cycle within the North Creek Protection Area (NCPA).

The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat present in this subarea through special low impact development (LID) overlay regulations. The Palm, Woods and Cole Creek drainage basins within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea have been identified as particularly important sources of cool water for North Creek, via groundwater and surface water movement. Cool water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in North Creek. This chapter augments and amends other development codes by establishing regulations for the maintenance and restoration of the hydrologic cycle, particularly as it affects protection of surface and groundwater resources. This land use section shall be used in conjunction with the latest version of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual as contained within the Bothell Design and Construction Standards and Specifications (Bothell Standards).

A. Intent and Application. These standards are applied in addition to zoning and other code regulations. In the event of a conflict with another code regulation, the provision which provides the greater protection to the resource shall be applied. Authority is provided for the community development director and public works director to allow modification of the specific design and construction standards and regulations identified in this chapter to accommodate these provisions.

B. Exceptions. The special provisions of the NCPA shall not be applied to the following activities or developments; provided, however, that all activities and developments shall fully comply with the city’s critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC, the Bothell Design and Construction Standards, including the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC and all other applicable city-wide regulations:

1. Existing development on lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008;

2. Construction of one single-family residence on any lot of record legally established on or before March 15, 2008;

3. Short subdivisions within lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID) proposing a lot area of 40,000 square feet or greater may be exempt from the special provisions of this section provided the short subdivision:

a. Creates no more than four lots; and

b. Complies with the area, dimensional, setback, building coverage, hard surface coverage, building height and other standards of the city’s R-C zoning classification as stipulated within Chapter 12.14 BMC; and

c. Complies with all other city-wide regulations including the critical areas regulations, the tree retention requirements of Chapter 12.18 BMC, other applicable provisions of the zoning code, the latest edition of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual and other city-wide standards; and

d. The maximum lot area provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c) shall not apply to such short subdivisions, however the provisions of BMC 12.14.030(B)(2)(c)(1) through (4) shall apply.

C. Site and Building Design Regulations.

1. General Requirements.

a. The proposed activity will not adversely affect the infiltration and recharging of the groundwater table in a manner that will result in decreases in groundwater interflow to surface water.

b. Site design and storm water facilities shall be designed in accordance with these low impact development regulations as provided herein and the 2016 Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.

2. Effective Impervious Surface Coverage. Within the NCPA, the goal is to have no net increase in undetained and untreated effective impervious area (EIA) through the application of these requirements and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.

a. Effective impervious area (EIA) shall not exceed 20 percent for lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID). EIA shall be based upon the gross area of the total site.

b. The effective impervious area standard shall not apply to existing development, lots of record in existence on or before March 15, 2008, and other development activities as identified in subsection B of this section.

3. Forest Cover Requirements.

a. Within lands zoned R-L1 (LID) and R-C (LID), an area equal to 60 percent of the gross site area shall be preserved as permanent forest cover. Areas allowed to be credited as forest cover include:

(1) Those portions of the site that contain intact forest lands as defined within this chapter; or

(2) Intact forest areas within critical areas and critical area buffers as defined by Chapter 14.04 BMC; provided, however, that lands within a critical area or a critical area buffer shall retain 100 percent of any intact forest and vegetation; or

(3) Forest rehabilitation or forest restoration lands subject to the following:

(A) Forest rehabilitation is preferred over forest restoration. Forest rehabilitation occurs on lands which contain existing stands of mature (50 or more years old) trees with or without a middle layer of plants (understory plants), where soil types are capable of infiltration or are suitable for dispersion of project surface water through gravity systems, and shall be consistent with the following:

(1) A forest rehabilitation or restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest rehabilitation within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, any soil amendments that are needed to rehabilitate the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (C)(3)(d) of this section and a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its objectives;

(2) The forest rehabilitation plan shall be fully implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property; or

(B) Forest restoration occurs on lands where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place and shall be consistent with the following:

(1) A forest restoration plan prepared by a qualified expert in forestry, forest rehabilitation or restoration, landscape architecture or another field familiar with forest restoration within which the expert shall make specific recommendations regarding the type of plant materials, the number of plants to be installed, identify soil amendments needed to restore the forest, a maintenance and management plan consistent with subsection (C)(3)(d) of this section and shall include a contingency plan to be implemented should the forest rehabilitation not meet its performance objectives; and

(2) The forest restoration plan shall be implemented or bonded prior to the issuance of any final occupancy permits for the subject property.

(C) Lands used for low impact development storm water facilities that have a high potential for functioning as a forest in terms of protecting the hydrological cycle and other habitat benefits consistent with forest rehabilitation or restoration including planting with predominantly woody vegetation and that the LID facility is part of a bioretention and/or dispersion system as outlined within the Bothell Surface Water Manual.

b. A bond equal to 120 percent of the cost of installing the forest rehabilitation or restoration plan shall be submitted to the city pursuant to BMC 12.18.170 if the applicant proposes to request occupancy of the development prior to completion of the plan.

c. Improvements allowed within forest areas are limited to:

(1) Surface water dispersion systems as described in the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual;

(2) Recreational trails not exceeding three feet in width and not requiring more than 18 inches of cut or fill and shall be constructed of a pervious surface consisting of wood chips, native soils, or similar materials.

d. All preserved, rehabilitated, or restored forest areas must be accompanied by a management plan addressing:

(1) Ownership of the forest area, which may include:

(A) Private ownership and management for forest area on individual lots or parcels that are not of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity. Any such forest area shall be preserved within a recorded separate tract with a plat restriction that provides:

(1) An assurance that native vegetation will be preserved or restored to meet the criteria of this chapter; and

(2) The right of the city to enforce the terms of the restriction.

(B) Private ownership by an individual lot owner, undivided interest by each owner of a building lot within the development with the ownership interest passing with the ownership of the lot, or held by an incorporated homeowners’ association within a separate tract with a plat condition providing for management by a public entity when the city determines that:

(1) The forest area is of sufficient size and character to allow effective management by the city or other public entity; or

(2) The forest area contains critical areas that are best managed by a public entity in conformance with criteria in BMC 14.04.290.

(C) Dedication of a separate tract containing the forest area to a public agency, or conveyance to a legal entity such as an incorporated land trust, which ensures the ownership, protection and maintenance, and protection of the forest cover.

(2) A management plan for the forest cover area shall include:

(A) Marking of the boundaries of the area, which includes open rail fencing to provide for ready field identification and prevent encroachment upon the area and signage which shall describe the purpose of the forest area and identify ownership and which shall be placed no more than 100 feet apart around the entire forest area boundary;

(B) Provisions for installation and monitoring of any required rehabilitation or restoration plantings, including monitoring of the survival of plantings for a five-year or longer period where dead or dying plants shall be replaced as needed;

(C) Control of invasive species;

(D) Management of any storm water management facilities allowed within the forest area.

4. Site Design Regulations. Site design shall consider the information gathered in the special site study to identify and describe the natural processes existing on and around the development site and how the site design, layout and arrangement of the site improvements preserve natural processes to the maximum extent feasible.

a. Vehicle and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to minimize alteration of topography and natural hydrologic features and processes through:

(1) Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow natural contours, avoid changes to the existing flow patterns of surface water, and maintain consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Vehicle access shall be located in the least sensitive area of the site to the maximum extent feasible;

(2) Road location and circulation patterns shall reduce or eliminate stream crossings and encroachment on critical areas and their buffers or, if impacts occur, any impacts are mitigated consistent with Chapter 14.04 BMC;

(3) Graded slopes and alteration of vegetation cover shall be avoided by road placement, and through use of retaining walls, which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas and shall be preferred over graded artificial slopes;

(4) Utilities shall be located within roadway and driveway corridors and rights-of-way to the maximum extent feasible to avoid additional clearing for multiple corridors.

b. Layout of lots or structures shall:

(1) Avoid portions of the site that provide for important hydrologic and critical area functions;

(2) Minimize access roadway or driveway length and area and use common access drives.

c. Design of structures and improvements shall minimize alteration of existing topography, minimize disturbance to soils and native vegetation, and provide for water infiltration and interflow consistent with these regulations and the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual.

(1) Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.

(2) Building location and design shall allow the maintenance of existing topography through:

(A) Use of pole or pin-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.

(B) Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification.

(C) Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.

(D) Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than five feet outside the building footprint area or more than five feet of topographic modification are prohibited.

(3) Retaining walls and exposed foundations more than three feet in height shall be screened by vegetation.

D. Modification of Development Regulations.

1. To accommodate low impact development, the community development director is authorized to modify Chapters 12.14, 12.18, and 12.20 BMC, as specifically described below, without the need for a variance as provided for in Chapter 12.36 BMC. The city of Bothell shall decline to approve modifications in cases where conflicts occur with Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan and Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea plan policies or if the public health, safety and welfare would not be furthered by the proposed modification.

a. BMC 12.14.030(A) may be modified pursuant to the following:

(1) Within the R-C (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area may be reduced by as much as 60 percent, and within the R-L1 (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot area may be reduced by as much as 50 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-C may have a minimum lot area of 16,000 square feet and properties with a zoning classification of R-L1 (LID) may have a minimum lot area of 4,800 square feet.

(2) Within the R-C (LID) zoning classification, the minimum lot circle may be reduced by as much as 60 percent, and within the R-L1 (LID) zoning classifications, minimum lot circle diameter may be reduced by as much as 50 percent. For example, properties with a zoning classification of R-L1 (LID) may have a minimum lot circle diameter of 40 feet.

(3) Lots which are modified under subsections (D)(1)(a)(1) and (2) of this section shall provide for a special setback of 25 feet along common property lines whenever such lots are located within 50 feet of an existing primary single-family building.

b. Parking lot landscaping location and dimensional requirements in BMC 12.18.090 may be modified by the community development director to consolidate parking lot landscaping areas to allow landscape areas to function as dispersion or bioretention facilities. The required perimeter landscaping and the amount of internal parking lot landscaping shall not be varied by this provision.

c. In addition to the circumstances within BMC 12.18.160 where the community development director may grant modification to the required landscape standards of Chapter 12.18 BMC, the community development director may also grant modification to accommodate dispersion and bioretention facilities within required landscape areas. All landscape areas shall be graded to provide for water retention where feasible. Except as accessory to single-family dwellings, turf shall be discouraged and limited to recreation or community gathering areas. (Ord. 2445 § 13 (Exh. M), 2024; Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008. Formerly 12.52.040).

12.52.060 Wildlife standards within the North Creek Protection Area (NCPA).

The North Creek Protection Area (NCPA) is assigned to properties within the Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea as a special regulation to protect the known critical fish and wildlife habitat. This special regulation is intended to augment the fish and wildlife protections afforded under Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations, and BMC Title 13, shoreline master program, where applicable. The primary emphasis of this section shall be the application of best available science for the protection of any critical fish and wildlife habitat present on or in the vicinity of the subject property.

A. Designation of Wildlife Corridors.

1. All critical areas and buffers providing a continuous connection to North Creek along Cole/Woods Creek are designated a special wildlife corridor where buffers may not be varied, averaged or reduced in width.

2. Additional wildlife corridors are designated on the zoning map to provide additional connections between critical areas that may not be provided by contiguous critical areas or critical area buffers. These wildlife corridors shall follow critical areas and will be invoked by the director of community development when a contiguous corridor is not provided by the application of the critical areas regulations of Chapter 14.04 BMC. Wildlife corridors are shown on the zoning map.

B. Director’s Authority. The director of community development is authorized to evaluate, assess, and approve any specific measures determined by the director to be necessary to preserve or enhance fish and wildlife habitat and wildlife movement corridors on the subject property, in accordance with applicable comprehensive plan policies, pursuant to the following criteria:

1. All specific habitat-related measures proposed in the special study required under BMC 12.52.020(B) shall be based upon documented best available science for the specific type of habitat and plant and animal species located on the subject property;

2. The habitat-related measures proposed in the special study are consistent with guidance and recommendations of the State of Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife;

3. The habitat-related measures proposed are consistent with applicable Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan policies;

4. Stream and wetland critical area buffers may be required to be wider than required under Chapter 14.04 BMC if such wider buffers are found to be warranted based on best available science; no reductions of stream or wetland critical area buffer widths as established under Chapter 14.04 BMC shall be permitted, except in circumstances of reasonable use;

5. Uses shall be consistent with Chapter 12.06 BMC;

6. The proposed habitat-related measures do not modify the area, dimension and design standards of Chapter 12.14 BMC; and

7. The director may require modifications to the development layout, design, proposed location of buildings or other improvements to ensure consistency with best available science and/or to protect the fish and wildlife habitat present on the subject property. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.52.050).

12.52.070 Definitions.

“Best management practices (BMPs)” are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and structural and/or managerial practices approved by Ecology that, when used singly or in combination, prevent or reduce the release of pollutants and other adverse impacts to waters of Washington State.

“Bioretention surface water facility” means a landscaped depression, with a designed soil mix and indigenous plant materials that are adapted to high soil moisture conditions that receives storm water runoff from a developed area.

“Dispersion” means distribution of runoff to a system that or land area that does not allow any downstream concentration of flow into a discrete channel.

“Drainage collection system” means a system for conveying, treating and detaining storm water runoff including but not limited to facilities such as catch basins, drains, swales, ponds, and outfalls.

“EIA (effective impervious area) credit” means a reduction in effective impervious area as a result of incorporation of facilities or systems that infiltrate water or precipitation such that it ceases to be surface water.

“Forest area or cover” means an area of intact forest, or lands where forest cover can be rehabilitated or restored to establish forest areas characteristic of forest conditions that predated European settlement.

“Forest, intact” means a stand of coniferous or deciduous trees characteristic of conditions that predated European settlement that contain the following characteristics:

1. Mature indigenous trees such as Douglas fir, western red cedar, western hemlock, red alder, big leaf maple, and other indigenous tree species that are eight inches in diameter or greater and provide overhead tree canopy;

2. A shrub/understory layer of plants between four to 15 feet in height such as vine maple, salal, salmonberry, evergreen huckleberry, and other plants;

3. An emergent layer of plants less than four feet in height such as sword fern, Cascade grape, trillium, and other forbs, grasses, and plants; and

4. A layer of organic material commonly referred to as “forest duff” comprising needles, leaves, branches, twigs and organic matter laying upon the soil surface.

As an alternative to the above description, the city may use the United States National Vegetation Classification System’s “Douglas-fir, Western Hemlock Vancouverian Forest and Woodland Division” definition pursuant to Division Detail Report: D192 as it exists or may be amended in the future.

An intact forest is representative of the photo below:

“Forest rehabilitation and forest restoration” means the process of rehabilitating or restoring native vegetation and soils on disturbed land with the intent of eventually achieving an intact forested condition. Forest rehabilitation and/or restoration shall consist of:

1. Forest rehabilitation consists of interplanting within an area containing existing mature and immature trees that have an established canopy but may not be a solid canopy cover. Plantings to rehabilitate a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.

2. Forest restoration consists of interplanting an area where the native trees have been removed and/or replaced for agricultural or ornamental purposes but the native soils remain in place. Plantings to restore a forest shall consist of exclusively native or indigenous trees, understory and emergent plants.

3. All understory plants shall consist of native shrubs and groundcover planted at a sufficient density to provide an immediate surface cover of at least 40 percent with 75 percent cover within three years and 100 percent cover within five years. Groundcover in areas that are substantially cleared of trees may consist of seeding.

“Groundwater” means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the surface of land or below a surface water body. See WAC 173-200-020.

“Impervious area, effective” means that fraction of the runoff from the total impervious area that is not fully dispersed or fully infiltrated.

“Impervious area, total” means the sum of all areas on a site that inhibit the infiltration of storm water and result in surface water runoff. For the purpose of low impact development, areas that produce runoff include, but are not limited to, paved areas including roads, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, roofs, patios, concrete or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earthen materials and may include landscaped areas including turf that do not contain sufficiently pervious or amended soils, but not including forested areas.

“Storm water detention” means a system that provides temporary storage and controlled release of storm water.

“Vegetated roof” means a vegetated roof carrying, and designed to carry, at least 18 inches of soil supporting plant life, built by a licensed roofing contractor meeting the criteria of the Bothell Surface Water Design Manual. (Ord. 2215 § 3 (Exh. B3), 2016; Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Res. 1332; Ord. 2163 § 2 (Exh. B-3), 2014; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1988 § 1, 2008. Formerly 12.52.060).

Fitzgerald/35th Avenue SE Subarea map

(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024).

12.54.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Maywood/Beckstrom Hill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.54.020 Lower Maywood special district – R-M1 and R-M4 zoning in south end of subarea.

The regulations in this section shall apply to the Lower Maywood special district, which is defined as that area bounded by NE 190th Street on the north; the boundary with the downtown subarea on the south and west; and 104th Avenue NE on the east.

A. Platted Lots Recognized. Notwithstanding the limitations imposed by other provisions of this title, a single-family dwelling or duplex may be erected upon any platted lot or lot of record in existence as of October 29, 1984, within the Lower Maywood special district, regardless of the dimensional requirements of Chapter 12.14 BMC, but shall be subject to meeting the minimum requirements of this section. No new lot shall be created within the special district which does not meet the minimum size requirements of the underlying zoning.

B. Dimensional Standards. All single-family dwellings permitted under this section shall have a minimum floor area of 800 square feet of interior heated living area exclusive of garages, carports, decks and/or porches. The setback requirements shall follow dimensional standards established in BMC 12.14.030.

For corner lots, front yard setbacks shall be 20 feet along the primary street and 15 feet along the secondary street, as designated by the community development director.

C. Special Review. In order to protect property values, promote compatible design, and generally enhance the comfort and quality of the surrounding community, all multifamily developments shall be reviewed using the following special criteria in addition to any normal review processes:

1. Building design utilizing peaked, hipped or gabled roofs shall be encouraged to promote compatibility with the existing development on adjacent lots.

2. Parking design using under-building spaces is encouraged to enhance site layout and limit impervious surface.

3. Building design will consider impact on existing single-family residential development including solar access, landscaping, screening and view of the adjacent properties.

4. Building height shall be regulated in accordance with Chapter 12.14 BMC, except that where R-M4 zoning abuts lower density residential zoning, the following shall apply: The height of a proposed multifamily development adjacent to an existing single-family residence or residences located on R-L1 zoning shall not exceed the bulk plan angle of 65 degrees as measured from the single-family residence property line (see figure 12.54-1).

5. Aggregation of recreation space requirements shall be encouraged when a multifamily development is adjacent to another multiple-family development.

Figure 12.54-1

(Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2252 § 10, 2018; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.54.030 Green Acres manufactured home park zoning – R-M4 zoning along 15th Avenue SE.

Any manufactured home park (MHP) development within the area zoned R-M4 shall be required to be buffered from adjacent single-family uses by a dense, evergreen, sight-obscuring landscape screen around the perimeter of the property. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 14 (Exh. N), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1853 § 1, 2001; Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.54.040 Special regulations – R8d zoning at north end of subarea.

Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1817 § 3, 2000; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

Maywood/Beckstrom Hill Subarea map

12.56.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the North Creek/NE 195th Street Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.56.020 North Creek Valley special district – Coterminous with North Creek Valley/NE 195th Street subarea.

The North Creek Valley special district shall be coterminous with the North Creek Valley/NE 195th Street Subarea. This special district is established as an overlay zoning classification pursuant to the Bothell comprehensive land use plan for the purpose of implementing the goals, policies and actions of that plan. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations, or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.56.030 Subdistricts.

The North Creek Valley special district shall be divided into two subdistricts as follows:

A. Subdistrict A shall comprise all lands zoned R-AC, OP, CB, LI; R 2,800, OP, NB and R-AC, OP, CB, LI, MVSO in the southeast corner of the subarea; and R-M4, OP, NB in the southeast corner of the subarea.

B. Subdistrict B shall comprise all lands zoned R-L1 within the western portion of the subarea and R 2,800, OP in the eastern part of the subarea.

Fig. 12.56.030-1. 

(Ord. 2445 § 15 (Exh. O), 2024; Ord. 2282 § 9, 2019; Ord. 2252 § 11, 2018; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1921 § 1, 2003; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.56.040 PUD required – Subdistrict B.

Repealed by Ord. 1921. (Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.56.050 Impervious and hard surface planning allotment.

Properties within the North Creek/NE 195th Street Subarea shall have a hard surface coverage allotment of 60 percent. Impervious surfaces proposed shall be subject to the maximum hard surface allotment as well as environmental review, and shall comply with impervious surface requirements as set forth in BMC Title 14, Environment. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1924 § 1, 2004; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.090).

12.56.060 Pedestrian and bicycle access.

All development within the North Creek special district shall include provisions for pedestrian and bicycle access in accordance with the adopted pedestrian and bicycle facilities plan within the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. Special consideration shall be given to developing a complete nonmotor vehicle traffic network, including connections to a trail system along North Creek and access to such system. (Ord. 2445 § 15 (Exh. O), 2024; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.150).

12.56.070 Standards relating to freeways.

A. The negative visual impact resulting from buildings with their rear elevation facing I-405 or SR-522 shall be avoided or substantially minimized through building orientation and design and/or effective screening.

B. Commercial development in the North Creek Valley special district shall not include businesses which are dependent upon attracting freeway motorists for a substantial portion of their business. Retail and service businesses located within the North Creek Valley special district are prohibited from orienting signs toward I-405 and SR-522. Signage shall be oriented to the street serving the business.

C. All development constructed in the vicinity of I-405 or SR-522 shall be designed and/or positioned so as to buffer freeway noise. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.170).

12.56.080 Architectural standards, minimum densities, and floor area ratios.

In order to further the purposes of this chapter as set forth in BMC 12.56.010, protect property values, minimize discordant and unsightly surroundings and visual blight, avoid inappropriate and poor quality design, and to promote aesthetic quality for the community as a whole, in addition to the design standards contained in Chapter 12.14 BMC, the following architectural standards shall be complied with:

A. Glare.

1. Mirror glass is permitted only when it can be demonstrated to produce no detrimental visual effect upon adjacent areas.

2. Lighting shall be directed toward the interior of the project and away from residential areas.

B. The major portions of the exterior building and fence materials shall be of natural and earth tones. Accent colors will be permitted on the minor portions of such materials.

C. Buildings should be designed to encourage overall compatibility. Modular units, tilt-up construction, and other cost-effective techniques are allowed and the final visual effect should be one of quality and permanence.

D. All vents, air conditioning units, mechanical, electrical and other equipment located on the roof of any structure shall be screened as needed to avoid an unsightly appearance as viewed from surrounding property, including hillside locations. The building roof design and covering/screening materials shall be described in detail, and it shall be demonstrated how these items will mitigate the visual impact of the equipment. These items shall be incorporated as an integral part of the overall building design. Projections of the view to the proposed site development, of roofs, and of rooftop equipment screening from adjacent hillsides, elevated roadways and residential areas shall be submitted.

E. Building Height.

1. The following special height regulations apply:

a. Within the portion of Subdistrict A zoned R-AC, OP, CB, LI, the maximum allowable height is 100 feet, except that buildings may be up to 150 feet to accommodate manufacturing processes which require structures taller than 100 feet. In such cases, the applicant shall demonstrate why the process cannot be conducted in a building of 100 feet or less. Only that portion of the structure containing the manufacturing process may exceed 100 feet; offices and other areas of intensive employee activity are prohibited above this height.

b. Within the portion of Subdistrict A zoned R 2,800, OP, NB; and R-AC, OP, CB, LI, MVSO the maximum allowable height is 65 feet.

c. Within the portion of Subdistrict B east of 120th Avenue NE and 39th Avenue SE zoned R 2,800, OP, the maximum allowable height is 65 feet.

d. Building heights within the remainder of Subdistricts A and B shall be regulated in accordance with Chapter 12.14 BMC.

e. Building height shall be measured as set forth in BMC 12.14.110 through 12.14.130.

2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (E)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:

a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet. These increased setbacks shall apply to the entire building, rather than only to those portions of the building which may be higher than 35 feet. Where a property within any area described in subsection (E)(1)(a), (b), (c) or (d) of this section abuts R zoning along a street, the increased setbacks shall be measured from the street property line of such property.

b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.

F. Minimum Residential Density and Minimum Floor Area Ratio.

1. Residential development shall achieve a minimum density of 35 dwelling units per net acre and a maximum density controlled by the site, building envelope, parking, recreation space, and other applicable regulations of this title.

2. Nonresidential development shall achieve a minimum floor area ratio of 0.5.

3. Mixed-use developments proposing both residential and nonresidential uses shall:

a. Achieve a minimum floor area ratio of 1.0; or

b. At the applicant’s discretion, either fully provide nonresidential land uses at the minimum floor area ratio of 0.5, and then apply a reduced residential density, or fully provide the minimum residential density of 35 units per net acre and then provide nonresidential land uses at a reduced floor area ratio.

4. For the purposes of this subsection F, floor area ratios shall be calculated in the manner specified in BMC 12.14.133. (Ord. 2353 § 11, 2021; Ord. 2252 § 11, 2018; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.180).

12.56.090 Setbacks.

A. In Subdistrict A, building setback requirements along public rights-of-way shall be 25 feet, except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E). Such setbacks shall be landscaped in accordance with the landscaping standards of BMC 12.56.100.

B. The setback requirements from all other property lines in Subdistrict A which do not abut R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be 10 feet. The setback requirements from property lines which abut R zoning shall be as set forth in BMC 12.14.070(D), except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E) for buildings higher than 35 feet.

C. In Subdistrict B, the setback requirements shall be governed by the standards of the zoning classification in which the development is located as set forth in Chapter 12.14 BMC, except as otherwise provided in BMC 12.56.080(E) for buildings higher than 35 feet, and in BMC 12.56.120(H) for properties zoned R-AC, OP, NB.

D. In Subdistrict A, when adjoining properties are developed simultaneously, setback requirements, except setbacks on public rights-of-way, may be waived. (Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1876 § 2, 2002; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.190).

12.56.100 Landscaping standards.

A. Planting of shade trees native to the area shall be required along public access routes to the North Creek shoreline.

B. Service, loading, storage and other areas which tend to be unsightly shall be oriented away from dedicated streets and private roadways and screened from view with landscaping or fencing of an attractive material.

C. The perimeter of parking areas shall be landscaped with solid screen evergreen plant material four feet high or fencing in combination with planting. Landscaped earth berms at least three feet high may substitute for the solid screen planting.

D. Mechanical equipment shall be screened with landscaping or attractive architectural features integrated into the structure itself.

E. To lessen the visual impact of outdoor parking lots, not less than seven percent of the interior of a parking lot with at least 15 parking stalls shall be landscaped. Landscaped strips between parking bays with appropriate ground cover and the planting of deciduous trees to achieve a canopy-like screening shall be required. Berms are also encouraged in the interior planted areas. Planting which is required for screening along the perimeter of any parking lot shall not be considered as fulfillment of the interior landscaping requirement. Planted areas within a parking lot shall be considered as part of the open space requirement.

F. All plant material used for parking lot landscaping shall be of sufficient size and development to have a significant impact on the screening of the lot immediately though the full effect will not be realized for several years.

G. Indigenous plant material with emphasis on trees and shade cover shall be required for landscaping along North Creek. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.200).

12.56.110 Parking standards.

A. Required number of stalls shall be in accordance with Chapter 12.16 BMC;

B. Cooperative joint usage of parking lots by two or more commercial businesses within a development shall be encouraged when the suitability of this cooperative agreement is determined. Criteria for such a determination includes:

1. The size of the joint parking lot which shall be governed by the timing of customer usage of the space and of the peak business periods of participating businesses.

a. When peak periods of business overlap for two or more businesses wishing a joint parking lot, the required number of parking stalls may be reduced to 75 percent of the total parking stalls required for all businesses.

b. The number of parking stalls for two businesses shall be the same as that required for the larger of the two when it is shown that one of the two cooperating businesses is relatively inactive during peak periods of the other.

c. The number of parking stalls for three or more businesses with nonoverlapping peak hours shall be at least the same as that required by the largest business. Additional parking stalls may be required by the community development director;

2. Location of the parking area either on the same lot or within 200 feet of the building it is intended to serve. For longer term parking, such as employee or proprietor parking, portions of the parking may be located up to 500 feet from the building if such an arrangement is found by the community development director to adequately serve the needs of the development for parking;

3. Adequate signing in the parking area and entrance to the cooperative establishments to clarify for customers that the parking area is common to both;

4. Safe and adequate pedestrian connections between the parking area and the businesses;

C. A minimum of 50 percent of the space saved on a site through joint use of parking areas must be set aside as open space with pedestrian access and allocated equally among businesses;

D. All approved joint uses of parking areas, including use by the public of private lots adjacent to public recreation areas, shall be made permanent by the execution of a written agreement approved by the city attorney which makes the agreement continuous during the occupancy of the business unless satisfactory alternative arrangements are authorized by the community development director. This agreement shall be filed with the city clerk and recorded with the King County department of records and elections or the Snohomish County auditor’s office at the expense of the applicant;

E. Where pedestrian walks are used in parking lots for the use of foot traffic only, they shall be curbed, or raised six inches above the lot surface;

F. Parking lots utilizing material that is to some degree pervious and creates the visual impression of natural ground coverage are encouraged, but no compensating increase in hard surface allotment shall be given;

G. 

1. The feasibility of reducing the number of parking stalls required to be provided as part of the development through the use of transportation system management (TSM) techniques shall be addressed. Examples of TSM techniques include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Carpooling,

b. Vanpooling,

c. Subsidized bus passes,

d. A monthly charge for parking,

e. A monthly subsidy for use of ridesharing,

f. Use of flextime;

2. The number of and length of time per day stalls will be available for carpool/vanpool use, the percentages of employees which will use each system, the economic incentives to be used to encourage ride-sharing use, the use of flextime and/or joint parking facilities, the level of bus service provided to the site, and any other strategies which will be utilized to decrease the amount of traffic generated by the development should be addressed. If an applicant demonstrates these techniques will be successful and obligates themself to implement and maintain them on an ongoing basis, the city may reduce the required number of parking stalls below the number required by this title. The land for the required but unprovided parking stalls shall be set aside as open space until/if it is needed for additional parking. If the city finds the techniques were not successful, an applicant shall provide the additional parking stalls or reduce the building area utilized by the use. (Ord. 2200 § 2 (Exh. B), 2016; Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1815 § 1, 2000; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996. Formerly 12.56.220).

12.56.120 Nonemergency motor vehicle connections from 112th Avenue NE to roads in Maywood/Beckstrom Hill Subarea prohibited.

Road connections from 112th Avenue NE to streets in the Maywood/Beckstrom Hill Subarea for use by nonemergency motor vehicles shall be prohibited, in accordance with BMC 12.14.180(A)(1). Connections for police, fire and emergency medical service vehicles, pedestrians and bicyclists may be provided, subject to BMC 12.14.180(A)(2) and (3). (Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.56.180).

12.56.130 Motor Vehicle Sales Overlay.

Exterior motor vehicle sales and display are permitted on properties containing Community Business (CB) zoning and a Motor Vehicle Sales Overlay (MVSO) designation subject to the following special regulations:

A. Illumination for motor vehicle sale properties shall be consistent with the following:

1. A lighting plan prepared by a qualified lighting engineer shall be submitted with any motor vehicle sales building permit application. The plan shall demonstrate consistency with these provisions.

2. All light fixtures shall be shielded to prevent off-site glare and shall direct light downward onto the sales lot. Shielding shall be installed to prevent the light bulb, filament or light source within the fixture from being directly visible from all residential zones.

3. Lighting fixtures shall be designed and installed in such a manner that no more than one footcandle of power of light at five feet above grade crosses a residential zoning boundary in accordance with BMC 8.64.030.

B. Landscaping within motor vehicle sales areas shall be consistent with the following:

1. A minimum 25-foot-wide Type I landscape buffer shall be installed along the common property line between any motor vehicle sales use and any existing residential use. All other property lines shall have the landscape perimeter installed in accordance with Chapter 12.18 BMC.

a. Trees within the 25-foot-wide perimeter buffer shall consist of 100 percent coniferous species;

b. Coniferous trees within the 25-foot-wide perimeter buffer shall have a minimum height of 12 feet at time of installation.

2. Street right-of-way, front lot line, interior parking lot landscaping and all other required landscaping shall be installed pursuant to Chapter 12.18 BMC and BMC 12.56.100.

C. Paging systems for employees of motor vehicle sales operations shall be wireless pagers, cellular phones, or other devices that do not allow voice or sound transmittal through the air, except that external employee paging systems that allow voice or sound transmittal through the air may be permitted subject to the following requirements:

1. An external paging system plan with specifications designed and prepared by a licensed acoustical engineer shall be submitted to the department of community development for review and approval.

2. The paging system shall be designed consistent with the following:

a. All external speakers installed for the paging system shall be oriented away from existing residential uses and all residential zones.

b. The paging system shall be designed to be consistent with the maximum noise levels established under WAC 173-60-040.

3. Prior to issuance of any certificate of occupancy, or, in cases where the system is installed in an existing motor vehicle sales lot, use of the paging system, the acoustical engineer shall provide written verification to the city that the paging system is consistent with these standards. (Ord. 2025 § 2 (Exh. C), 2009; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1853 § 1, 2001. Formerly 12.56.190).

North Creek/NE 195th Street Subarea map

(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024).

12.58.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Bloomberg Hill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2441 § 5 (Exh. E), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.58.020 Special regulations – R8d zoning in south end of subarea.

Repealed by Ord. 1946. (Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.58.030 Predominant views.

Predominant views, both from and to the hillside areas, shall be preserved in order to retain the natural character and the sense of identity that the hillside areas now impart. Visual impact studies shall be provided by developers detailing the effects of grading, tree removal, building and parking placement and streets proposed in development plans. (Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).

Bloomberg Hill Subarea map

12.60.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Brickyard Road/Queensgate Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.60.020 Valley View manufactured home park zoning – Portion of R-M4 zoning.

Development shall be limited to the existing manufactured home park (MHP) and any additional mobile or manufactured homes which may be permitted by existing approvals or by new approvals obtained under Chapter 12.08 BMC. Redevelopment to uses other than a manufactured home park shall require prior review and approval of an amendment to the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1957 § 1 (Exh. B), 2006; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005; Ord. 1629 § 1, 1996).

12.60.030 GC zoning surrounding intersection of Brickyard Road and Woodinville Drive.

Properties zoned GC within this subarea shall be exempt from the setback requirements of BMC 12.14.070(D), the landscape buffering regulations of BMC 12.18.110, and the exterior building design – multifamily residential, commercial or industrial development abutting single-family residential zoning regulations of BMC 12.14.220. This relief is granted specifically to lands zoned GC that abut lands zoned R-L1. (Ord. 2445 § 16 (Exh. P), 2024; Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015).

12.60.040 R-AC, OP, NB zoning at Juanita-Woodinville Way/I-405 interchange.

These regulations provide for development of a pedestrian-, bicycle- and transit-oriented mixed use neighborhood to capitalize on the area’s close proximity and access to I-405 for commuting and other longer trips while promoting nonmotorized travel for convenience shopping and services and recreation trips within the neighborhood.

A. Building Height.

1. Maximum building height shall be 35 feet, but may be increased to 50 feet if both of the following conditions are met:

a. At least 20 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by the number of stories) is devoted to parking either within or under the building or within a separate parking structure; and

b. At least 10 percent of the gross floor area of the average story within the building (total building gross floor area divided by number of stories) is devoted to externally oriented at-grade space for retail uses, eating and drinking establishments, recreation, culture and entertainment uses, personal services, and/or other similar businesses which are characterized by regular and frequent patronage during the course of the normal business day. “Externally oriented” for the purposes of this regulation shall mean having a door opening directly to the outside. This requirement may be reduced or waived by the community development director for individual buildings within multiple-building developments if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the director that the total amount of the above-described space within the development would comprise at least as much space as the combined total of the minimum required amounts of such space for all of the individual buildings in the development.

2. When buildings exceed 35 feet, in accordance with subsection (A)(1) of this section, the mandatory setbacks from, and mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to, any abutting R zoning (not including combination zones) shall be increased as follows:

a. The mandatory setbacks from any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.14.070, shall be increased three feet horizontally for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet.

b. The mandatory landscaping buffers adjacent to any abutting R zoning, as set forth in BMC 12.18.110, shall be increased 0.25 feet (three inches) for each foot of building height exceeding 35 feet, up to a maximum of 10 feet of additional landscaping. In such cases, the entire buffer shall consist of Type I landscaping.

B. Site and Building Design. In addition to or in lieu of city-wide site and building design regulations in BMC 12.14.170 through 12.14.230, and city-wide parking, transit and pedestrian circulation design regulations in BMC 12.16.080 through 12.16.120, development shall be subject to the following regulations specific to this zoning district:

1. The threshold for having to provide a community gathering place as described in BMC 12.14.180(E) shall be a development area of one acre or more, rather than the standard five acres; such community gathering spaces shall be located and configured so as to be visible and inviting to the general public but shielded to the maximum extent feasible from freeway and arterial noise;

2. Sidewalks within the public right-of-way shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width; internal sidewalks not solely for use by residents or employees of a development shall be a minimum of eight feet in width;

3. At street crossings, development shall incorporate pedestrian “refuges,” art works, neighborhood information kiosks and/or other devices to provide small-scale visual attractions that incentivize pedestrian and bicycle travel throughout the zoning district, thereby promoting a sense of neighborhood.

C. Traffic Congestion Mitigation at I-405 Interchange and Proximate Intersections. In conjunction with satisfaction of city concurrency and traffic impact mitigation requirements, any project proponent within this zoning district shall coordinate with the city of Bothell, the Washington State Department of Transportation, Sound Transit, King County Metro Transit and other applicable agencies to identify and implement strategies for reducing congestion at and around the interchange. Such implementation shall be via construction of physical improvements proportional to the impact generated by the proposed development; contribution of funding towards such improvements; and/or other measures as deemed warranted by the Bothell public works director. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010. Formerly 12.60.025).

12.60.050 Protection of groundwater resources.

Norway Hill has been identified as a particularly important source of cool water for the Sammamish River, via groundwater and surface water movement. Cool water promotes the long-term vitality of the fisheries resources found in the Sammamish River. Chapter 14.04 BMC, Critical Area Regulations, establishes regulations applicable city-wide for the protection of surface water bodies such as wetlands and streams. BMC 12.14.180(C), Development on Hillsides, establishes regulations applicable city-wide for the protection of groundwater movement as it may be affected by hillside development. This section augments BMC 12.14.180(C) by establishing regulations for the protection of groundwater resources specifically existing on Norway Hill.

A. Uses or Activities with Special Requirements.

1. Vehicle Repair and Servicing.

a. Vehicle repair and servicing must be conducted over impermeable pads and within a covered structure capable of withstanding normally expected weather conditions. Chemicals used in the process of vehicle repair and servicing must be stored in a manner that protects them from weather and provides containment should leaks occur.

b. No dry wells shall be allowed in the subarea on sites used for vehicle repair and servicing. Dry wells existing on the site prior to facility establishment must be abandoned using techniques approved by the state Department of Ecology prior to commencement of the proposed activity.

2. Aboveground Tanks. All new aboveground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:

a. Not allow the release of a hazardous substance to the ground, groundwaters, or surface waters; and

b. Have a primary containment area enclosing or underlying the tank or part thereof.

3. Underground Tanks. All new underground storage facilities proposed for use in the storage of hazardous substances or hazardous wastes shall be designed and constructed so as to:

a. Prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the tank;

b. Be protected against corrosion, constructed of noncorrosive material, steel clad with a noncorrosive material, or designed to include a secondary containment system to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substances; and

c. Use material in the construction or lining of the tank that is compatible with the substance to be stored.

4. Residential Use of Pesticides and Nutrients. Application of household pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers shall not exceed times and rates specified on the packaging.

5. Use of Reclaimed Water for Surface Percolation or Direct Recharge. Water reuse projects for reclaimed water must be in accordance with the adopted water or sewer comprehensive plans that have been approved by the state Departments of Ecology and Health.

a. Use of reclaimed water for surface percolation must meet the groundwater recharge criteria given in RCW 90.46.080(1) and 90.46.010(10). The state Department of Ecology may establish additional discharge limits in accordance with RCW 90.46.080(2).

b. Direct injection must be in accordance with the standards developed by authority of RCW 90.46.042.

6. State and Federal Regulations. All activities, uses, and construction activities shall be in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations.

B. Site and Building Design Standards.

1. General Requirements.

a. The applicant shall demonstrate that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the recharging of the groundwater table.

b. The proposed activity must comply with the water source protection requirements and recommendations of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington State Department of Health, and the King and Snohomish County health districts.

2. Impervious Surface Coverage.

a. Developments shall limit the amount of impervious surface coverage on the subject parcel or parcels to the minimum coverage necessary to accommodate the development.

b. The community development director may require minor site plan modifications to reduce impervious surface coverage and to reduce driveway lengths and widths.

3. Natural Foliage Retention Requirements.

a. For the purposes of this chapter, “natural foliage” shall mean naturally occurring trees, understory plants (shrubs), groundcovers and the layer of dead leaves, needles, and vegetation (forest duff) found on the ground.

b. Developments shall limit the amount of natural foliage removed on the subject parcel or parcels to the minimum necessary to accommodate the development.

c. The community development director may require minor site plan modifications to preserve natural foliage areas and to reduce grading limits.

4. Grading Limitations.

a. Excavation shall be prohibited from intruding into that part of the groundwater table which experiences saturated soil conditions, as measured during the dry season.

b. Grading activities shall follow existing topographic contours to the maximum extent possible.

c. Changes to preexisting ground elevations shall be minimized.

d. Use of retaining walls which allow the maintenance of existing natural slope areas is preferred over graded artificial slopes. Retaining walls and high foundations on the underside of buildings shall be screened by vegetation.

5. Structure Requirements.

a. Structures and improvements shall conform to the natural contour of the slope with foundations tiered to conform to the existing topography.

b. Standard prepared building pads (slab on grade) resulting in grading more than 10 feet outside the building footprint area are prohibited.

c. Use of common access drives and utility corridors is required where feasible.

d. Under structure parking and multilevel structures shall be incorporated where feasible.

e. Roads, walkways and parking areas shall be designed to follow the natural contours of the hillsides while maintaining consolidated areas of natural topography and vegetation. Access shall be located in the least sensitive area feasible.

f. Use of foundation walls as retaining walls is preferable to rock or concrete walls built separately and away from the building. Freestanding retaining devices are only permitted when they cannot be designed as structural elements of the building foundation.

g. Use of pole-type construction which conforms to the existing topography is preferred.

h. Structures shall be tiered to conform to existing topography and to minimize topographic modification. Piled deck support structures are preferable for parking or garages to fill-based construction types. (Ord. 2171 § 3 (Exh. C), 2015; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005. Formerly 12.60.030).

Brickyard Road/Queensgate Subarea map

(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024).

12.62.010 Purpose.

Subarea zoning regulations implement subarea-specific policies in the Imagine Bothell Comprehensive Plan. The subarea zoning regulations in this chapter apply specifically to land within the Westhill Subarea. Subarea zoning regulations are in addition to city-wide zoning regulations or, where more restrictive, take the place of city-wide zoning regulations. (Ord. 2445 § 17 (Exh. Q), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).

12.62.020 R-M4, OP, CB zoning along SR-522.

Development in this area shall incorporate the following features, where practical:

A. Driveways shall be a minimum of 300 feet apart and/or shared between adjacent properties in order to minimize congestion caused by vehicles entering or exiting traffic;

B. Internal vehicle access shall be provided from property to property in such a manner as to allow a smooth flow of traffic across consecutive adjoining properties;

C. Where possible, parking shall be located alongside or behind buildings, but not between buildings and SR-522; and

D. Type III landscaping and other techniques such as berming shall be utilized along the street frontage to mitigate the visual impacts of development along SR-522. (Ord. 2445 § 17 (Exh. Q), 2024; Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010; Ord. 1946 § 2, 2005).

12.62.030 Proposed AG agricultural zoning along 88th Avenue NE.

The purposes of the AG agricultural zone are to preserve and protect irreplaceable and limited supplies of farmland well suited to agricultural uses by their location, geological formation and chemical and organic composition, and to encourage environmentally sound agricultural production. These purposes are accomplished by:

A. Establishing a 35-acre minimum lot size to retain parcels sized for efficient farming;

B. Allowing for uses related to agricultural production and limiting nonagricultural uses to those compatible with farming, or requiring close proximity for the support of agriculture; and

C. Allowing for residential development primarily to house farm owners, on-site agricultural employees and their respective families. (Ord. 2053 § 3 (Exh. C), 2010).

Westhill Subarea map

(Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024).

12.48.000 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to help implement the vision for Canyon Park as provided in the adopted Canyon Park Subarea Plan. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.010 Applicability.

A. New Construction. These development regulations, Chapter 12.48 BMC, will be used to evaluate development projects or improvement plans proposed for properties within the Canyon Park Regional Growth Center boundaries, including the following Canyon Park Subarea zoning classifications:

1. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – High (OR-H).

2. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – Medium (OR-M).

3. Office/Residential Mixed-Use – Low (OR-L).

4. Residential Mixed-Use – High (RMU-H).

5. Residential Mixed-Use – Medium (RMU-M).

6. Employment – Medium (E-M).

7. Employment – Low (E-L).

Other zoning classifications that are within the Canyon Park Subarea, but not within the regional growth center designation, are subject to the applicable citywide regulations.

B. Additions and Improvements. Three different thresholds have been established to determine how the regulations herein are applied to such projects:

1. Level I improvements include all exterior remodels, building additions, and/or site improvements that affect the exterior appearance of the building/site and/or cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site less than 50 percent within three years of the date of permit issuance. The requirement for such improvements is only that the proposed improvements meet the regulations and do not lead to further nonconformance with the regulations.

For example, if a property owner decides to replace a building façade’s siding, then the siding must meet the applicable exterior building material regulations, but elements such as building articulation would not be required.

Outdoor dining space structures of 1,000 square feet in area or less associated with existing businesses are exempt from the provisions of this chapter and do not constitute an expansion of the existing business.

2. Level II improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site by 50 percent to 100 percent, within three years of the date of permit issuance. All regulations that do not involve repositioning the building or reconfiguring site development must apply to Level II improvements.

For example, if a property owner of an existing business in the RMU-M zone wants to build an addition equaling 75 percent of the current building’s footprint, then the following elements must apply:

a. The location and design of the addition/remodel must be consistent with the block frontage design regulations in Article IV of this chapter, which addresses building frontages, entries, parking lot location, and street setback landscaping. For such developments seeking additions to buildings where off-street parking location currently does not comply with applicable parking location regulations, building additions are allowed provided they do not increase any current nonconformity and generally bring the project closer into conformance with the regulations.

b. Comply with applicable through-block connection, trail, and off-street parking regulations (in Article III of this chapter) that are associated with the addition. The through-block connection and trail provisions would apply where such addition is located in the immediate area of such features shown in Figure 12.48.200.

c. Comply with applicable block frontage regulations (in Article IV of this chapter) that are associated with the addition. The block frontage provisions would apply when such an addition is located adjacent to a particular designated block frontage shown in Figure 12.48.305.

d. Comply with the site planning design regulations (in Article V of this chapter) associated with proposed site and building improvements.

e. Comply with the applicable building design regulations (in Article VI of this chapter), except architectural scale and materials provisions related to the existing portion of the building where no exterior changes are proposed.

f. Comply with applicable off-street parking, landscaping, and signage provisions that relate to proposed improvements.

3. Level III improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site by more than 100 percent within three years of the date of permit issuance. Such developments must conform to all applicable regulations, except in a case where there are multiple buildings on one site, and only one building is being enlarged. In that scenario, improvements to the additional buildings are not required, but conformance with all other regulations apply.

C. Transition Period for Proposed But Nonvested Projects Within the Canyon Park Subarea. Project proponents within the Canyon Park Subarea whose projects have not vested to the regulations in effect prior to January 1, 2021, which is the effective date of both Ordinance 2340 (2020), establishing the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, and Ordinance 2341 (2020), adopting development regulations to implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, may apply for Type I, II and III actions under such prior regulations provided all of the following criteria are met:

1. Prior to adoption of Ordinance 2340 (2020), a formal pre-application meeting has been conducted with city staff and all fees for the pre-application meeting have been paid.

2. The proposed project is a qualifying land use as defined by the Planned Action Ordinance, Ordinance 2342 (2020), for the Canyon Park Subarea.

3. A complete application for such actions is submitted to and accepted by the city by 4:30 p.m. on September 30, 2021. A Canyon Park Subarea project application which is submitted and accepted by 4:30 p.m. on September 30, 2021, but determined by the community development director not to be complete shall not qualify for review under the prior regulations.

This subsection and the regulations established herein shall expire contemporaneously with the end of the transition period. (Ord. 2397 § 4, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.020 How the provisions of this chapter are applied.

Most sections within this chapter include the following elements:

A. Purpose statements, which are overarching objectives.

B. Requirements use words such as “must” and “is/are required,” signifying required actions.

C. Guidelines use words such as “should” or “is/are recommended,” signifying desired, but voluntary, measures.

D. Departures are provided for specific regulations. They allow alternative designs provided the director determines the design meets the purpose of the requirements and guidelines and other applicable criteria. See BMC 12.48.030 for related procedures associated with departures.

E. This chapter contains some specific regulations that are easily quantifiable, while others provide a level of discretion in how they are complied with. In the latter case, the applicant must demonstrate to the director, in writing, how the project meets the purpose of the standard or regulations. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.030 Departures.

A. Overview and Purpose. This chapter provides for a number of specific departure opportunities to development regulations. The purpose is to provide applicants with the option of proposing alternative design treatments provided such departures meet the “purpose” of the particular regulation and any additional departure criteria established for the particular departure opportunity.

B. Applicability. Departure opportunities are available only where noted for specific regulations.

C. Procedures. Permit applications that include departure requests go through the standard review procedures in this chapter depending on the application type.

D. Approval Criteria. Project applicants must successfully demonstrate to the decision-maker how the proposed departure meets the purpose(s) of the regulation and other applicable departure criteria that apply to the specific regulation.

E. Documentation. The decision-maker must document the reasons for approving all departures (to be maintained with project application records) for the purpose of providing consistency in decision-making by the city. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.040 Relationship to other codes.

Where provisions of this chapter conflict with provisions in any other section of the Bothell Municipal Code (BMC), this chapter prevails unless otherwise noted. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.100 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to:

A. Implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan goals and policies through land-use regulations.

B. Provide an efficient and compatible relationship of land uses and zones. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.110 Districts map.

Fig. 12.48.110. Canyon Park zoning map.

When uncertainty exists as to the boundaries of any zoning district, the community development director must make a determination as to the location of the boundary in question via application of BMC 12.04.140. (Ord. 2445 § 23 (Exh. W), 2024; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.120 Uses permitted in Canyon Park Subarea zones.

Table 12.48.120 below provides the list of permitted uses in Canyon Park Subarea zones. See BMC 12.06.020 for clarification of table elements.

Table 12.48.120. Uses permitted in Canyon Park Subarea zones.

Table legend:

P = Permitted use

C = Conditional use

No letter = Use not permitted

Use Categories

RMU-H

RMU-M

OR-H

OR-M

OR-L

E-M

E-L

Additional Provisions

NONRESIDENTIAL

Automotive, marine, and heavy equipment services

P

P

Business or personal services use

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Eating and drinking establishments

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

All permissions exclude drive-through order restaurants.

Education services

PX

P

P

P

P

PX

P

Applicable uses occupying 10 acres or more in land area are subject to conditional use approval in all zones.

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Essential public facilities

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

Essential public facilities are subject to the development conditions in BMC 12.06.080(B).

Government services, general

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Health and social services, except as listed below:

PX

P

P

P

P

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Day care centers

PX

P

P

P

P

PX

P

Day care uses include child and adult day care and are subject to all state licensing requirements.

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Hospital

CX

C

C

C

C

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Hotels and motels

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Manufacturing, except as listed below:

PX

PX

PX

P

P

XOperations must be conducted entirely indoors, except outdoor storage is conditionally permitted.

Distribution, storage and warehousing

P

P

Artisan manufacturing

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Recreation, culture and entertainment, except as listed below:

PX

P

P

P

P

Operations must be conducted entirely indoors.

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Sports fields and courts

PX

P

P

P

P

P

P

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Parks

PX

P

P

P

P

P

P

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Swimming pools

PX

P

P

P

P

P

P

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Retail uses, as listed below and based on gross floor area (GFA)/individual use:

Excludes retail uses with exterior sales and/or storage areas greater than 15,000sf GFA or occupying a greater area than the use’s building.

<2,500sf GFA

P

P

P1

P1

P1

P1

P1

1Retail is permitted as a secondary on-site use (contains less GFA than primary permitted use).

2,500 – 12,000sf GFA

P

P

P

P1

P1

1Retail is permitted as a secondary on-site use (contains less GFA than primary permitted use).

12,001 – 50,000sf GFA

P

P

>50,000sf GFA

P

P

Temporary uses

See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for temporary uses in the GC zone.

Transportation

See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for transportation uses in the GC zone.

Utilities

See BMC 12.06.160 for allowances/regulations for utility uses in the GC zone.

RESIDENTIAL

Note: Residential uses are not allowed on the ground floor facing a designated primary block frontage (see BMC 12.48.320(B)). Exception: Lobbies for permitted multifamily uses provided the units meet the regulations in BMC 12.48.320(B)).

Adult family homes

PX

P

P

P

P

Use is subject to obtaining a state license in accordance with Chapter 70.128 RCW.

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Dwelling units, accessory

PX

P

P

P

P

BMC 12.14.135.

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Dwelling units, multifamily

PX

P

P

P

P

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Family day care

PX

P

P

P

P

Use is subject to:

• Obtaining a state license in accordance with Chapter 74.15 RCW.

• Certification by the office of child care policy licensor that a safe passenger loading area, if necessary, is provided.

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Home occupations

PX

P

P

P

P

BMC 12.06.140(B)(8).

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Nursing homes

CX

C

C

C

C

Chapter 12.10, BMC.

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Residential care facilities

PX

P

P

P

P

BMC 12.06.140(B)(12).

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Specialized senior housing

CX

C

C

C

C

Chapter 12.10 BMC.

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

Uses accessory to principal uses

PX

P

P

P

P

XUse is prohibited in the air quality buffer as delineated in BMC 12.48.170.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.130 Dimensional regulations for Canyon Park Subarea zones.

A. Purpose. To promote forms of development that reinforce and/or enhance the desired character of the Canyon Park Subarea zones.

B. Dimensional Regulations Table. The table below addresses the form and intensity of development specific to individual Canyon Park Subarea zones. The zone is located on the vertical columns and the form/intensity measure being addressed is located on the horizontal rows.

Table 12.48.130. Dimensional regulations for Canyon Park Subarea zone

Measure

RMU-H

RMU-M

OR-H

OR-M

OR-L

E-M

E-L

Additional Provisions

DEVELOPMENT INTENSITY AND HEIGHT

Minimum floor area ratio (FAR)

0.6

0.5

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.5

0.4

BMC 12.48.140.

Maximum base FAR

2.5

2

2.5

2

0.6

2

1

BMC 12.48.140.

Maximum FAR with incentives

There is no set maximum FAR for each zone other than those parameters set forth for the incentive provisions in BMC 12.48.150, 12.48.180, and 12.48.190.

Maximum building height (feet)

85X

85X

85X

85X

55

100

100

BMC 12.14.110 and 12.14.120.

X85' and no more than 7 stories.

Maximum hard surface coverage (%)

There is no maximum percentage standard for hard surface coverage. However, hard surface coverage will be limited by setbacks, required landscaping and open space, compliance with storm water management provisions (see City of Bothell Storm Water Design Manual), critical areas provisions (see Chapter 14.04 BMC), and market conditions, and compliance with other zoning and site design regulations in this chapter.

(Ord. 2459 § 2 (Exh. B), 2025; Ord. 2398 § 3, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.140 Floor area ratio calculations.

A. Floor area ratio (FAR) is defined as the floor area of all buildings on a lot divided by the area of that lot. Exception: The following site and floor areas are excluded from floor area ratio calculations:

1. Critical areas and required buffer areas.

2. Wetland mitigation areas.

3. Storm water ponds.

4. Above-grade structured parking facilities.

Fig. 12.48.140. Floor area ratio explained.

B. Minimum FAR Applicability.

1. Nonconforming structures in existence as of the effective date of this regulation that propose an increase in area are exempt from complying with the minimum FAR requirement of this section.

2. New structures proposed on parcels with existing structures are exempt from complying with the minimum FAR requirement of this section provided all of the following conditions are met:

a. The total FAR existing on the parcel is increased by the new structure.

b. The new structure is not part of a redevelopment project for the entire parcel.

3. Owners or developers of essential public facilities, as defined by state and local regulations, that have demonstrated the facility cannot feasibly or practicably comply with the minimum floor area ratio requirements of this chapter shall be permitted to develop such site with a floor area that is feasible and practicable for the proposed essential public facility. In this case, said owner or developer shall sever development rights through the recording of a TDR covenant and transfer or sell those development rights in accordance with the requirements of BMC 12.48.180 in an amount equal to the difference between the proposed floor area for the essential public facility and the gross floor area that otherwise would be required pursuant to the minimum floor area ratio requirements of this chapter. (Ord. 2398 § 2, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.150 Affordable housing.

A. Applicability. All developments creating new dwelling units or commercial space within the RMU-H, RMU-M, OR-H, and OR-M zones shall provide for affordable housing.

B. The provisions of Chapter 12.07 BMC apply to the affordable housing and linkage fees required by this section, except as expressly provided within this section.

C. Minimum Requirements.

1. At least 10 percent of the number of new dwelling units created within a development shall be affordable at the following levels as defined in BMC 12.07.015:

a. Owner-occupied housing shall be affordable to moderate-income households.

b. Renter-occupied housing shall be affordable to mid-moderate-income households.

2. All developments creating rentable, climate-controlled, nonresidential floor area shall pay the city a commercial development-affordable housing linkage fee as established by the city council. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.160 Maximum block perimeter.

A. Purpose. To enhance pedestrian and vehicular circulation within the subarea.

B. Dimensions. Blocks must be designed to provide publicly accessible pedestrian and/or vehicular connections at intervals no greater than indicated in Table 12.48.130 by zoning district.

C. Exceptions.

1. Developments that complete required through-block connections (delineated in Figure 12.48.200) on the subject property are exempt from these regulations.

2. Where topography, right-of-way, uses that require large site/building footprints, existing construction or physical conditions, or other geographic conditions prevent compliance or impose an unusual hardship on the applicant, the director may relax the regulations provided the proposed design maximizes pedestrian and vehicular connectivity on the site given the constraints. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.170 Air quality buffer.

The Canyon Park Subarea Plan calls for a 500-foot buffer from the centerline of each directional roadway of Interstate 405 to prevent residential and other sensitive uses (e.g., schools, day cares) within close proximity to very heavy traffic volumes (where air pollution and health impacts are typically highest). (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.180 Transfer of development rights.

A. Purpose. The purpose of the transfer of development rights (TDR) program in the Canyon Park Subarea is to advance the goals and policies in the city’s comprehensive plan, including the Canyon Park Subarea Plan, regarding affordable housing, local employment, transit accessibility, and essential public facilities. It is also intended to help this area fulfill requirements under the Puget Sound Regional Council’s Regional Growth Centers framework for planned target densities.

B. Definitions. Where used in this section, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below in this subsection:

1. “Certificate of TDR availability” refers to a document issued by the director confirming the development rights (including, but not limited to, increased floor area) available on a sending site.

2. “Certificate of TDR receipt” refers to a document issued by the director and executed, acknowledged, and recorded by the owners of a receiving site and a sending site to document the transfer or sale of development rights from a sending site to a receiving site.

3. “Development rights” are the right of the owner of a sending site to develop building floor area on the sending site in accordance with BMC 12.48.140, expressed as gross floor area square footage.

4. “Director” means the community development director or their designee.

5. A “governmental owner” is either the state (or its agencies) or any county, municipal corporation, regional transit authority, or other governmental entity created under state law that owns a sending site.

6. “Governmental restriction” means any law, regulation, or policy governing the surplus, sale, or transfer of a governmental owner’s interests in real property.

7. “Incentive” means the increased floor area available to a receiving site through a certificate of TDR receipt used in compliance with this section.

8. “Receiving sites” are certain lots that are benefitted by a transfer of development rights from a sending site as evidenced by a certificate of TDR receipt. A sending site may also be a receiving site so long as the requirements of subsection D of this section are met.

9. “Sending sites” are those certain lots that are eligible to transfer development rights to a receiving site pursuant to this chapter.

10. “TDR covenant” is a recorded document signed by the owner of the sending site and the director that evidences a severance of development rights appurtenant to the sending site.

C. Sending Sites.

1. Land is eligible for participation in the TDR program as a sending site if included in Figure 12.48.180.C, Eligible Sending Sites, and in compliance with all criteria in subsection (C)(2) of this section.

Fig. 12.48.180.C. Eligible Sending Sites

2. The following criteria must also be met:

a. The development rights available on the sending site under BMC Table 12.48.130 shall not have been either:

(1) Previously sold or otherwise permanently transferred by an owner of the sending site; or

(2) Restricted or otherwise encumbered by recorded easements, deed restrictions, equitable servitudes, or similar measures.

b. The sending site shall not include improvements that exceed the maximum base FAR for the site as defined under Table 12.48.130.

c. The land shall not have been granted a reasonable use exception under BMC 14.04.140. Nothing in this subsection shall require that a reasonable use exception equal the economic value of the development credits granted under this section.

d. If the owner of an eligible sending site is a governmental owner, the city cannot deny an application for a certificate of TDR availability (under subsection F of this section) or refuse to sign a TDR covenant (under subsection G of this section) due to any governmental restriction.

e. If the sending site owner is a governmental owner, the governmental owner and the city may enter into an interlocal agreement governing the severance and/or transfer of any development rights as authorized or required by this section. The interlocal agreement may also be used to calculate development rights appurtenant to any sending site covered by the interlocal agreement and may be considered as a certificate of TDR availability for the purposes of this chapter.

D. Receiving Sites.

1. Owners of lots depicted on Figure 12.48.180.D, Eligible Receiving Sites, are eligible to apply to the city for participation in the TDR program to obtain development rights as a receiving site. All prospective receiving sites must comply with the provisions in subsection (D)(2) of this section and any other eligibility criteria that may be established by the Director from time to time.

Fig. 12.48.180.D. Eligible Receiving Sites

2. Except as may otherwise be provided by the incentives discussed in subsection I of this section, development of a receiving site shall remain subject to all applicable development regulations of the Bothell Municipal Code.

E. Calculating Development Rights.

1. Provided that compliance with the dimensional requirements contained in Table 12.48.130 is achieved and maintained (except in the case of a development permitted to transfer development rights pursuant to BMC 12.48.140(B)(3)), the owner of a sending site is entitled to transfer or sell development rights to the owner of a receiving site, in increments of 1,000 square feet of floor area, for each 1,000 square feet of floor area that was allowed to be developed, but was not used, in the development of the sending site. Fractional transfers of less than 1,000 square feet of floor area are not allowed.

2. Development rights available for transfer from a sending site shall be calculated as follows:

a. The total area of critical areas, required buffer areas, and wetland mitigation areas located, or proposed to be located, on the sending site shall be subtracted from the total area of land in the sending site.

b. The number calculated in subsection (E)(2)(a) of this section shall then be multiplied by the maximum base FAR for the underlying zone set forth in Table 12.48.130.

c. The net floor area associated with existing development on the sending site, or with pending applications for development on the sending site, shall then be subtracted from the number calculated in subsection (E)(2)(b) of this section, with the result being the development rights available for transfer from the sending site in increments of 1,000 square feet.

F. Certification of TDR Availability for Sending Sites.

1. Prior to the recording of a TDR covenant, or any transfer or sale of any development rights, the owner of a sending site must file an application with the city for the issuance of a certificate of TDR availability. The director shall establish the submittal requirements necessary for the application and any required application forms. If the owner of a sending site enters into an interlocal agreement with the city as provided in subsection (C)(2)(e) of this section, it shall not be required to comply with this subsection.

2. The director will verify ownership and eligibility of the sending site and will calculate the quantity of development rights available for transfer in accordance with subsection E of this section. The director’s review and issuance of a certificate of TDR availability shall be a ministerial, Type I process under Title 11 BMC.

3. The director will issue the owner of the sending site a certificate of TDR availability stating the quantity of development rights the sending site is eligible to transfer.

4. A sending site for which the city has issued a certificate of TDR availability shall be limited to development consistent with the purpose and intent of this section and with the criteria originally used as the basis for issuing the sending site a certificate of TDR availability. Failure to use the sending site in a manner consistent with the original certification may result in the city, at the discretion of the director, refusing to sign a TDR covenant.

5. The certificate of TDR availability shall terminate when whichever of the following occurs first:

a. Five years from the date of issuance;

b. When there has been a formal severance of development rights from the sending site, as evidenced by the recording of a TDR covenant on title to the sending site; or

c. When the director determines, based on the requirements set forth in this chapter, that additional development of the sending site invalidates the assumptions underpinning the certificate of TDR availability.

G. Severance of Development Rights from Sending Sites – Transfer of Development Rights to Receiving Sites.

1. To complete a severance of development rights from a sending site, the director must have previously issued a certificate of TDR availability for the sending site. So long as the owner of the sending site is in possession of a valid certificate of TDR availability, when the owner of the sending site is prepared to sever development rights from a sending site, it shall execute, and the director shall be required to execute and record in the real property records of the county where the sending site is located, a TDR covenant to sever the development rights from the sending site.

2. The TDR covenant shall indicate the development rights to be formally severed from the sending site, measured in thousands of square feet, in accordance with the restrictions of subsection (E)(1) of this section, and any restrictions conditioning the use of the development rights (including without limitation any applicable governmental restriction).

3. Any receiving site obtaining a transfer of development rights shall be issued a certificate of TDR receipt by the director, which shall be signed and acknowledged by the owners of both the sending site and the receiving site. The certificate of TDR receipt shall state the quantity of development rights granted to the receiving site, any restrictions conditioning the receiving site owner’s use of the development rights granted therein (including without limitation any applicable governmental restriction), and shall be recorded in the real property records of the county where the sending site and the receiving site are located.

4. With the consent of the director, a certificate of TDR receipt held by the owner of a receiving site may be transferred one or more times to other eligible receiving sites. The director’s consent shall be withheld only where the development rights to be transferred have been used completely by the receiving site, the prospective receiving site is ineligible as described in subsection D of this section, or where otherwise necessary to ensure compliance with this section. Any transfer of a certificate of TDR receipt shall be acknowledged by the transferor, the transferee, and the city and shall be recorded in the real property records of the county where the transferor and transferee receiving sites are located.

5. A building permit application submitted by the owner of a receiving site desiring to use development rights transferred under this section shall contain a statement describing the amount of transferred development rights proposed to be used, how the development rights are proposed to be used, and how the use of transferred development rights meets the city’s development standards and goals under the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.

6. Applicants are not required to own or control a certificate of TDR receipt at the time of applying for a discretionary land use approval. Any vested rights to which the applicant is entitled under state law shall not be affected by the presence or absence of a certificate of TDR receipt at the time a complete application is submitted. Instead, the city shall condition any discretionary land use approval on the applicant’s receipt of all required development rights for the applicant’s project prior to the city’s issuance of any ministerial permits for the receiving site.

7. The city shall maintain a registry documenting the ownership history of all transferable development rights by serial number from when they are severed from the sending site to their use on a receiving site.

H. Sending Site Development Restrictions.

1. Upon the recording of a TDR covenant, the minimum FAR and the maximum base FAR under BMC 12.48.130 for the sending site shall be decreased by the amount development rights listed in the TDR covenant.

2. The owner of a sending site upon which a TDR covenant has been recorded shall not undertake any division, subdivision, or partitioning of the sending site, whether by physical or legal process, which includes, but is not limited to, any subdivision, short subdivision, platting, binding site plan, testamentary division, or other process by which the property is divided into lots or in which title to different portions of the sending site are not held in unified ownership, unless such land division allocates development restrictions between the divided parcels of property in a manner consistent with the terms of the TDR covenant and is approved of the director in their reasonable discretion.

3. The owner of a sending site upon which a TDR covenant has been recorded may elect to use some or all of the development rights previously severed from the sending site so long as the TDR covenant is formally amended or released in a recorded document signed by the owner of the sending site and the director. The director shall execute any such amendment or release requested by the owner of the sending site, so long as all of the development rights previously severed from the sending site have not been transferred or sold to another receiving site and the previously-severed development rights are needed to complete the construction of additional floor area on the sending site.

I. Receiving Site Incentives. A certificate of TDR receipt held by the owner of a receiving site may be used, subject to the limitations of this section and other requirements in the Bothell Municipal Code, as authorization to construct additional commercial and residential floor area in exceedance of the maximum base FAR allowed on the receiving site under BMC 12.48.130, up to and including the square footage of floor area represented on the certificate(s) of TDR receipt to be used. (Ord. 2461 § 4 (Exh. D), 2025; Ord. 2398 § 1, 2023; Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.190 Bonus floor area ratio incentives.

Reserved. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.200 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to:

A. Expand and enhance Canyon Park’s circulation network and streetscape design that support the envisioned pedestrian-friendly mixed-use development within the subarea.

B. To emphasize a “complete streets” approach to street improvements within Canyon Park. This involves designing and operating streets to enable safe and convenient access and travel for all users including pedestrians, bicyclists, transit riders, and people of all ages and abilities, as well as freight and motor vehicle drivers, and to foster a sense of place in the public realm with attractive design amenities.

C. Clarify the nature, extent, and location of required street improvements.

Fig. 12.48.200. Canyon Park Subarea street network, streetscape classifications, and planned through-block connections.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.210 Provision of new streets.

New street regulations are established to enhance Canyon Park’s circulation network and support the envisioned development within the subarea. Required new streets shall be built by developers as development occurs. New streets are required:

A. To complete new streets identified in Figure 12.48.200. Specific alignments for new or extended street connections will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.

B. To help comply with maximum block requirements in BMC 12.48.160. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.220 Streetscape classifications and regulations.

Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of three planned streetscape classifications for planned new, extended, and improved streets in the subarea. Subsections C through E of this section provide the regulations for each streetscape type.

A. Required Adjustments. Adjustments to the streetscape regulations may be required by the city to conform to the transportation chapter of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.

B. Design Departures. Adjustments to the streetscape classification regulations in subsections C through E of this section and the street cross-sections specified for streets internal to the Canyon Park Business Center in the Canyon Park Subarea Plan may be approved by the city as a departure, pursuant to BMC 12.48.030, provided the design meets the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.

C. Primary Streetscapes. Primary streetscapes are intended to function as the subarea’s primary neighborhood center streets. Figure 12.48.220.C below illustrates optional streetscape cross-sections.

Fig. 12.48.220.C. Cross-section options for primary streetscapes.

D. Highway/Arterial Streetscapes. This includes Bothell/Everett Highway (SR 527), Maltby Road (SR 524), and 228th Street SE. While these are very busy streets with considerable vehicular traffic, they are the front doorsteps of the neighborhood and will accommodate an increasing number of pedestrians as envisioned redevelopment activity occurs.

Figure 12.48.220.D illustrates the cross-section regulations for highway/arterial streets, unless otherwise directed by an adopted streetscape plan.

Fig. 12.48.220.D. Minimum required sidewalk and planting strip on highway/arterial streets.

E. Other Streetscapes. This includes all other streets within the subarea’s mixed-use zoning districts. These streets are intended to function as pedestrian-friendly streets serving a mixture of office, residential, and commercial retail uses.

Figures 12.48.220.E.1 and 12.48.220.E.2 illustrate the standard cross-section regulations for other streetscapes. Variations to these cross-sections may be required by the city to conform to the transportation chapter of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.

Fig. 12.48.220.E.1. Cross-section of streetscape regulations for other streetscapes when featuring a primary/storefront block frontage design.

Fig. 12.48.220.E.2. Streetscape cross-section for other streetscapes when featuring a stoop or landscaped setback.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.230 Through-block connections.

Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of several “through-block connections” intended to primarily enhance pedestrian circulation in the area, while also providing an option for vehicular access to on-site parking, functioning as a design amenity to new development, and breaking up the massing of buildings on long blocks. Specific regulations:

A. Required Connections and Public Access Easement. If an applicant owns a lot containing a proposed through-block connection within it or along the edge of the property, the applicant must provide such through-block connections in conjunction with their project development as a public access easement. Exception:

For uses that require large building footprints, restricted security access, or other unique requirements for restricting access, the director may approve alternatives to designated through-block connections provided the proposed design maximizes pedestrian and vehicular connectivity on and/or around the site and the designs maximize opportunities for connectivity and contribution to a network.

B. Alignment. Specific alignments for the through-block connections will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.

C. Accessibility. Through-block connections must be accessible to the public at all times and may take a variety of forms, depending on the block size and use mix, as specified in subsection F of this section, Through-Block Connection Types.

D. Design Departures. Adjustments to the through-block connection regulations in subsection F of this section may be approved by the city as a departure, pursuant to BMC 12.48.030, provided the design:

1. Creates a safe and welcoming pedestrian route.

2. Provides an effective transition between the shared lane or path and adjacent uses (e.g., enhances privacy to any adjacent ground-level residential units).

3. Functions as a design amenity to the development.

E. Cantilever Design. Buildings may project or cantilever into minimum required easement areas on building levels above the connection provided a 13-foot, six-inch vertical clearance is maintained and all other regulations are met.

F. Through-Block Connection Types. Unless otherwise noted below and elsewhere in this chapter, required through-block connections may take any of the following forms set forth in subsections (F)(1) through (F)(4) of this section. A combination of designs set forth above may be used for each connection.

1. Alley Design.

a. Applicability. The traditional alley design option is permitted on blocks featuring storefronts along at least 50 percent of the block’s perimeter frontage.

b. Twenty-foot minimum public access easement.

c. Twenty-foot-wide two-way travel lane featuring asphalt, concrete, unit paving, or other similar decorative and durable surface material.

Fig. 12.48.230.F.1. Cross-section of minimum regulations for an alley.

2. Woonerf Design.

a. Applicability. The “woonerf,” or shared lane, may apply to any through-block connection within the subarea.

b. Forty-foot minimum public access easement.

c. Twenty-foot-wide two-way shared travel lane featuring concrete, unit paving, or other similar decorative and durable surface material. Asphalt is prohibited.

d. Ten-foot minimum landscaping strips with Type III landscaping per BMC 12.18.040 on each side of the shared lane. Curbs and/or raised planter walls may be included in the required landscaping area.

e. Where such through-block connection is integrated along the edge of a development, a minimum easement of 20 feet is required for the shared travel lane.

f. Woonerf design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.355.

Figure 12.48.230.F.2 illustrates the cross-section for minimum regulations for the woonerf design.

Fig. 12.48.230.F.2. Cross-section of minimum regulations for a woonerf design through-block connection.

Figure 12.48.230.F.2.a illustrates regulations for scenarios where a through-block connection is located on the edge of a site, where its development likely will be phased in as the adjacent properties redevelop.

Fig. 12.48.230.F.2.a. Cross-section of minimum regulations for a woonerf design through-block connection when developed along the edge of development site.

The top image illustrates a scenario where a new development includes a required access corridor on the edge of the development site abutting an existing development. In this scenario, a minimum 20-foot easement must be required and include a shared lane. The shared lane must be designed to allow a future connection to the adjacent site.

The bottom image illustrates a second phase where the adjacent property is redeveloped. An additional 20-foot easement will be required plus a connection must be added (where necessary to provide access for on-site parking), but the remaining area must be landscaped with Type III landscaping (see BMC 12.18.040).

3. Landscaped Passageway Design.

a. Applicability. Optional design when vehicular access to the site is provided elsewhere on the site.

b. Thirty-foot minimum public access easement.

c. Eight- to 16-foot walking path. Eight- to 10-foot paths are appropriate in a residential context, whereas the wider path is more desirable for active ground level uses with outdoor seating/dining areas.

d. Seven- to 11-foot minimum landscaping strips (with Type III landscaping per BMC 12.18.040) on each side of the walking path. Raised planter walls may be included in the required landscaping area.

e. Where such through-block connection is integrated along the edge of a development, a minimum easement of 15 feet is required for the subject walking path and landscaping. Adjustments to the walking path and landscaping widths and configurations are allowed provided the design effectively balances the following objectives:

(1) Create a safe and welcoming pedestrian route.

(2) Provide an effective transition between the walking path and adjacent uses (e.g., enhances privacy to any adjacent ground-level residential units).

(3) Function as a design amenity to the development.

f. Landscaped passageway design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.355.

Fig. 12.48.230.F.3. Cross-section of minimum regulations and examples of a pedestrian access corridor.

4. Urban Passage Design.

a. Applicability. Optional design when vehicular access to the site is provided elsewhere on the site and active ground level uses are provided along frontages.

b. Sixteen-foot minimum public access easement.

c. Urban passage design connections are subject to block frontage regulations in BMC 12.48.360.

Fig. 12.48.230.F.4. Urban passage examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.240 Trails.

Figure 12.48.200 above illustrates the configuration of existing and planned trails to implement the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. Specific regulations:

A. Required Connections and Public Access Easement. If an applicant owns a lot containing a proposed trail within it or along the edge of the property, the applicant must provide such trail in conjunction with their project development as a public access easement.

B. Alignment. Specific alignments for the trail will be developed during the development review process for applicable sites.

C. Accessibility. Trails must be accessible to the public at all times.

D. Design. Trails must be designed appropriate to the physical context of the site and development to accommodate anticipated use. The following documents provide guidance and/or standards to the design trails in Canyon Park:

1. Bothell Design and Construction Standards.

2. Parks, Recreation and Open Space (PROS) Plan.

3. Canyon Park Subarea Plan. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.250 Off-street parking regulations.

Repealed by Ord. 2461. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.300 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to:

A. Achieve the envisioned character of Canyon Park Subarea as set forth in the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan.

B. Enhance pedestrian environments by emphasizing activated ground-level block frontage designs for commercial, mixed-use, and multifamily developments.

C. Minimize potential negative impacts of off-street parking facilities on the streetscape in strategic areas.

D. Promote good visibility between buildings and the street for security for pedestrians and to create a more welcoming and interesting streetscape.

Table 12.48.300. Summary of key block frontage types.

Permitted Frontage

Details

Primary

• No new ground-level parking adjacent to the street.

• Special transparency, weather protection, and entry requirements.

• Minimum commercial space height and depth.

• No ground-floor residential uses except for live/work units on select storefront-designated blocks where the storefront space meets height and depth regulations.

Secondary

Storefront or landscape frontages allowed

• Ground-level parking must not be visible from the street.

• Landscaping to soften façades of nonstorefronts and buffer parking areas.

• Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback.

Gateway

Storefront or landscape frontages allowed

• Emphasizes “secondary” block frontage regulations for buildings at intersections, but emphasizes the “undesignated” block frontage regulations between intersections to allow greater flexibility.

Undesignated

Storefronts are optional in mixed-use zones, otherwise frontages with landscaped setbacks are emphasized

• Flexible parking lot location regulations.

• Landscaping to soften façades of nonstorefronts and buffer parking areas.

• Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.305 Block frontage designation map.

A. Application of Map and Block Frontage Regulations. New developments fronting on all streets in the Canyon Park Subarea are subject to applicable regulations in this article based on the block frontage designation of the street.

B. Clarifying the Differences Between the Block Frontage Designation Map and the Streetscape Designation Map in Figure 12.48.200. Block frontage designations and regulations apply to development frontages, which include the building and associated site development that occurs within the property boundary. The streetscape designations and regulations set forth in BMC 12.48.220 regulate the design of sidewalks and planting strips along streets.

C. Sites with Proposed New Primary or Secondary Block Frontage Designations. New development must integrate no less than 75 percent of the length of applicable primary and/or secondary block frontages illustrated in Figure 12.48.305. The alignment of primary and secondary block frontages may be adjusted during the development review process provided the configuration meets the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. For example, if a site includes approximately 100 lineal feet of a primary designated block frontage and 200 lineal feet of secondary block frontage, the new development must integrate at least 75 lineal feet of primary block frontage compliant development and at least 150 lineal feet of secondary block frontage compliant development. Developments may exceed the amount of primary and secondary block frontages illustrated in Figure 12.48.305.

Fig. 12.48.305. Canyon Park block frontage designations map.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.310 About the transparency regulations.

Some block frontage designations contain distinct minimum façade transparency regulations. The purpose of these regulations is to maintain “eyes on the street” for safety and create welcoming pedestrian environments. Table 12.48.310 below includes details in how they are measured.

Table 12.48.310. Transparency regulations.

Transparency Area

Storefront

The transparency area is on the ground floor between 30" and 10' above sidewalk grade

Ground-floor nonresidential and nonstorefront

The transparency area is between 30" and 8' above grade

Residential buildings and residential portions of mixed-use buildings

All vertical surfaces of the façade are used in the calculations

Other Transparency Provisions

Windows must be transparent

Ground-level window area for storefronts and other nonresidential uses that is covered, frosted, or perforated in any manner that obscures visibility into the building must not count as transparent window area. Perforated signs are allowed provided they meet applicable window sign regulations in Chapter 12.22 BMC. Also, mirrored glass and highly reflective or darkly tinted windows must not be counted as transparent windows.

Covered windows

Perforated sign

Display windows and parking garages

Display windows may be used for up to 25% of nonresidential transparency requirements (except for ground-level storefront-designated block frontages) provided they are at least 30" deep to allow changeable displays and the interior wall is nonstructural so it can be removed if the windows are not used for display. Tack-on display cases as shown in the far right example do not qualify as transparent window area.

For parking garages (where allowed by block frontage regulations), the left image illustrates how such a structure can meet (and not meet) the applicable transparency regulations.

Integrated display windows

Tack-on display cases

Parking garage with window openings

Parking garage without window openings

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.320 Primary block frontage regulations.

A. Purpose. Primary block frontages are the most vibrant and active shopping and dining areas within the subarea. Blocks designated as primary block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) include continuous storefronts placed along the sidewalk edge with small scale shops and many business entries.

Fig. 12.48.320.A. Primary block frontage vision and key regulations.

B. Regulations. All development on sites with a primary block frontage designation must comply with the regulations in Table 12.48.320.B below:

Table 12.48.320.B. Primary block frontage regulations.

The symbol refers to departure opportunities. See subsection C of this section for special departure criteria.

Element

Regulation

Additional Provisions and Examples

Ground-level

Land use

Table 12.48.120 sets forth the basic permitted uses in subarea zoning districts. However, only those uses listed below are permitted on the ground level on primary block frontages:

• Personal services use.

• Eating and drinking establishment.

• Artisan manufacturing.

• Recreation, culture and entertainment.

• Retail uses.

Lobbies and accessory uses associated with upper-floor hotel/motel, business service, and multifamily residential uses are allowed provided they are limited to 33% of all primary block frontages (measured separately for each block).

Floor to ceiling height

14' minimum (applies to new buildings only).

Applies to the minimum retail space depth.

Retail space depth

30' minimum.

Building placement

Buildings must be placed at the back edge of the required sidewalk. Additional setbacks are allowed for a widened sidewalk or publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)).

Corner storefront building example.

Building entrances

Primary building entrances must face the street. For corner buildings, primary entrances for ground-level building corner uses may face either street or the street corner.

Façade transparency (see BMC 12.48.310)

At least 70% of the transparency area.

Weather protection

Weather protection over the sidewalk is required along at least 75% of the storefront façade, and it must be a minimum of 5' average depth and have 8' minimum vertical clearance.

Weather protection must not interfere with street trees, street lights, street signs, or extend beyond the edge of the sidewalk.

Parking location

New ground-level (surface or structured) parking adjacent to the street is prohibited. Parking may be placed below, above, and/or behind storefronts.

C. Departure Criteria. Departures from the regulations in Table 12.48.320.B that feature the symbol will be considered per BMC 12.48.030 provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the regulations and the following criteria:

1. Retail Space Depth. Reduced depths of up to 25 percent of the applicable block frontage will be considered where the applicant can successfully demonstrate the proposed alternative design and configuration of the space are viable for a variety of permitted retail uses.

2. Façade Transparency. Departures for façade transparency in the transparency area may be reduced to a minimum of 40 percent if the façade design between ground-level windows provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls.

3. Weather Protection. The reduced extent (to no less than 50 percent of block frontages) or width of weather protection features (to no less than four feet in width) will be considered provided the designs are proportional to architectural features of the building and building design tradeoffs (elements that clearly go beyond minimum building design regulations in this chapter) meet the purpose of the regulations. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.330 Secondary block frontage regulations.

A. Purpose. Secondary block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) allow flexibility to integrate either a storefront or a stoop/landscaped frontage in a pedestrian-friendly configuration.

Fig. 12.48.330.A. Secondary frontage vision.

B. Regulations. Developments or portions thereof choosing to integrate a storefront design must conform to primary block frontage regulations set forth in BMC 12.48.320. Other frontage designs must meet the regulations set forth in Table 12.48.330.B below:

Table 12.48.330.B. Secondary block frontage regulations (when utilizing nonstorefront designs).

The symbol refers to departure opportunities. See subsection C of this section for special departure criteria.

Regulation

Additional Provisions and Examples

Additional Provisions and Examples

Ground-level

Land use

Table 12.48.120 sets forth permitted land uses.

Building placement

10' minimum setbacks are required.

Building entrances

Building entries must face the street or a publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)) that is adjacent to the street.

Façade transparency (see BMC 12.48.310)

Transparent windows must be provided along at least 15% of the entire building façade, plus:

• Buildings designed with ground-floor nonresidential uses within 10' of sidewalk must feature at least 40% transparency within the transparency area.

• Buildings designed with ground-floor nonresidential uses within 20' of sidewalk must feature at least 25% transparency within the transparency area.

Landscaped frontage example meeting setback, entry, weather protection, and transparency regulations.

Weather protection

Weather protection at least 3' deep must be provided over individual residential and commercial tenant entries and at least 5' deep for shared residential, commercial, and professional office entries.

Parking location

Ground-level parking must not be visible from the street. Where parking is integrated at or near the ground level, it must be set back and completely screened by landscaped berms (upper right example).

The lower right example illustrates a prohibited design.

Landscaping

All areas between the sidewalk and the building must be landscaped, except for pathways, porches, decks, and other areas meeting the definition of publicly accessible outdoor space (BMC 12.48.420(C)).

Landscaped areas must contain Type I, II, or IV landscaping (as defined in BMC 12.18.040) and may incorporate rain gardens and other forms of storm water management.

C. Departure Criteria. Departures to the secondary block frontage regulations in Table 12.48.330.B that feature the symbol will be considered per BMC 12.48.030 provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the regulations and the following criteria:

1. Building Placement. Reduced setbacks (down to a minimum of eight feet) will be considered where the ground floor is elevated a minimum average of 30 inches (required when the ground-floor setback is less than 10 feet) and design treatments that create an effective transition between the public and private realm. For example, a stoop design or other similar treatments that utilize a low fence or retaining wall, and/or hedge along the sidewalk, may provide an effective transition (see Figure 12.48.330.C for examples).

2. Façade Transparency. Façade transparency in the transparency area may be reduced from the minimum by 50 percent if the façade design between ground-level windows provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls.

Fig. 12.48.330.C. Acceptable examples of possible setback departures.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.340 Gateway block frontage regulations.

A. Purpose. To enhance the appearance of Canyon Park’s highways and arterials, particularly at gateway intersections.

B. Regulations. Gateway block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) adjacent to intersections are subject to secondary block frontage regulations (e.g., buildings must be placed at or near the street corner and the portion of the building fronting a gateway-designated block frontage must comply with secondary block frontage regulations). The portion of gateway-designated block frontages that are in between the buildings located at intersections is subject to undesignated block frontage regulations.

Fig. 12.48.340. Gateway block frontage design example.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.350 Undesignated (streets with no designated block frontage).

A. Purpose. Undesignated block frontages (as shown in Figure 12.48.305) should provide visual interest at all observable scales and meet the design objectives for the subarea.

B. Applicability. All undesignated block frontages that are not designated are subject to the regulations of this section. These block frontages are provided greater flexibility with regard to the design of development frontages.

These block frontages include a combination of side streets (where most uses often front on other adjacent streets), business park streets, or other streets where greater flexibility in the frontage regulations is desired. While there is greater flexibility in the amount of transparency of façades and the location of surface and structured parking, design parameters are included to ensure that landscaping and other design elements help to mitigate the potential impacts of parking lots and blank walls along these streets.

Departures will be considered pursuant to BMC 12.48.030.

C. Regulations. Undesignated block frontages must comply with the regulations in Table 12.48.350.C below.

Table 12.48.350.C. Undesignated block frontage regulations.

Element

Regulations

Building placement

Buildings may be placed up to the sidewalk edge within mixed-use districts provided they meet primary block regulations in BMC 12.48.330 (this includes regulations for ground level, building placement, building entrances, façade transparency, and weather protection elements).

Otherwise, buildings must be placed at least 15' behind the sidewalk.

Building entrances

Building entrances facing the street are encouraged. At a minimum, at least one building entry visible and directly accessible from the street is required. Where buildings are set back from the street, pedestrian connections are required from the sidewalk.

Façade transparency

(see BMC 12.48.310)

For buildings within 50' of a sidewalk, at least 10% of the entire façade must be transparent.

Weather protection

At least 3' deep over primary business and residential entries and at least 5' deep for shared entries for office and multifamily buildings.

Parking location and vehicle access

There are no parking lot location restrictions, except for required landscaping buffers in BMC 12.18.090.

Landscaping

• The area between the street and any nonstorefront building must be landscaped and/or private porch or patio space.

• See Chapter 12.18 BMC for other landscaping regulations.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.355 Woonerf and landscaped passageway frontage regulations.

A. Applicability. These regulations apply to those block frontages along through-block connections designed with woonerf and landscaped passageway designs as set forth in BMC 12.48.230. Exception: Those through-block connections with other applied block frontage designations.

B. Purpose. Woonerf and landscaped passageway frontage regulations provide eyes-on-the-pathway to create a safe and welcoming through-block connection while preserving the privacy of any adjacent ground-level residential units.

C. Regulations.

1. Building elevations facing a woonerf or landscaped passageway through-block connection must feature at least 10 percent window transparency.

2. Where ground-level residential uses are within five feet of a shared lane or pathway, at least one of the following design features must be integrated to enhance the safety and privacy of adjacent residential units:

a. Windows must be placed at least six vertical feet above the access corridor.

b. A combination of landscaping, planter walls, and/or elevated ground floor (at least one foot above access corridor grade) that meets the purpose of the regulations.

3. Where nonresidential ground-level uses abut an access corridor, at least 25 percent of the applicable building elevation between four and eight feet above the ground-floor surface elevation must be transparent.

4. Weather protection at least three feet deep must be provided over individual residential and commercial tenant entries and at least five feet deep for shared residential and professional office entries facing the subject through-block connection. Exception: For residential uses, weather protection is required only for the unit’s primary entrance.

Fig. 12.48.355.B. Woonerf and landscaped passageway frontage design examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.360 Urban passage frontage regulations.

A. Applicability. These regulations apply to those block frontages along through-block connections designed with urban passage designs.

B. Purpose. To promote the development of pedestrian-friendly passages lined with active uses.

C. Regulations.

1. Dwelling units and surface/ground-level parking directly adjacent to an urban passage are prohibited (lobbies and common/amenity areas, however, are allowed).

2. Ground-level building elevations facing an urban passage through-block connection must feature at least 40 percent window transparency (applied to storefront transparency area per BMC 12.48.310).

3. Weather protection at least three feet deep must be provided over individual commercial tenant entries and at least five feet deep for shared residential and professional office entries facing the subject through-block connection. Recessed entries are encouraged.

Fig. 12.48.360. Urban passage frontage examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.370 Where properties front onto multiple streets.

Where a property fronts onto more than one street, each building frontage must comply with the regulations for the block frontage upon which it fronts, with the following clarifications:

A. Where a conflict exists between frontage regulations, the director will apply the regulations of a block frontage pursuant to the following order of preference:

1. Primary;

2. Secondary; then

3. Undesignated.

Subsections B and C of this section clarify how the order of preference works for particular frontage elements.

B. Entrances. For corner sites, entrances on both streets are encouraged, but only one entrance is required. For corner sites with frontage on a primary block frontage on one side, an entrance must be placed on the primary block frontage side or facing the corner. For corner sites with a mix of designations that do not include a primary block frontage, the entry must be placed on the order of preference identified above.

Departures may be considered provided the location and design of the entry and block frontage treatments are compatible with the character of the area and enhance the character of the street.

C. Transparency. For corner sites, at least one block frontage must meet the applicable transparency regulations (based on the order of preference above). For the second block frontage, the director may approve a reduction in the minimum amount of transparency by 50 percent. For street corners with the same designations on both frontages, buildings must employ the full transparency on the dominant frontage (based on the frontage width or established neighborhood pattern). (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.380 Where properties have multiple designations along one frontage.

Where an individual property has a frontage with multiple block frontage designations, the following regulations apply:

A. Primary and Any Other Block Frontage Designation. Primary block frontage designation applies.

B. Secondary and Undesignated Block Frontage Designation. Secondary block frontage designation applies. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.390 High-visibility street corners.

A. Description – Purpose. The high visibility street corner requirements apply to those sites designated as such on Figure 12.48.305. The purpose is to accentuate designated street corners with high visibility to the public.

B. Regulations. At least one of the following special features must be included (Figure 12.48.390.B below illustrates acceptable examples):

1. Corner plaza.

2. Cropped building corner with a special entry feature.

3. Decorative use of building materials at the corner.

4. Distinctive façade massing or articulation.

5. Sculptural architectural element.

6. Other decorative elements that meet the purpose of the regulations.

Fig. 12.48.390.B. Acceptable high visibility street corner examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.400 Purpose.

The purpose of this article is to:

A. Promote thoughtful layout of buildings, parking areas, and circulation, service, landscaping, and amenity elements.

B. Enhance Canyon Park’s visual character.

C. Promote compatibility between developments and uses.

D. Integrate usable open space into new developments.

E. Enhance the function and resilience of developments. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.410 Side- and rear-yard setbacks.

A. Purpose.

1. To promote the functional and visual compatibility between developments, particularly between zones of different intensity.

2. To protect the privacy of residents on adjacent properties.

B. Side and Rear Setback Regulations. Table 12.48.130 sets forth a range of minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks in all subarea zones between zero and 15 feet. The provisions below clarify specific setback requirements:

1. Zero side- and rear-yard setbacks are allowed where developments integrated windowless firewalls that meet the design provisions of BMC 12.48.540(D).

Table 12.48.410.B. Minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks in the subarea.

Min. Setback

Applicability/Standard

0'

For windowless firewalls.

All firewalls must meet the design provisions of BMC 12.48.540(D).

5'

Minimum setback except:

• Where zero setbacks are allowed (windowless firewalls as described above).

• Where setbacks greater than 5' are required per provisions below.

15' – 20'

When required per subsection D of this section for light and air access and privacy along side and rear property lines.

C. Special Setback/Building Height Regulations for Sites Abutting Residential Zones. For sites abutting a residential zoning district (not including combination zones) located outside of the Canyon Park Regional Growth Center boundary, the following standards apply:

1. Landscaped Buffer. A minimum 15-foot-wide buffer featuring Type I landscaping as set forth in BMC 12.18.040 on the portion of the site abutting the applicable residential zone.

2. Setbacks. A minimum 15-foot building setback is required in applicable residential zones.

3. Building Height Restrictions. From the required 15-foot setback, the maximum allowable building height increases at a 45-degree angle inward up to the maximum height of the applicable subarea zoning district.

Fig. 12.48.410.C. Illustrating minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks to an abutting residential zoning district.

D. Light and Air Access and Privacy Near Interior Side and Rear Property Lines. Buildings or portions thereof containing multifamily dwelling units whose only solar access (windows) is from the applicable side or rear of the building (facing towards the side or rear property line) must be set back from the applicable side or rear property lines at least 15 feet. See Figure 12.48.410.D. For such building elevations taller than four stories, floors above the fourth floor must be set back at least 20 feet from the applicable side or rear property lines. Note: These regulations do not apply to side or rear property lines where adjacent to a street, access corridor, or easement where no building may be developed.

Departures will be allowed where it is determined that the proposed design will not create a compatibility problem in the near and long term based on the unique site context.

Fig. 12.48.410.D. Light/air access and privacy regulations for multifamily residential buildings along side and rear property lines.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.420 Internal outdoor space.

A. Purpose.

1. To create usable space that is suitable for leisure or recreational activities for residents.

2. To create outdoor space that contributes to the residential setting.

3. To provide plazas that attract shoppers to commercial areas.

4. To provide plazas and other pedestrian-oriented spaces in commercial areas that enhance the employees’ and public’s opportunity for active and passive activities, such as dining, resting, people watching, and recreational activities.

5. To enhance the development character and attractiveness of commercial development.

B. Regulations.

1. All multifamily development, including multifamily portions of mixed-use development, must provide minimum usable on-site outdoor space equal to 20 percent of net floor area as defined by the IBC, excluding service, circulation, and enclosed parking areas.

2. All nonresidential development must provide minimum usable on-site outdoor space equal to eight percent of net floor area as defined by the IBC, excluding service, circulation, and enclosed parking areas. Developments featuring less than 2,500 square feet of net floor area (if mixed-use, this includes residential and nonresidential development) are exempt from this requirement.

3. Table 12.48.420 illustrates the types of on-site outdoor spaces that may be used to meet the requirements in subsections (B)(1) and (B)(2) of this section.

Table 12.48.420. Usable outdoor space types.

Usable outdoor space type

Percentage of required outdoor space

Cross-reference to applicable design regulations

Publicly accessible outdoor space

50 – 100%

BMC 12.48.420(C)(1)

Common outdoor space

Up to 40%

BMC 12.48.420(C)(2)

Balconies and other private outdoor space

Up to 20%

BMC 12.48.420(C)(4)

4. Large Multi-Phase Developments Under Single Ownership. Each phase of development must meet the minimum usable on-site outdoor space requirements herein. Developments have the option to integrate a surplus of usable on-site outdoor space in early phases and apply the surplus space towards meeting the requirements for subsequent phases, provided all applicable regulations are met.

5. Fee-in-Lieu Option.

a. The following developments qualify for a fee in lieu of usable on-site outdoor space requirements:

(1) The first 1,000 square feet of required public space may be covered up to 100 percent by an in-lieu fee.

(2) Public space requirements between 1,000 and 3,000 square feet may be covered up to 50 percent by an in-lieu fee; provided, that any on-site public space is a usable area of at least 500 square feet.

(3) Public space requirements over 3,000 square feet may be covered up to 10 percent by an in-lieu fee.

(4) Essential public facilities featuring 5,000 square feet or more of gross floor area. Such developments may qualify to pay a fee-in-lieu for up to 50 percent of the required usable outdoor space.

b. In-lieu fees will be based on the assessed land value at the time of application plus development costs, which will be included in the city of Bothell fee schedule and subject to annual adjustment based on the Construction Price Index and updates approved by city council.

c. Public space in-lieu fees may be used to create, enhance and/or activate public space, including street rights-of-way, in the Canyon Park Subarea, as determined by the director in coordination with other departments.

d. Any public open space improvements and/or any in-lieu fee paid under this provision must be separate from and cannot be utilized as a credit for or otherwise offset park and open space impact fees.

e. A developer may transfer required public space to a development within the Canyon Park Subarea and within one-half mile. Transfers to be completed at a later time shall be accompanied by an agreement to pay an in-lieu fee should the future development not transpire.

C. Minimum Usable On-Site Outdoor Space Design Regulations.

1. Publicly accessible outdoor space shall be provided per the following regulations. Design departures may be granted that demonstrate compliance with the purpose for on-site outdoor space in subsection A of this section.

a. Regulations.

(1) The space must abut a public sidewalk or other major internal pedestrian route and be designed to function as a focal point and gathering spot.

(2) The space must be ADA compliant and generally level with the adjacent sidewalk or internal pedestrian route. Steps, ramps and grade changes may be acceptable provided the outdoor space is designed to be visually and physically accessible from the adjacent sidewalk or internal pedestrian route and the space meets all other regulations herein.

(3) The space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity. Exception: Portions of sidewalk area widened beyond minimum regulations may qualify as publicly accessible outdoor space provided storefronts abut the sidewalk.

(4) The space must be publicly accessible from 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m.

(5) Large spaces (greater than 5,000 square feet) must be designed to be multi-functional to accommodate a variety of uses and activities.

(6) The space must be framed on at least two sides by buildings that are oriented towards the space (via entries and generous façade transparency). Alternatives will be considered for unique configurations or designs that meet the purpose of the regulations.

(7) Paved walking surfaces of either concrete or approved unit paving are required. Form-in-place pervious concrete paving is allowed.

(8) Except for natural areas or storm water infrastructure that contribute to the pedestrian environment, pedestrian amenities must be integrated into the space. Examples include site furniture, artwork, drinking fountains, shade structures, kiosks, or other similar features that complement the space and encourage use of the space by a variety of users.

(9) Lighting is required and integral to the design of the space for (A) safety and security, (B) intended activities or events, and (C) creating a distinct and inviting atmosphere. Lighting must conform to BMC 12.14.240.

(10) Except for natural areas or storm water infrastructure that contribute to the pedestrian environment, at least one individual seat per 60 square feet of plaza area or open space is required. At least 50 percent of the required seating must be built-in seating elements, while provisions for moveable seating may be used for the remaining percentage. Two feet of seating area on a bench or ledge at least 16 inches deep at an appropriate seating height qualifies as an individual seat. Reductions of up to 50 percent will be allowed for the integration of specialized open spaces that meet the purpose of regulations herein.

(11) Landscaping components that add visual interest and do not act as a visual barrier. This could include trees, planting beds, raised planters, and/or potted plants, or both.

(12) Permanent weather protection along at least 50 percent of building edges (associated with nonresidential uses) at least six feet deep with horizontal clearance between eight and 15 feet.

(13) The space must be proportional to the intended function and adjacent uses. For example, such spaces should not look or feel empty, barren, or too big when not in use.

(14) The space must include design elements that appeal to the senses. Examples include the sound of water, the smell of plants, and/or the heat of fire. Sensory experiences may vary with the season, with water being present in the summer and a fire lit in the winter.

(15) Storm water management elements and LID BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated into the design of the space and may occupy up to 25 percent of the required space. Where multiple publicly accessible open spaces are included within a development, this standard applies to all such space combined, to allow flexibility in the design of individual spaces.

(16) Rules of conduct similar to those for public parks may be posted.

b. Features prohibited within a publicly accessible outdoor space:

(1) Large expanses of uninterrupted paving or paving without pattern.

(2) Service and utility areas or venting of mechanical systems.

(3) Long, narrow space with limited access.

(4) Space providing vehicular access. Exception: Woonerf style shared-access lanes may be allowed (counted at 50 percent discount) provided through traffic is minimal and the design of the access feature is well-integrated into the design of the larger space.

(5) Asphalt paving.

(6) Adjacent chain-link fences.

(7) Adjacent “blank walls” without “blank wall treatment” (BMC 12.48.540).

(8) Outdoor storage.

2. Common Outdoor Space. Common outdoor space refers to spaces that are internal to a development and accessible to all tenants of a development, but may not be accessible to the general public. Exception: For mixed-use buildings with commercial and residential uses, the common outdoor spaces only need to be accessible to all dwelling units within the building. Common outdoor spaces can include landscaped courtyards or decks, entrance plazas, gardens with pathways, children’s play areas, pools, and water features. Accessible areas with native vegetation and areas used for storm water retention, infiltration, or other multipurpose recreational and/or green spaces that meet the design criteria herein may qualify as common outdoor space.

Common outdoor space design regulations and guidelines:

a. Common outdoor space must be located in centralized areas that are visible from tenants within the development.

b. Required setback areas must not count as common outdoor space unless the design of the space meets the regulations herein.

c. Common outdoor space must feature paths or walkable lawns, landscaping, seating, lighting, and play structures, sports courts, or other pedestrian amenities to make the area more functional and enjoyable for a range of users.

d. Common outdoor space must be separated from ground-level windows, streets, service areas and parking lots with landscaping, fencing, and/or other acceptable treatments that enhance safety and privacy for both the shared open space and dwelling units.

e. When possible, the space should be oriented to receive sunlight, facing east, west or preferably south. Provisions for shade, however, must also be integrated in spaces that will be exposed to extensive sunlight.

f. Stairways and service elements located within or on the edge of common outdoor space must not be included in the open space calculations.

g. Shared porches may qualify as common outdoor space, provided they are at least eight feet in depth and 96 square feet in total area.

h. The space must be accessible to all residents of the development.

i. LID BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated into the design of the space and may occupy up to 25 percent of the common outdoor space.

Fig. 12.48.420.C.2. Usable outdoor space types.

j. Common outdoor space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity. Wider minimum dimensions are required perpendicular to building elevations containing windows of dwelling units whose only solar access is from the applicable building wall. Specifically:

(1) Twenty feet minimum for such elevations up to three stories tall.

(2) Twenty-five feet minimum for such elevations four stories tall.

(3) Thirty feet minimum for such elevations five or more stories tall.

Fig. 12.48.420.C.2.j. Common outdoor space – minimum widths when adjacent to building elevations containing windows of dwelling units whose only solar access is from the applicable building wall.

3. Common Roof Deck. Such spaces may qualify as common outdoor space provided they meet the following requirements:

a. Space must feature hard surfacing and integrate amenities such as seating areas and other features that encourage use.

b. Space must integrate landscaping elements that enhance the character of the space and encourage its use.

c. Space must incorporate features that provide for the safety of residents, such as enclosures, railings, and appropriate lighting levels.

d. Space must feature no dimension less than 15 feet in order to provide functional leisure or recreational activity.

Fig. 12.48.420.C.3. Rooftop deck examples.

4. Balcony Design Requirements. Such spaces must have minimum dimensions of six feet and contain at least 48 square feet of area (not including railings) to provide a space usable for human activity.

Fig. 12.48.420.C.4. Balcony examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.430 Internal pedestrian access and design.

A. Purpose.

1. To improve the pedestrian and bicycling environment by making it easier, safer, and more comfortable to walk or ride among businesses, residences, to streets and sidewalks, to transit stops, and connections throughout the city.

2. To enhance access to on- and off-site open space areas and pedestrian/bicycle paths.

B. Access to Sidewalk. All buildings must feature pedestrian connections to a sidewalk per applicable block frontage regulations in Article IV of this chapter.

C. Internal Circulation.

1. For sites with multiple buildings, pedestrian paths connecting businesses and residential entries on the same development site must be provided. Routes that minimize walking distances must be utilized to the extent practical.

Departures will be allowed where steep slopes prevent a direct connection or where an indirect route would enhance the design and/or use of a publicly accessible outdoor space or a common outdoor space.

2. Sites with Residential Units. Provide direct pedestrian access between all ground-related unit entries and a public street or to a clearly marked pathway network or open space that has direct access to a public street. Residential developments must provide a pedestrian circulation network that connects all main entrances on the site to other areas of the site, such as:

a. Parking areas.

b. Recreational areas.

c. Common outdoor spaces.

d. Any pedestrian amenities.

For townhouses or other residential units fronting the street, the sidewalk may be used to meet this standard. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.440 Service areas and mechanical equipment.

A. Purpose.

1. To minimize adverse visual, odor, and noise impacts of mechanical equipment, utility cabinets and service areas at ground and roof levels.

2. To provide adequate, durable, well-maintained, and accessible service and equipment areas.

3. To protect residential uses and adjacent properties from impacts due to location and utilization of service areas.

B. Location of Ground-Related Service Areas and Mechanical Equipment. Service areas (loading docks, trash dumpsters, compactors, recycling areas, electrical panels, and mechanical equipment areas) must be located for convenient service access while avoiding negative visual, auditory, olfactory, or physical impacts on the streetscape environment, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, uses within the development, and adjacent residentially zoned properties. Specifically:

1. Dumpsters must be set back a minimum of five feet from side property lines, 10 feet from rear property lines and 10 feet from front property lines; or be located to minimize visibility from any street, pedestrian walkway, or public park. Where the director finds that the only option for locating a service area is an area visible from a street, internal pathway or pedestrian area, or from an adjacent property, the area must be screened with structural and/or landscaping screening measures provided in subsection C of this section.

2. Dumpster storage areas must be sized to accommodate the minimum dumpster sizes (as required by the applicable utility provider) for garbage, recycling, and composting.

C. Screening of Ground-Related Service Areas and Mechanical Equipment. Service elements are encouraged to be integrated within the structure. Where they are not provided within the structure, the following regulations apply:

1. Where screening of ground-level service areas is required, the following applies:

a. A structural enclosure must be constructed of masonry, architectural concrete, heavy-gauge metal, or decay-resistant material that is also used with the architecture of the main building. The director may allow materials other than those used for the main building if the finishes are similar in color and texture or if the proposed enclosure materials are more durable than those for the main structure. The walls must be sufficient to provide full screening from the affected roadway, pedestrian areas or adjacent use. The enclosure may use overlapping walls to screen dumpsters and other materials.

b. Gates must be made of heavy-gauge, sight-obscuring material. Chain link or chain link with slats is not an acceptable material for enclosures or gates.

c. Where the interior of a service enclosure is visible from surrounding buildings, an opaque or semi-opaque horizontal cover or screen must be used to mitigate unsightly views. The horizontal screen/cover should be integrated into the enclosure design (in terms of materials and/or design). See Figure 12.48.440.C for examples.

d. Collection points must be located and configured so that the enclosure gate swing does not obstruct pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or does not require that a hauling truck project into any public right-of-way. Ensure that screening elements allow for efficient service delivery and removal operations.

e. The service area must be paved.

Fig. 12.48.440.C. Service enclosure screening examples.

2. The sides and rear of service enclosures must be screened with landscaping at least five feet wide in locations visible from the street, parking lots, and pathways to soften views of the screening element and add visual interest.

Departures to the provisions of subsections (C)(1) and (C)(2) of this section will be considered provided the enclosure and landscaping treatment meet the purpose of the regulations and add visual interest to site users.

3. Where loading docks are sited along block frontages (only allowed when no other reasonable options are available as determined by the director), they must be designed to minimize impacts on the pedestrian environment. Regulations:

a. Configure loading docks/bays to minimize their frontage length along blocks.

b. Integrate architectural and/or landscaping design features to screen loading dock elements and add visual interest to pedestrians along adjacent sidewalks. See blank wall provisions of BMC 12.48.540 for regulations and examples.

D. Utility Meters, Electrical Conduit, and Other Service Utility Apparatus. These elements must be located and/or designed to minimize their visibility to the public. Project designers are strongly encouraged to coordinate with applicable service providers early in the design process to determine the best approach in meeting these regulations. If such elements are mounted in a location visible from the street, pedestrian pathway, shared open space, or shared auto courtyards, they must be screened with vegetation and/or integrated into the building’s architecture.

Fig. 12.48.440.D. Utility meter location and screening – good and bad examples.

E. Location and Screening of Roof-Mounted Mechanical Equipment.

1. All rooftop mechanical equipment, including air conditioners, heaters, vents, and similar equipment, must be effectively integrated (from a design standpoint) or screened from public view both at grade and from nearby higher buildings with the exception of solar panels and roof-mounted wind turbines. Screening must be located so as not to interfere with operation of the equipment.

2. Rooftop mechanical equipment and associated screening features must be set back from the exterior building walls by at least 10 feet. Exceptions may be made where the screening element is designed to help meet one or more building design regulations in this article.

3. For rooftop equipment, all screening devices must be well integrated into the architectural design through such elements as parapet walls, false roofs, roof wells, clerestories, or equipment rooms. Screening walls or unit-mounted screening is allowed but less desirable. Wood must not be used for screens or enclosures. Louvered designs are acceptable if consistent with building design style. Perforated metal is not permitted.

4. The screening materials must be of material requiring minimal maintenance and must be as high as the equipment being screened.

5. Locate and/or shield noise-producing mechanical equipment such as fans, heat pumps, etc., to minimize sounds and reduce impacts to adjacent properties.

Also see BMC 12.48.520(D) for design provisions for flat rooftops.

Fig. 12.48.440.E. Examples of how to screen roof-mounted mechanical equipment.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.500 Purpose.

This article provides direction for the design of buildings consistent with the goals and policies of the Canyon Park Subarea Plan. See the individual “purpose” statements for each section in this chapter. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.510 Building massing and articulation.

A. Purpose. To employ façade articulation techniques that reduce the perceived scale of large buildings and add visual interest from all observable scales.

B. Façade Articulation. All applicable buildings must include façade articulation features at maximum specified intervals to create a human-scaled pattern. These regulations apply to building elevations facing streets (public and private), parks, and through-block connections (except alley designs).

1. Maximum Façade Articulation Intervals.

a. Residential elevations: the width of the dwelling units inside the building (e.g., if the units are 25 feet wide, the façade articulation must be 25 feet wide). This includes residential portions of mixed-use buildings.

b. Storefronts: 30 feet. This refers to all ground-level elevations along primary-designated block frontages.

c. Other ground-level elevations in the Residential Mixed-Use and Residential/Office Mixed-Use zones: 40 feet.

d. Office buildings and other upper-level nonresidential elevations in the Residential Mixed-Use and Residential/Office Mixed-Use zones: 60 feet.

e. Building elevations in the Employment zones: 60 feet.

2. Articulation Features. At least three of the following articulation features must be employed for all buildings in compliance with the maximum specified façade articulation intervals. Exception: Office buildings/floors and all buildings in the Employment zones must include at least two articulation features.

a. Use of a window-fenestration pattern.

b. Use of weather protection features.

c. Use of vertical piers/columns (applies to all floors of the façade, excluding upper-level stepbacks).

d. Change in roofline per subsection D of this section.

e. Change in building material and/or siding style (applies to all floors of the façade, excluding upper-level stepbacks).

f. Vertical elements such as a trellis with plants, green wall, art element that meet the purpose of the standard.

g. Providing vertical building modulation of at least 12 inches in depth if tied to a change in roofline per subsection D of this section or a change in building material, siding style, or color. Balconies may be used to qualify for this option if they are recessed or projected from the façade by at least 18 inches.

h. Other design techniques that effectively reinforce a pattern of articulated façades compatible with the building’s surrounding context.

Departures will be considered provided they meet the purpose of the regulations and the design criteria below. For example, a departure may propose a design with only two articulation features instead of three and/or the articulation features exceed the maximum articulation interval.

Fig. 12.48.510.B.2. Façade articulation examples.

3. Departure Criteria Associated with Articulation Regulations. Proposals must meet the purpose of the regulations. The following criteria will be considered in determining whether the proposed articulation treatment meets the purpose:

a. Consider the type and width of the proposed articulation treatment and how effective it is in meeting the purpose given the building’s current and desired context (per Canyon Park Subarea Plan).

b. Consider the applicable block frontage designation. Secondary or undesignated block frontages warrant more flexibility than primary block frontages.

c. Consider the size and width of the building. Smaller buildings (less than 120 feet wide) warrant greater flexibility than larger buildings.

d. Consider the quality of façade materials in concert with doors, windows, and other façade features and their ability to add visual interest to the street from a pedestrian scale and more distant observable scales.

Fig. 12.48.510.B.3. Façade articulation departure examples.

C. Maximum Façade Length. Building façades and other building elevations facing a lower-intensity zone edge must include at least one of the following features to break up the massing of the building and add visual interest. This standard applies to building elevations longer than 140 feet in the Residential Mixed-Use zone, 160 feet in the Office/Residential Mixed-Use zone, and 200 feet in the Employment zone.

1. Provide vertical building modulation at least six feet deep and 15 feet long in the mixed-use zones and at least eight feet deep and 20 feet long in the Employment zones. For multi-story buildings, the modulation must extend through at least one-half of the building floors.

2. Use of a contrasting vertical modulated design component featuring all of the following:

a. Utilizes a change in building materials that effectively contrasts from the rest of the façade.

b. Component is modulated vertically from the rest of the façade by an average of six inches.

3. Façade employs building walls with contrasting articulation that make it appear like multiple distinct buildings. To qualify for this option, these contrasting façades must employ all of the following:

a. Different building materials and/or configuration of building materials.

b. Contrasting window design (sizes or configurations).

4. Departures to subsections (C)(1) through (C)(3) of this section will be considered provided the design meets the purpose of the regulations. Supplemental consideration for approving alternative designs:

a. Width of the Façade. The larger the façade, the more substantial articulation/modulation features need to be.

b. Block Frontage Designation. Primary-designated block frontages warrant the most scrutiny.

c. The type of articulation treatment and how effective it is in meeting the purpose given the building’s context.

Fig. 12.48.510.C. Illustrating maximum façade length regulations
and good and bad examples.
X' refers to the maximum façade length dimension.

D. Roofline Modulation. Roofline modulation is encouraged and it can be used as one of the façade articulation features in subsections B and C of this section. In order to qualify as an articulation feature, rooflines must employ one or more of the following:

1. For flat roofs or façades with horizontal eave, fascia, or parapet, the minimum vertical dimension of roofline modulation is the greater of two feet or 0.1 multiplied by the wall height (finish grade to top of the wall) when combined with vertical building modulation techniques described in subsections above. Otherwise, the minimum vertical dimension of roofline modulation is the greater of four feet or 0.2 multiplied by the wall height.

2. A pitched roofline or gabled roofline segment of at least 20 feet in width. Buildings with pitched roofs must include a minimum slope of 5:12 and feature modulated roofline components at the interval required per the applicable standard above.

3. A combination of the above.

Departures will be considered provided the roofline modulation design effectively reduces the perceived scale of the building and adds visual interest.

Fig. 12.48.510.D. Acceptable examples of roofline modulation.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.520 Building details.

A. Purpose.

1. To encourage the incorporation of design details and small-scale elements into building façades that are attractive at a pedestrian scale.

2. To integrate window design that adds depth, richness, and visual interest to the façade.

B. Façade Details – Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Buildings. All building façades and other building elevations facing parks, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, and containing primary building entrances must be enhanced with appropriate details. All new buildings must employ at least one detail element from each of the three categories below for each façade articulation interval (see BMC 12.48.510(B)).

1. Window and/or entry treatment, such as:

a. Transom windows.

b. Roll-up windows/doors.

c. Recessed entry.

d. Decorative door.

e. Other decorative or specially designed window, shading or entry treatment that meets the purpose of the regulations.

Fig. 12.48.520.B.1. Examples of decorative or specially designed windows and entries.

2. Building elements and façade details, such as:

a. Custom-designed weather protection element such as a steel canopy, glass, or retractable awning. Custom-designed cloth awnings may be counted as a detail provided they are constructed of durable, high-quality material.

b. Decorative building-mounted light fixtures.

c. Bay windows, trellises, towers, and similar elements.

d. Other details or elements that meet the purpose of these regulations.

Fig. 12.48.520.B.2. Examples of attached elements that enhance the visual intrigue of the building.

3. Building materials and other façade elements, such as:

a. Use of decorative building materials/use of building materials. Examples include decorative use of brick, tile, or stonework.

b. Decorative kick-plate, pilaster, base panel, or other similar feature.

c. Hand-crafted material, such as special wrought iron or carved wood.

d. Other details that meet the purpose of the regulations.

Fig. 12.48.520.B.3. Examples of building material details that enhance the visual intrigue of the building.

Departures for façade detail regulations of this subsection B will be considered provided the façade (at the overall scale and at the individual articulation scale) meets the purpose of the regulations.

C. Window Design Regulations. All windows must employ designs that add depth and richness to the building façade. At least one of the following features must be included to meet this requirement:

1. Recess windows at least one and one-half inches from the façade.

2. Incorporate window trim (at least three inches wide) around windows.

3. Incorporate other design treatments that add depth, richness, and visual interest to the façade.

Fig. 12.48.520.C. Acceptable and unacceptable window design examples.

D. Cornice/Roofline Design. Buildings employing a flat roof must employ a distinctive roofline that effectively provides an identifiable “top” to the building. This could include a traditional cornice line or a contemporary interpretation of a traditional cornice line.

1. Such rooflines must be proportional to the size and scale of the building.

2. Understated cornice lines are permitted depending on the materials and design of the base and middle elements in reinforcing the base/middle/top configuration.

Figure 12.48.520.D below illustrates acceptable and unacceptable examples.

Fig. 12.48.520.D. Examples of buildings employing confident and distinctive rooflines.

Rooftop solar units are permitted, provided the placement and design of units visible from the surrounding streetscape are carefully integrated into the overall design concept of the building.

E. Articulated Building Entries. The primary building entrance for an office building, hotel, apartment building, public or community-based facility or other multi-story commercial building must be designed as a clearly defined and demarcated standout architectural feature of the building. Such entrances must be easily distinguishable from regular storefront entrances on the building. Such entries must be scaled proportional to the building. See Figure 19.123.250.E below for good examples.

Fig. 12.48.520.E. Acceptable building entry examples.

F. Flat Rooftop Design. All roofs must be designed as a fifth building elevation. This can be accomplished by exhibiting patterns of roofing colors and/or materials to add visual interest from surrounding development (current and future). Green roofs and rooftop decks are encouraged as a means to help comply with this standard.

Fig. 12.48.520.F. Flat rooftop design examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.530 Building materials.

A. Purpose.

1. To encourage the use of durable, high quality, and urban building materials that minimize maintenance cost and provide visual interest from all observable vantage points.

2. To promote the use of a distinctive mix of materials that helps to articulate façades and lends a sense of depth and richness to the buildings.

3. To place the highest priority on the first floor in the quality and detailing of materials at the pedestrian scale.

B. Special Conditions and Limitations for the Use of Certain Cladding Materials.

1. Concrete block (also known as concrete masonry unit or CMU) may be used as a secondary cladding material (no more than one-third of total façade cladding) on all building façades and other building elevations facing parks, publicly accessible outdoor spaces, and containing primary building entrances provided it is incorporated with other permitted materials.

Departures will be considered for alternative designs that use concrete block as the primary, but not the only, cladding material provided the design incorporates a combination of textures and/or colors to add visual interest. For example, combining split or rock-façade units with smooth blocks can create distinctive patterns. The figures below illustrate acceptable concrete block use/designs.

Fig. 12.48.530.B.1. Acceptable concrete block use/design.

2. Metal siding may be used on all street-facing building elevations provided it complies with the following regulations:

a. It must feature visible corner molding and trim. Masonry, concrete, or other durable material must be incorporated between the metal siding and the ground plane for all residential buildings and storefronts.

b. Metal siding must be factory finished, with a matte, nonreflective surface.

Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the regulations.

Fig. 12.48.530.B.2. Acceptable metal siding examples.

3. Regulations for the Use of Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS). Such material/finishes may be used when it complies with the following:

a. EIFS is limited to no more than 20 percent of the total façade area and may not be the primary cladding material on nonresidential and mixed-use buildings.

b. EIFS must feature a smooth or sand finish only.

c. EIFS must be trimmed in wood, masonry, or other material and must be sheltered from weather by roof overhangs or other methods.

d. EIFS must not be used on the ground floor of façades containing nonresidential uses.

Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meet the purpose of the regulations.

Fig. 12.48.530.B.3. Acceptable and unacceptable EIFS examples.

4. Cementitious wall board paneling/siding may be used provided it meets the following provisions:

a. Cement board paneling/siding may not be used on ground-level façades containing nonresidential uses.

b. Where cement board paneling/siding is the dominant siding material, the design must integrate a mix of colors and/or textures that are articulated consistent with windows, balconies, and modulated building surfaces and are balanced with façade details that add visual interest from the ground-level and adjacent buildings.

Departures will be considered provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the regulations.

Fig. 12.48.530.B.4. Acceptable and unacceptable cementitious wall board examples.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.540 Blank wall treatment.

A. Purpose.

1. To avoid untreated blank walls.

2. To retain and enhance the character of Canyon Park’s streetscapes.

B. Blank Wall Definition. “Blank wall” means a ground-floor wall or portion of a ground-floor wall over 10 feet in height and a horizontal length greater than 15 feet and does not include a transparent window or door.

Fig. 12.48.540.B. Blank wall definition.

C. Blank Wall Treatment Regulations. Untreated blank walls adjacent to a public street, publicly accessible outdoor space, common outdoor space, or pedestrian pathway are prohibited. Methods to treat blank walls can include:

1. Display windows at least 16 inches of depth to allow for changeable displays. Tack-on display cases (see Figure 12.48.540.C below) do not qualify as a blank wall treatment.

2. Landscape planting bed at least five feet deep or a raised planter bed at least two feet high and three feet deep in front of the wall with planting materials that are sufficient to obscure or screen at least 60 percent of the wall’s surface within three years.

3. Installing a vertical trellis in front of the wall with climbing vines or plant materials.

4. Installing a mural as approved by the director and reviewed by the Bothell arts commission. Commercial advertisements are not permitted on such murals.

5. Special building detailing that adds visual interest at a pedestrian scale. Such detailing must use a variety of surfaces; monotonous designs will not meet the purpose of the regulations.

For large visible blank walls, a variety of treatments may be required to meet the purpose of the regulations.

Fig. 12.48.540.C. Blank wall treatment examples.

D. Firewalls. Firewalls along property lines are exempt from the above regulations, but where they are visible to the public (from the adjacent street), they must be designed to provide visual interest from all observable distances. Examples may include the use of varying materials, textures, and/or colors, the use of green or living walls, and/or the use of modulated building walls to form design patterns.

Murals are also encouraged as a firewall treatment. Murals are subject to review by the Bothell arts commission and approval by the director. Commercial advertisements are not permitted on such murals.

Fig. 12.48.540.D. Acceptable firewall design where visible to the public.

(Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.600 Purpose.

This article supplements citywide sign regulations to ensure that signs are compatible with the desired character of Canyon Park. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.610 Base sign regulations.

New signs within all zones of the Canyon Park Subarea are subject to the regulations for commercial zones set forth in Chapter 12.22 BMC, except where conflicting with the supplemental Canyon Park sign regulations in BMC 12.48.620. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).

12.48.620 Supplemental Canyon Park sign regulations.

Regulations below supersede conflicting regulations set forth in Chapter 12.22 BMC.

A. Sign Illumination.

1. General Illumination Regulations.

a. Indirect sign illumination must be no further away from the sign than the height of the sign.

b. Externally illuminated signs must be arranged so that no direct rays of light are projected from such artificial source into residences, businesses or any street right-of-way.

c. External sign light fixtures must complement the design of the sign and building façades or structures associated with the sign.

d. External sign lighting must be “full cutoff” and must not result in direct illumination of the sky and adjacent properties and structures, and must be designed to minimize reflected glare to adjacent properties and structures.

2. Permitted Sign Illumination Types. Table 12.48.620.A below specifies permitted sign illumination types by zone.

Table 12.48.620.A. Permitted sign illumination types.

Illumination Type

Permitted?

Other Requirements

Channel letter. Light is emitted through the front or face of the letters.

Yes

May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign.

Halo illumination. Letter faces are opaque and light source provides halo effect through backlighting.

Yes

May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign.

Push-through. Letters are cut out of opaque sign face. Interior light shines through letter faces only.

Yes

May be incorporated into a permitted wall, pole, or monument sign.

Neon.

Yes

May be incorporated into a permitted wall, projecting, window, pole, or monument sign.

Externally illuminated sign.

Yes

Illumination techniques must focus the light on the sign and avoid glare to the sky, streets, sidewalks, and other public spaces, and adjacent uses.

Internally illuminated cabinet signs. Sign face is illuminated through translucent casing. This includes internally illuminated changeable copy signs.

No

Internally illuminated awning signs. Awning face is illuminated through awning material.

No

Animated signage. A sign which contains electronically operated moving parts or which flashes or simulates motion by the use of electric lights.

Only permitted for night clubs, movie theaters, and live performance theaters with a capacity of greater than 200 persons

B. Monument Signs. Monument signs are a type of freestanding sign which are mounted on the ground and are flush or have a clearance from the ground of not more than two feet, and supported by a solid base, one or more uprights, braces, columns, poles, or similar structural components. Monument sign regulations:

1. Where permitted: nonresidential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.

2. Maximum number of sign faces: two.

3. Maximum height: six feet above grade.

4. Maximum size: 50 square feet per sign face when adjacent to Interstate 405 or SR 527 and 36 square feet per sign face in all other locations.

5. Materials and Design. Monument signs must include durable high-quality materials such as stone, brick, concrete, or steel and a design that relates to and/or complements the design of on-site buildings and/or is coordinated with other site design elements (such as distinctive lighting, monuments, way-finding signs).

C. Freestanding Signs.

1. Where permitted: adjacent to Interstate 405 or SR 527 on parcels with at least 330 lineal feet of frontage on Interstate 405 or SR 527. Freestanding signs are only permitted for nonresidential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.

2. Maximum number of sign faces: two.

3. Maximum height: 15 feet above grade.

4. Maximum size: 50 square feet per face.

5. Sign Location. No freestanding sign may be erected closer than 10 feet to any adjacent property line or closer to any driveway, alley, or vehicular access than will provide adequate sight lines.

6. Design and Materials.

a. Freestanding signs must include design elements that effectively frame the sign on both faces. Alternatively, signs that have a substantial framing element on one side will meet this provision.

b. Freestanding signs must include durable high-quality materials such as stone, brick, concrete, or steel and a design that relates to and/or complements the design of on-site buildings and/or is coordinated with other site design elements (such as distinctive lighting, monuments, way-finding signs).

c. Freestanding signs must integrate a top, middle, and bottom element. The top could include a distinctive sign cap and/or include the name of a multi-tenant center. The middle can include a consistent framing technique for an individual sign or multiple signs in a multi-tenant center. The bottom could include a distinctive base design with special materials and/or design. See the figures below for examples that meet this requirement.

d. The architecture and composition of a freestanding sign structure must provide visual interest and detail at both automotive and pedestrian-scale speed and perception.

Departures per BMC 12.48.030 will be considered provided the design meets other regulations herein and integrates a distinctive, one-of-a-kind design that contributes to the visual character of the area.

7. Prohibited freestanding signs: “pole signs” (i.e., a single or double unornamented pole support design topped by a “can” sign typical of a “commercial strip”).

D. Projecting Signs. Projecting signs meeting the following conditions are allowed:

1. Where permitted: commercial uses adjacent to and facing a street.

2. Orientation: Projecting signs may be either vertical or horizontal oriented.

3. Projection.

a. Horizontally oriented signs: no more than eight feet.

b. Square or vertically oriented signs: no more than three feet.

c. Signs may project over a sidewalk adjacent to storefront buildings, but must not extend over the curb into a parking or travel lane.

4. Height.

a. Horizontally oriented signs: no more than three feet.

b. Vertically oriented signs: must not extend above the building parapet, soffit, the eave line or the roof of the building.

5. Minimum vertical clearance (over sidewalk): eight feet.

Fig. 12.48.620.D. Dimensional standards for horizontal (left) and vertically oriented (right) projecting signs.

E. Marquee/Awning Signs. Marquee/awning signs are a type of building-mounted sign that is either attached to, affixed to, or painted on a marquee, awning, or canopy. Marquee/awning sign regulations:

1. Sign Form and Size.

a. Signs consisting of individual letters placed on the outside edge of the marquee or above the marquee are limited to 200 percent of the height of the vertical dimension of the marquee. For example, if the vertical dimension of the marquee is 12 inches, the letters may be up to 24 inches high. Such signs are limited to two-thirds of individual marquee width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.

b. Sign boards may be placed on vertical edge of a canopy provided the height of the sign board is no more than 200 percent of the height of the vertical dimension of the marquee. For example, if the vertical dimension of the marquee is 12 inches, the sign board may be up to 24 inches high. Such signs are limited to two-thirds of individual marquee width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.

c. Signs placed on the vertical edge of awnings are limited to 80 percent of the height of the vertical edge of the awning. Where signs are placed on sloping portion of the awning, they must be sized proportional to the architectural features of the building and are limited to two feet in height. The width of awning signs are limited to two-thirds of individual awning width dimension or no more than 20 feet, whichever is less.

Fig. 12.48.620.E. Marquee and awning sign examples and regulations.

F. Under-Canopy Signs. Under-canopy signs are a type of building-mounted sign attached to the underside of an awning, canopy, balcony or arcade and placed perpendicular to the storefronts and thus oriented to pedestrians on the sidewalk or an internal pathway.

Fig. 12.48.620.F. Under-canopy regulations and example.

G. Wall Signs.

1. Permitted Number of Signs.

a. In multi-story buildings, businesses above the ground floor are limited to one sign per business, except that a business with frontage on more than one street may have one sign facing each street. Each sign must consist only of lettering and/or a logo painted on or applied to the surface of one window in a manner that allows light to pass between and around the individual letters. The area of the sign may not exceed 12 square feet.

b. In a multi-tenant building with businesses on upper floors and/or in interior spaces having no street façade on which to place a sign, a building directory listing businesses in the building, and not exceeding 12 square feet, may be located on the building wall at each primary entrance. This directory may be in addition to the sign area permitted for the building.

2. Location and Design.

a. Wall signs must be proportional to the façade and are limited to two-thirds of individual façade width dimension. This regulation also applies to upper-level businesses.

b. Wall signs may not cover windows, building trim, an existing building name sign, or special ornamentation features. Preferred areas for installation of wall signs include blank areas above marquees, areas between vertical piers or columns, blank areas on a gabled roof, or upper reaches of a false-fronted building.

c. Stacked words on wall signs are permitted. Generally, the primary business name is encouraged to be provided on one line, with additional text on rows above and/or below providing supporting information about the business in smaller fonts.

Fig. 12.48.620.G. Illustrating wall sign regulations.

3. Mounting.

a. Wall signs should be mounted plumb with the building, with a maximum protrusion of one foot plus a four-inch mounting, unless the sign incorporates sculptural elements or architectural devices.

b. The sign frame must be concealed or integrated into the building’s architectural character in terms of form, color, and materials.

H. Building Identification Wall Sign. Building identification wall signs are signs located on and parallel to a building wall that announce the name of a building. Building identification wall sign regulations:

1. When permitted: only permitted for nonresidential or multifamily residential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance.

2. Where permitted: only located on the frieze, cornice, or fascia area of storefront level; frieze, cornice, fascia, parapet of the uppermost floor; or above the entrance to main building lobby.

3. Number permitted: Only one building identification wall sign shall be permitted per building per street-facing façade.

4. Sign area exemption: The area of building identification wall signs shall not count towards the total sign area allotment per Chapter 12.22 BMC.

5. Maximum sign height: no taller than 24 inches in height.

6. Maximum projection: no more than one foot from the façade of the building.

7. Projecting sign alternative: One building identification wall sign per establishment may be substituted by a projecting sign meeting the requirements of subsection D of this section.

8. Illumination: external illumination or halo illumination only.

I. Window Signs. Window signs are signs which are applied directly to a window or mounted or suspended directly behind a window.

1. Where permitted: Window signs are permitted only for nonresidential uses with a dedicated ground-floor entrance and on windows below the second-floor level only.

2. Maximum sign area: no more than 30 percent of storefront window.

3. Maximum letter height: The letter height of each window sign shall not exceed 12 inches.

4. Illumination: exposed neon tube illumination only. (Ord. 2341 § 5 (Exh. A), 2020).